Document:

<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.60

                     SPECIAL TERMS & CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE

ARTICLE SC.1 PURCHASE ORDER DOCUMENTS

The following documents shall comprise the Purchase Order, and shall together be
referred to as the "Purchase Order Documents":

(a) Purchase Order (any printed terms and conditions on the face or reverse of
    such Purchase Order are null and void);
(b) Special Terms & Conditions of Purchase ("SC");
(c) General Terms & Conditions of Purchase ("GC"); and
(d) Seller's Technical Proposal

In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Purchase Order Documents,
the provisions of the document first listed above shall prevail.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given
to them in the General Conditions of this Purchase Order.

ARTICLE SC.2 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

GE shall design, manufacture, and supply three (3) combustion turbine generators
and associated equipment as set forth in GE's May, 2000 Proposal No. 91578AG -
Sections 7 through 8 (collectively the "Equipment"). The scope of supply shall
also include four hundred fourteen 414) manweeks of technical advisory services
and one (1) class week of gas turbine familiarization training (collectively
known as "Services"). The technical advisory services included herein are based
on a single shift per day, eight (8) hours per shift, five (5) days per week,
straight-time basis.

ARTICLE SC.3 PRICE AND PAYMENT

The Purchaser shall pay the Seller, the firm price of One hundred sixteen
million two hundred twenty four dollars ($ 116,224,000) (the "Purchase Order
Price") for such Equipment and Services. Payment shall be made in accordance
with the Payment Schedule in Schedule A and as set forth in GC.2.

The firm price (excluding taxes) for the Equipment and Services as set forth
herein is One hundred sixteen million two hundred twenty four dollars ($
116,224,000). The price set forth above includes freight to the Destination
Point (VA or MD) and reflects the making of progress payments in accordance with
the Payment Schedule A. The initial non-refundable payment of ten percent (10%)
of the above price, as required by the Payment Schedule herein, will be made by
ODEC, not later than three (3) business days following the execution of this
contract. Payment by ODEC will be by wire transfer of funds in the amount of
$11,622,400.

                                       Page 1

<PAGE>

PITTSBURGH NATIONAL BANK
5TH & WOOD STREETS
PITTSBURGH, PA 15265
BANK ROUTING # 0430 000 96
GE ACCOUNT # 215-5583

Please reference IPS # 91578 in Wire Transfer transmittal.

ARTICLE SC.4 SHIPMENT

Unless excused elsewhere in this Purchase Order, the Shipment Date for the
Equipment (i.e., both Units) provided herein shall be for two (2) units no later
than October 31, 2003 and one (1) unit by no later than November 30, 2003.

ARTICLE SC.5 DELAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

a)     Delay Liquidated Damages - Drawings

       Subject to Tab 13 of Seller's Technical Proposal, if an individual
       drawing as indicated below is submitted after the Scheduled Drawing
       Submittal Date for reasons attributable to Seller and not excused
       elsewhere in the Purchase Order Documents, the Seller shall pay as
       liquidated damages ("Drawing Liquidated Damages") and not as a penalty, a
       sum calculated in accordance with the table below until such drawing is
       submitted:

          -------------------- ----------------------------------------
               Days                   Liquidated Damages per Drawing
          -------------------- ----------------------------------------
               1-30                   $100 / day with 1,000 / day cap
          -------------------- ----------------------------------------
             Over 30                  200 / day with 2,000 / day cap
          -------------------- ----------------------------------------

Seller understands that drawings submitted by Seller will be final by the dates
indicated in the Conformed Technical Proposal. Seller shall pay to Purchaser,
within 30 days after Purchaser's demand, Liquidated Damages in the amount of one
hundred dollars ($100) for up to thirty (30) calendar days late with a one
thousand dollar ($1000) per day cap. Beyond thirty (30) days, this amount shall
increase to $200 with a two thousand dollar ($2000) per day cap.
The total aggregate liability for such Drawing Liquidated Damages shall not
exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000). Drawing Liquidated Damages
shall apply to the individual drawings identified as such in Seller's Technical
Proposal as 0306, 0323, 0326, 0330, and 1603

b) Delay Liquidated Damages -Shipment of Major Components

(1) Seller shall ship the Major Components of each Unit, FOB ex-works, two (2)
units no later than October 31, 2003 and one (1) unit by no later than November
30, 2003 ("Scheduled Major Component Shipment Date"). In the event any of the
Major Components of a Unit is shipped after the Scheduled Major Component
Shipment Date for reasons attributable to Seller and not

                                       Page 2

<PAGE>

excused elsewhere in the Purchase Order, the Seller shall pay as liquidated
damages ("Shipment Liquidated Damages") and not as a penalty, a sum calculated
in accordance with the table below until the last Major Component of the Unit is
shipped. The Shipment Liquidated Damages below are on a per Unit basis and are
not on a Major Component basis.: GE will ship the Equipment on or before dates
stated above with freight prepaid and allowed to the Destination Point.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, GE shall remain responsible for transportation
and risk of loss of the Equipment until the Equipment is delivered to the
Destination Point. "Destination Point" shall mean the delivery free on board
carrier to the nearest commercially accessible rail siding to ODEC's project
site for all rail shipments and free on board carrier to the nearest accessible
common carrier point to ODEC's project site for all truck shipments.

The following is a graduated scale for offered schedule liquidated damages for
delay in shipment of Major Components (gas turbine, generator, accessory base,
Inlet filter and PEECC) if such components are shipped after Shipment Dates.

      ------------------------------------------------------------
         Shipment       Liquidated Damages on last of Major
                                Components in delay
      ------------------------------------------------------------
         0-7 days                    $5000/day
      ------------------------------------------------------------
         8-15 days                   8,000/day
      ------------------------------------------------------------
        16-30 days                   12,000/day
      ------------------------------------------------------------
         30+ days                    25,000/day
      ------------------------------------------------------------

     The above Equipment shipping commitment is contingent upon GE having the
     Project Specific Definition (defined below) by no later than July 1, 2002.
     In the event GE does not receive the Project Specific Definition within the
     time frame specified above, GE, at its option, shall be entitled to release
     the Equipment based on the contractual definition. Changes in scope after
     such a release will be handled under the change provision as set forth in
     the contract.

     The purchaser will make commercially reasonable effort to promptly off load
equipment and release rails.
Project Specific Definition shall mean (i) configuration changes, if any, to the
base configuration (i.e., acceptance or rejection of any and all equipment
options); (ii) site conditions and fuel analysis (oil analysis and gas analysis
through C14), (iii) environmental requirements; and (iv) state, local and other
regulatory or code requirements (including seismic and wind loading design
requirements).

c) Delay Liquidated Damages (Drawings and Shipment of Major Components)

     The Seller's aggregate liability hereunder for a) Drawing Liquidated
     Damages and b) Shipment Liquidated Damages (collectively known as "Delay
     Liquidated Damages") shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the Contract
     Price. The Delay Liquidated Damages paid by

                                     Page 3

<PAGE>

     Seller for such delay shall be Purchaser's exclusive remedy and Seller's
sole obligation.

ARTICLE SC.6  PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

The Seller guarantees the performance of each Unit ("Performance Guarantees") as
set forth in Tab 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 of Seller's Technical Proposal. Subject to
GC.17, if a Unit fails to achieve the Performance Guarantees, the Seller shall
pay to the Purchaser as liquidated damages ("Performance Liquidated Damages")
and not as a penalty, a sum calculated in accordance with the table below.

For Simple Cycle Applications:

      -------------------------------------------------------------------
          Criterion      Gas Guaranteed Value     Liquidated Damages
      -------------------------------------------------------------------
          Net Output               kW                   $500/kW
      -------------------------------------------------------------------
        Net Heat Rate           Btu/kWh             5,000 $/BTU/kWh
      -------------------------------------------------------------------

If when first tested the Equipment fails to achieve the guaranteed output or
heat rate, Seller shall be afforded a period of 180 days during which it can
correct and adjust the Equipment (the "Correction Period"). If, when re-tested
at the end of the Correction Period, the Equipment again fails to achieve the
guaranteed output or heat rate, Seller shall pay to Buyer as liquidated damages
and not as a penalty a sum calculated in accordance with the table above. The
liquidated damages payable in respect of deficiencies in performance shall not
exceed five 5% of the Contract Price. The liquidated damages shall be Seller's
sole and exclusive liability for performance deficiencies.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the performance of any Unit exceeds
any of its performance guarantees (on natural gas or distillate), a credit shall
be given using the same dollar value by which the liquidated damage is
calculated for such performance guarantee. GE's performance credit or
performance liability shall be the net calculation. It is expressly understood
that in the event GE's performance credits exceed performance liabilities, ODEC
shall pay GE, as a bonus, fifty percent (50%) of the dollar value by which the
liquidated damage is calculated but only on the portion of performance credits
which are in excess of performance liabilities. The performance bonus payable in
respect of exceeding performance standards shall not exceed five 5% of the
Contract Price. Performance LD's will be paid on only one fuel.

ARTICLE SC.7  TOTAL AGGREGATE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

The Seller's overall aggregate liability hereunder for both Performance
Liquidated Damages and Delay Liquidated Damages shall not exceed ten percent
(10%) of the Contract Price. The Liquidated damages will be paid purchaser and
cannot be assigned to EPC.

                                     Page 4

<PAGE>

ARTICLE SC.8  GOVERNING LAW

This Purchase Order shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York, USA.

ARTICLE SC.9  FACTORY TESTING AND SITING

GE, at its sole discretion, shall determine the extent of factory testing to be
conducted on the Equipment. Upon request, factory test data / reports will be
made available solely at GE's option. If Purchaser's unit is FSNL tested
Seller's project manager will make reasonable effort to accommodate this event
as a witness point.

SITING
GE's pricing as provided herein applies to all three units being installed at
any one site located in Virginia or Maryland.

ARTICLE SC.10 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE:
              ---------------------------

If ODEC should cancel this contract prior to title transfer of the Equipment,
ODEC shall pay GE a termination fee in accordance with the Termination Schedule
B.

ARTICLE SC.11 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Purchase Order represents the entire agreement between the Parties and
supersedes in its entirety all prior agreements concerning the subject matter
hereof, and no modification, amendment, revision, waiver, or other change shall
be binding on either Party unless consented to in writing by the Party's
authorized representative. Any oral or written representation, warranty, course
of dealing, or trade usage not contained or referenced herein shall not be
binding on either Party. Each Party agrees that it has not relied on, or been
induced by, any representations of the other Party not contained in this
Purchase Order.

                                     Page 5

<PAGE>

                                  Schedule A/B

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Cumulative    Gas Turbine
    Months Prior                           Payment     Payment      Termination
       To Ship       Event                 Schedule    Schedule       Schedule
       -------       -----                 --------    --------       --------
<S>               <C>                      <C>        <C>           <C>
                  Order Award/ Signed       10.0%       10.0%          10.0%
                     Contract Down
                        payment
                                                        10.0%          10.0%
                                                        10.0%          10.0%
                                                        10.0%          10.0%
         24                                  2.0%       12.0%          12.0%
         23                                  2.0%       14.0%          14.0%
         22                                  2.0%       16.0%          16.0%
         21                                  2.0%       18.0%          18.0%
         20                                  2.0%       20.0%          20.0%
         19                                  2.0%       22.0%          22.0%
         18                                  2.0%       24.0%          24.0%
         17                                  2.0%       26.0%          26.0%
         16                                  2.0%       28.0%          28.0%
         15                                  2.0%       30.0%          30.0%
         14                                  3.0%       33.0%          32.0%
         13                                  3.0%       36.0%          34.0%
         12                                  3.0%       39.0%          36.0%
         11                                  3.0%       42.0%          38.0%
         10                                  3.0%       45.0%          40.0%
          9                                  3.0%       48.0%          40.0%
          8                                  3.0%       51.0%          40.0%
          7                                  3.0%       54.0%          40.0%
          6                                  3.0%       57.0%          40.0%
          5                                  3.0%       60.0%          40.0%
          4                                  3.0%       63.0%          40.0%
          3                                  4.0%       67.0%          40.0%
          2                                  4.0%       71.0%          40.0%
          1                                  4.0%       75.0%          40.0%
          0          Available to Ship      20.0%       95.0%          40.0%
          0       Shipment                                            100.0%
         -1           30 Days After          5.0%      100.0%         100.0%
                        Shipment
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial payment due upon Order Award, NET 3 days, via Wire Transfer.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remaining payments due NET 30 days from receipt of invoice via Wire Transfer.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Buyer may terminate this contract at any time upon written notice and
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
payment of termination charges in accordance with the schedule set forth above.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title to any terminated gas turbine-generator equipment remains with the Seller.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The termination exposure for any equipment for which title has transferred is
100%.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       Page 6

<PAGE>

                       GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SALE

1.    DEFINITIONS ...........................................................3

2.    PAYMENTS ..............................................................4

3.    SECURITY ..............................................................5

4.    TAXES .................................................................5

5.    CHANGES ...............................................................5

6.    INSPECTION AND FACTORY TESTS ..........................................6

7.    TITLE TRANSFER, RISK OF LOSS, SHIPMENT TO STORAGE .....................6

8.    EXCUSABLE DELAYS ......................................................7

9.    WARRANTY ..............................................................7

10.   PATENTS ...............................................................8

11.   INSURANCE .............................................................9

12.   INDEMNIFICATION .......................................................9

13.   LIMITATION OF LIABILITY ..............................................10

14.   INTENTIONALLY OMITTED ................................................11

15.   FINAL COMPLETION .....................................................11

16.   PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES ...............................................11

17.   TERMINATION FOR CAUSE ................................................12

18.   SELLER'S PROPRIETARY INFORMATION .....................................13

19.   GLOBAL SOURCING ......................................................13

20.   ASSIGNMENT ...........................................................13

21.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, CODES, AND STANDARDS ...........................14

22.   NOTICE TO PROCEED ....................................................14

                                     Page 1

<PAGE>

23.   SUSPENSION ...........................................................15

24.   DISPUTE RESOLUTION ...................................................15

25.   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .............................................15

                                     Page 2

<PAGE>

ARTICLE GC.1 DEFINITIONS

A. "Affiliate" shall mean any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is
under common control with, either Party, or, regardless of control or ownership,
that is set up solely for fiduciary purposes to own or operate the Units for the
benefit of a Party.

B. "Change Order" shall mean a written change order describing the change and
setting out adjustments, if any, in the Contract Price, and any other provision
of this Agreement which is affected and shall be entered into and signed by the
Parties in order for the change to be effective.

C. "Contract Documents" shall mean the Agreement, Special Terms & Conditions,
General Terms & Conditions of Sale, and Seller's Technical Proposal.

D. "Contract Price" shall be the total firm price as stated in the Agreement for
the Equipment and Services to be provided in accordance with the terms of the
Contract Documents.

E. "Day" or "Days," shall mean a calendar day or days of twenty four (24) hours
each.

F. "Delay Liquidated Damages" shall mean the Purchaser's sole remedy and
Seller's sole obligation for Seller's failure to deliver the Major Components of
the Unit by the Scheduled Major Component Delivery Date.

G. "Delivery Date" shall mean the date the last Major Component (gas turbine,
generator, accessory base, Inlet filter and PEECC) is delivered to the Delivery
Point or is shipped to storage as set forth in Article GC.7.

H. "Delivery Point" shall mean the delivery free on board carrier ("FOB") to the
nearest accessible rail siding to the Project Site for all rail shipments and
free on board carrier to the nearest accessible common carrier point at the
Project Site for all truck shipments.

I. "Equipment" or "Unit" shall mean the gas turbine generator and associated
accessories as set forth in Seller's Technical Proposal.

J. "Final Completion" shall have the meaning as set forth in Article GC.15.

K. "Major Components" shall have the meaning of the gas turbine, generator,
accessory base, Inlet filter, and PEECC.

L. "Order Definition Meeting" shall mean a project kick-off meeting between the
Seller's project execution team and Purchaser's project representatives as set
forth in Article GC.22.

M. The term "Parties" shall mean the Purchaser and Seller, collectively, and
"Party" shall mean the Purchaser or Seller, individually.

                                     Page 3

<PAGE>

N. "Performance Guarantees" shall mean the Seller's output and heat rate
guarantees for the Unit as set forth in Seller's Technical Proposal.

O. "Performance Liquidated Damages" shall mean the Purchaser's sole remedy and
Seller's sole obligation for Seller's failure to achieve the Performance
Guarantees.

P. "Purchaser" shall mean Old Dominion Electric Cooperative, a Virginia utility
aggregation cooperative, having it's primary place of business at 4201 Dominion
Boulevard, Glen Allen, Virginia, 23060.

Q. "Technical Proposal" shall mean Seller's Technical Proposal 91578AG dated May
2000.

R. "Seller" shall mean the General Electric Company, a New York corporation
acting through its Power Generation Business having a primary place of business
at One River Road, Schenectady, New York 12345.

S. "Services" shall mean the training and installation support to be furnished
by Seller under this Agreement.

T. "Site" or "Project Site" shall mean the Marsh Run Project Site or such other
site in the mainland of Virginia or Maryland as designated by the Purchaser

U. "Subcontractor(s)" or "Supplier(s)" shall mean any corporation, partnership,
or individual having a contract with Seller to supply material, equipment,
labor, goods, or services to Seller in

V. Ship Dates for the 3 units will be at notice of readiness to ship from the
factory. These dates are two (2) units no later than October 31, 2003 and one
(1) unit no later than November 30, 2003.

ARTICLE GC.2 PAYMENTS

Payments shall be made in accordance with the Payment Schedule referenced in and
incorporated into the Agreement (Schedule A). Initial payment due upon Order
Award, Net 3 days remitted via wire transfer. Remaining payment terms are net
ten (30) days from receipt of invoice, remitted via wire transfer. Wire transfer
instructions shall be provided on each invoice. Late payments shall be subject
to an interest charge equal to two percent in excess of the prime rate as
published in the Wall Street Journal, at that time.

If a change in the Unit results in a change in the Contract Price, all
installments shall be adjusted accordingly. However, if the change results in a
decrease in the Contract Price, then the payments previously made shall be
retained by Seller and applied to subsequent payments as they become due.

                                     Page 4

<PAGE>

For those payments which are tied to milestones, it is understood and agreed
that if Seller completes the milestone in advance of what is indicated on the
Payment Schedule, in no event shall the Purchaser be required to make payment
for such milestone prior to sixty (60) days from the milestone date identified
on the Payment Schedule.

ARTICLE GC.3 SECURITY

At the time of shipment of the last Major Component of the Unit, Seller will
provide a Surety Retention Bond (the "Bond"), substantially in the form attached
hereto, in the amount of 2.0% of the Contract Price against satisfaction of
Seller's duties, covenants, and obligations hereunder. After the initial
performance test, the Bond shall be reduced to amount equal to 125% of the
value of the mutually agreed upon punch list items but in no event greater than
2.0% of the Contract Price. The Surety Retention Bond will be in a form and
substance acceptable to both Parties. The Surety Retention Bond shall expire
upon completion of the mutually agreed upon punch list.

ARTICLE GC.4 TAXES

The Contract Price includes all applicable corporate and individual taxes that
are measured by net income or profit imposed by any governmental authority of
any country on Seller, its employees or Subcontractors due to the execution of
this Contract. The Contract Price also includes all taxes, import duties, and
fees required by any governmental authority of any country necessary to import
and to deliver the foreign manufactured Equipment to the Project Site.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contract Price does not include any sales,
use, excise, value added, gross receipts, consumption, franchise, property, or
similar taxes imposed by any federal, state, or local government in the United
States of America. Purchaser shall pay all such taxes.

ARTICLE GC.5 CHANGES

Purchaser shall have the right to request that Seller make changes to the Unit,
whether such Change request be for modifications, alterations or additions.
Seller shall prepare a written description of the proposed Change for the
Purchaser's review and approval. All changes under this contract shall be
subject to mutual agreement. Seller shall not be obliged to proceed with any
Change until mutual agreement has been reached.

In the event Purchaser contemplates making a Change, Purchaser shall so advise
Seller. Within ten (10) days (unless otherwise extended by mutual agreement)
following written receipt of such advice, Seller shall advise Purchaser of the
possibility of performing the requested Change, and shall submit to Purchaser a
lump sum firm price relating to the proposed Change, including:

(i) a technical description of the proposed Change in such detail as the
Purchaser may

                                     Page 5

<PAGE>

reasonably require,

(ii) a lump sum firm price adjustment (increase or decrease) in the Contract
Price, if any, caused by the proposed Change,

(iii) all potential effect(s), if any, such Change has on the project schedule,
or any other schedule or dates for performance by Seller hereunder, and

(iv) all potential effect(s), if any, such Change has on Seller's ability to
comply with any of its obligations hereunder, including Seller's warranties and
performance guarantees.

Purchaser shall then have ten (10) days from the date of receipt of such
information to either approve or disapprove, in writing, the proposed Change, or
to request additional time to consider the proposed Change. If Purchaser
approves such Change, Purchaser shall direct Seller, in writing, to perform the
Change and Purchaser and Seller shall then execute a Change Order which shall
operate as an amendment to this Contract. Upon the execution of the Change
Order, Seller shall immediately proceed to perform as set forth in the Change
Order.

For Seller initiated changes, the Seller shall submit to the Purchaser a written
description of the proposed Change and follow the same procedure as set forth
above for Purchaser initiated changes.

ARTICLE GC.6 INSPECTION AND FACTORY TESTS

Upon Purchaser's request and Seller's prior written consent, Purchaser's
representative shall be provided access to Seller's facilities to obtain
information on production progress and make inspections. Such access will be
limited to areas concerned with the Unit(s) and shall not include restricted
areas where work of a proprietary nature is being conducted. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary, the Seller shall, at its sole discretion, determine
the extent of Purchaser access to Seller's facilities and the extent of factory
testing to be conducted on the Equipment.

Subject to the conditions set forth in this Article GC.6, the Seller will make
reasonable efforts to obtain for Purchaser's access to Subcontractors'
facilities for the purposes described above.

Purchaser's inspection of the Unit or its failure to inspect does not relieve
Seller of its obligation to fulfill the requirements of this Agreement, nor is
it to be construed as acceptance by the Purchaser.

ARTICLE GC.7 TITLE TRANSFER, RISK OF LOSS, SHIPMENT TO STORAGE

Title to the Equipment or materials to be shipped from within the United States
shall pass to Purchaser when made available for shipment from the manufacturer's
factory. Title to the

                                     Page 6

<PAGE>

Equipment or materials to be shipped from a country other than the United States
shall pass to Purchaser at the port of export immediately after the Equipment or
materials have been cleared for export. Title to Services shall pass to
Purchaser as performed. Notwithstanding passage of title, Seller shall remain
responsible for risk of loss or damage to the Equipment and materials
incorporated therein until delivered to the agreed upon Delivery Point or
delivery to storage.

If any part of the Equipment cannot be shipped to Purchaser when ready due to
any cause not attributable to Seller, Seller may ship such Equipment to storage.
If such Equipment is placed in storage, including storage at the facility where
manufactured, the following conditions shall apply: (i) title and risk of loss
shall thereupon pass to Purchaser if it had not already passed; (ii) any amounts
otherwise payable to Seller upon delivery or shipment shall be payable upon
presentation of Seller's invoice(s) and certification of cause for storage;
(iii) all expenses incurred by Seller, such as for preparation for and placement
into storage, handling, inspection, preservation, insurance, storage, removal
charges and any taxes shall be payable by Purchaser upon submission of Seller's
invoice(s); (iv) the Services provided herein shall be subsequently changed to
the rate prevailing at the time of actual use and Purchaser shall pay the net
increase; and (v) when conditions permit and upon payment of all amounts due
hereunder, Seller shall resume delivery of the Equipment to the Delivery Point.

ARTICLE GC.8 EXCUSABLE DELAYS

Seller shall not have any liability or be considered to be in breach or default
of its obligations under this Contract to the extent that performance of such
obligations is delayed or prevented, directly or indirectly, due to: (i) causes
beyond its reasonable control; or (ii) acts of God, acts (or failures to act) of
governmental authorities, fires, severe weather conditions, earthquakes, strikes
or other labor disturbances, floods, war (declared or undeclared), epidemics,
civil unrest, riots, delays in transportation, or car shortages; or (iii) acts
(or omissions) of Purchaser including failure to promptly: (a) provide Seller
with information and approvals necessary to permit Seller to proceed with work
immediately and without interruption, or (b) comply with the terms of payment,
or (iv) shipment to storage under Article GC.7. Seller shall notify Purchaser of
any such delay. The date of delivery or of performance shall be extended for a
period of time necessary to overcome the effect of such excusable delay. If
Seller is delayed by acts or omissions of Purchaser, or by the prerequisite work
of Purchaser's other contractors or suppliers, Seller shall also be entitled to
an equitable price adjustment.

ARTICLE GC.9 WARRANTY

Seller warrants to Purchaser that (i) the Equipment to be delivered hereunder
shall be designed and fit for the purpose of generating electric power when
operated in accordance with Seller's specific operation instructions and, in the
absence thereof, in accordance with generally accepted

                                     Page 7

<PAGE>

operation practices of the electric power producing industry and shall be free
from defects in material, workmanship and title; and (ii) Services shall be
performed in a competent, diligent manner in accordance with any mutually agreed
specifications.

The foregoing warranties (except as to title) for the Equipment shall apply to
defects which appear during the Warranty Period which shall expire upon the
first to occur of the following: (a) 12 months from Initial Synchronization of
the applicable Unit or (b) 24 months following the Delivery Date of the
applicable Unit.

If the Equipment delivered or Services performed hereunder do not meet the above
warranties during the Warranty Period, Purchaser shall promptly notify Seller in
writing and make the Equipment available for correction. Seller shall thereupon
correct any defect by, at its option, (i) reperforming the defective Services,
(ii) repairing the defective part of the Equipment or (iii) by making available
necessary replacement parts F.O.B. factory, freight prepaid to the Site. Seller
shall provide Technical Advisory Services reasonably necessary for any such
repair of the Equipment, but Seller shall not be responsible for removal or
replacement of structures or other parts of the facility. If a defect in the
Equipment or part thereof cannot be corrected by Seller's reasonable efforts,
the Parties will negotiate an equitable adjustment in price with respect to such
Equipment or part thereof. The condition of any tests shall be mutually agreed
upon and Seller shall be notified of and may be represented at, all tests that
may be made.

Any reperformed service or repaired or replacement part furnished under this
warranty shall carry warranties on the same terms as set forth above, except
that the warranty period shall be for a period of one year from the date of such
reperformance, repair or replacement. In any event the warranty period and
Seller's responsibilities set forth herein for such repaired or replacement part
shall expire upon the first to occur of the following: (a) 24 months from
initial synchronization of the applicable Unit or (b) 36 months following the
Delivery Date of the applicable Unit.

Seller does not warrant the Equipment or any repaired or replacement parts
against normal wear and tear, including that due to environment or operation,
including excessive operation at peak capability, frequent starting, type of
fuel, detrimental air inlet conditions or erosion, corrosion or material
deposits from fluids. The warranties and remedies set forth herein are further
conditioned upon (i) the proper storage, installation, operation, and
maintenance of the Equipment and conformance with the operation instruction
manuals (including revisions thereto) provided by Seller and/or its
subcontractors, as applicable and (ii) repair or modification pursuant to
Seller's instructions or approval. Purchaser shall keep proper records of
operation and maintenance during the Warranty Period. These records shall be
kept in the form of logsheets and copies shall be submitted to Seller upon its
request.

The preceding paragraphs of this Article set forth the exclusive remedies for
all claims based on failure of or defect in the Equipment and Services provided
under this Contract, whether the failure or defect arises before or during the
Warranty Period and whether a claim, however instituted, is based on contract,
indemnity, warranty, tort (including negligence), strict liability or otherwise.
The foregoing warranties are exclusive and are in lieu of all other warranties
and

                                     Page 8

<PAGE>

guarantees whether written, oral, implied or statutory. NO IMPLIED STATUTORY
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE SHALL APPLY.

ARTICLE GC.10 PATENTS

Seller agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser from any rightful claim
of any third party that any Equipment manufactured by Seller and furnished
hereunder infringes any registered patent, copyrights, and trademarks. If
Purchaser notifies Seller promptly of the receipt of any such claim, does not
take any position adverse to Seller regarding such claim and gives Seller
information, assistance and exclusive authority to settle and defend the claim,
Seller shall, at its own expense and option, either (i) settle or defend the
claim or any suit or proceeding and pay all damages and costs awarded in it
against Purchaser, or (ii) procure for Purchaser the right to continue using the
Equipment, or (iii) modify the Equipment so that it becomes non-infringing, or
(iv) replace the Equipment with non-infringing Equipment; or (v) remove the
infringing Product and refund the price. If, in any suit arising from such a
claim, the continued use of the Equipment for the purpose intended is forbidden
by any court of competent jurisdiction, Seller shall at its option take one or
more of the actions under (ii), (iii); (iv) or (v) above. The foregoing states
the entire liability of Seller for patent infringement of any Equipment.

The above paragraph shall not apply to (i) any Equipment which is manufactured
to Purchaser's design or (ii) the use of any equipment furnished under this
Contract in conjunction with any other apparatus or material. As to any
Equipment or use described in the preceding sentence, Seller assumes no
liability whosoever for patent infringement.

ARTICLE GC.11 INSURANCE

This article GC.11 covers any of Seller liabilities anywhere related to this
contract.

The Seller and each of its Subcontractors shall furnish and maintain
Comprehensive General Liability insurance with limits of not less than
$1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury or death, and $1,000,000 per
occurrence property damage plus Contractual Liability coverage.

The Seller and each of its Subcontractors shall furnish and maintain automobile
liability insurance with limits of not less than $1,000,000 for each person,
$1,000,000 for each occurrence and $1,000,000 for property damages.

The Seller and each Subcontractor shall furnish to the Purchaser certificates
evidencing compliance with all federal and state workers compensation or similar
laws which might impose any charge or liability on the Purchaser in connection
with the Work under this Contract. Employers liability insurance with a limit of
$1,000,000 per accident and $1,000,000 in the annual aggregate.

                                     Page 9

<PAGE>

Before the Seller or its Subcontractors shall do any work under this Contract,
they shall furnish the Purchaser with the aforementioned certificates and
certificates of insurance evidencing that insurance has been provided to meet
the above requirements. Such certificates shall state that no material change or
cancellation can be effected without thirty (30) days prior written notice to
the Purchaser.

Seller shall be included on Purchaser's Builder's Risk Insurance Policy as an
additional insured, with a waiver of subrogation with respect to Seller's
on-Site activities.

ARTICLE GC.12 INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the provisions of Article GC.13, Seller agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless Purchaser from any physical damage to the property of third parties or
injury to persons, including death, to the extent resulting directly from the
negligence of Seller or its officers, servants, agents, employees, and/or
assigns while engaged in activities under this Contract. For purposes hereof,
third parties shall not include Purchaser, Operator, or their subsidiaries,
parents, affiliates, agents, successors or assigns, or any party with (a) any
equity interest in the foregoing entities or (b) a security interest of any
nature in any such entity's assets or property, which party also claims or seeks
to claim any of the rights, powers or privileges of under this Contract or
claims or seeks to claim as a third party beneficiary of Purchaser under this
Contract. Purchaser shall likewise indemnify and hold harmless Seller from any
physical damage to property of third parties or injury to persons, including
death, to the extent resulting directly from the negligence of Purchaser, its
officers, servants, agents, employees, and/or assigns, while engaged in
activities relating to this Contract. For purposes hereof, third parties shall
not include Seller, or any subcontractor, vendor or supplier, or their
subsidiaries, parents, affiliates, agents, successors or assigns, or any party
with (a) any equity interest in the foregoing entities or (b) a security
interest of any nature in any such entity's assets or property, which party also
claims or seeks to claim any of the rights, powers or privileges of under this
Contract or claims or seeks to claim as a third party beneficiary of Seller
under this Contract. In the event such damage or injury is caused by the joint
or concurrent negligence of Seller and Purchaser, the loss shall be borne by
each Party in proportion to its negligence.

ARTICLE GC.13 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

The total liability of either Party, on all claims of any kind, whether in
contract, warranty, indemnity, tort (including negligence), strict liability, or
otherwise, arising out of the performance or breach of the Contract or use of
any Equipment shall not exceed the Contract Price, except for the cost of
performing the Seller's scope of work or the Purchaser's payment obligation. All
liability under this Contract shall terminate four (4) years after the shipment
of the last Major Component of the Unit giving rise to the claim.

In no event, whether as a result of breach of contract, warranty, indemnity,
tort (including

                                     Page 10

<PAGE>

negligence), strict liability, or otherwise, shall Seller or its Subcontractors
or Suppliers be liable for loss of profit or revenues, loss of use of the
Equipment or any associated equipment, cost of capital, cost of substitute
equipment, facilities, services or replacement power, downtime costs, claims of
Purchaser's customers for such damages, or for any special, consequential,
incidental, indirect or exemplary damages and Purchaser shall indemnify Seller
against such claims of Purchaser's customers.

Purchaser covenants and agrees that in the event it seeks to transfer or assign
the Equipment and Services to any other third party that it shall, as a
condition to such transfer or assignment, cause such third party to acknowledge
and accept the restrictions and limitations afforded under this Contract for the
benefit of Seller and it's Subcontractors, including the provisions of this
Article GC.13.

If Purchaser cannot obtain for Seller from any subsequent purchasers the
protections specified in this Article GC.13, Purchaser shall indemnify, defend
and hold Seller harmless from and against any and all claims made by any
subsequent purchasers of the Equipment or Services against Seller for loss or
damage arising out of the performance or non-performance of the Equipment or
Services provided under this Contract.

If Seller furnishes Purchaser with advice or assistance concerning any products,
systems or work which is not required pursuant to the Contract Documents, the
furnishing of such advice or assistance will not subject Seller to any
liability, whether in contract, warranty, indemnity, tort (including
negligence), strict liability or otherwise.

For the purposes of this Article GC.13, the term "Seller" shall mean Seller, its
affiliates, Subcontractors and Suppliers of any tier, and their respective
agents and employees, whether individually or collectively.

The provisions of this Article GC.13 shall prevail over any conflicting or
inconsistent provisions contained in any of the documents comprising this
Contract, except to the extent that such provisions further restrict Seller's
liability.

ARTICLE GC.14 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE GC.15 FINAL COMPLETION

Final Completion shall occur once (i) Seller has successfully achieved the
Performance Guarantees or has paid all Liquidated Damages due and owing
including, as applicable, all Performance Liquidated Damages hereunder, and (ii)
completion of the mutually agreed upon punch list.

                                     Page 11

<PAGE>

ARTICLE GC.16 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

Seller guarantees the performance of the Unit as set forth in the Contract
Documents. A performance test shall be run to demonstrate that Seller's
Performance Guarantees have been achieved. This test shall be performed using
the Seller's testing protocol (GEI-41067D) and shall be conducted immediately
following the start-up period after Seller has conducted final check-out of the
Unit. If Seller's Performance Guarantees have not been achieved, Seller shall
pay Performance Liquidated Damages as indicated in the Agreement. However,
Seller will be allowed a cure period of 180 days immediately following the
initial performance test during which Performance Liquidated Damages will be
deferred, and Seller shall make all repairs, replacements, or other corrections
as required for the Unit to meet the Performance Guarantees. During the cure
period, Purchaser shall make the Unit available to Seller for such corrective
action. At the end of the cure period, if the Unit does not meet Seller's
Performance Guarantees, Seller shall then pay Purchaser the appropriate
Performance Liquidated Damages. Seller may at any time during the cure period,
at its option, pay Purchaser the appropriate Performance Liquidated Damages.

The initial performance test shall be performed by Purchaser at its cost. The
Seller shall be notified of, and shall be represented at all such tests. If a
re-test is required and to the extent Seller was the cause of such re-test, the
actual cost of the retest will be borne by the Seller. The actual cost of the
re-test shall mean (i) cost of special test personnel or special operating
personnel provided by the Purchaser, (ii) cost of special instrumentation and
equipment (including rental cost) and including required calibration of the
instrumentation, and (iii) Seller's personnel cost, but in no event whatsoever
will Seller be responsible for the cost of fuel, normal operating personnel, or
any other such other cost associated with the conducting of such re-test unless
specifically noted above.

In conducting the initial performance test or re-tests, the performance of the
Unit shall not be adjusted for degradation until such Unit has operated in
excess of one hundred (100) hours. The Seller's degradation curve shall be used
to determine the adjustment for Unit output and Unit heat rate.

The Seller shall be allowed ninety (90) days from first roll of the Unit to
complete Unit checkouts, including adjustments or corrections to make the Unit
ready for testing prior to the initial performance test.

In the event Seller is liable to Purchaser for liquidated damages in accordance
with the provisions herein for the failure to meet any performance guarantee,
the calculation of such liquidated damages shall include a credit when any
performance guarantee of any Unit is demonstrated to have been better than the
guarantee values. Seller's credit or liability shall be the net calculation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Seller is liable for Performance
Liquidated Damages on both natural gas and distillate oil fuels, the Seller
shall only be obligated to pay the Performance Liquidated Damage on the fuel
which results in the greater compensation to the

                                     Page 12

<PAGE>

Purchaser.

ARTICLE GC.17 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE:

Purchaser shall have the right to terminate this Contract for cause in the event
of the following:

(i) Seller becomes insolvent, Seller makes an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or a receiver or trustee is appointed for the benefit of Seller's
creditors, or Seller makes a filing for protection from creditors under any
bankruptcy or insolvency laws;

(ii) Seller substantially breaches and fails to comply or perform its material
obligations hereunder (but only with respect to a material obligation for which
this Contract does not provide exclusive remedies);

Prior to termination for breach, Purchaser shall provide Seller with written
notice of the nature of such breach and Purchaser's intention to terminate for
Seller's default subject to reasonable opportunity for Seller to cure such
breach. If Seller fails: (i) to commence and diligently to pursue a cure of such
failure within ten (10) business days after receipt of such notice or within
such extended period as is considered reasonable by the Parties, or (ii) to
provide reasonable evidence that such default does not in fact exist, Purchaser
may terminate the Contract.

If Purchaser fails to fulfill any payment conditions as set forth in the
Contract, Seller shall have the right to suspend all work on the Unit after
twenty (20) days of non-payment of undisputed amounts and any cost incurred by
Seller in accordance with such suspension (including storage costs) shall be
payable by Purchaser upon submission of Seller's invoice(s). Performance of
Seller's obligations shall be extended for a period of time to overcome the
effects of such suspension. If Purchaser does not correct such failure within
sixty (60) days, Seller shall have the right to terminate this Contract for
cause in respect to the portion of the Unit which title has not passed.

If Seller terminates this Contract for Purchaser's breach as provided above,
Seller's termination charges shall be paid by Purchaser as set forth in Schedule
B of the Agreement. If Purchaser terminates this Contract for Seller's breach,
Purchaser will not pay any termination charges and Seller will promptly refund
any down payment or progress payments and Purchaser will make all shipped
equipment available for return.

ARTICLE GC.18 SELLER'S PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

At the time of furnishing confidential or proprietary information, Seller will
expressly designate by label, stamp, or other written communication that the
information or documentation furnished is confidential. Purchaser agrees (i) to
treat such information as confidential, (ii) to restrict the use of such
information to matters relating to Seller's performance of the Contract, and
(iii) to

                                     Page 13

<PAGE>

restrict access to such information to employees of Purchaser and its agents
whose access is necessary in the implementation of the Contract. Confidential
information will not be reproduced without Seller's prior written consent, and
all copies of written information will be returned to Seller upon request except
to the extent that such information is to be retained by Purchaser pursuant to
the Contract.

The foregoing restrictions do not apply to information which: (i) is contained
in a printed publication which was released to the public by Seller prior to the
date of the Contract; (ii) is, or becomes, publicly known otherwise than through
a wrongful act of Purchaser, its employees, or agents; (iii) is in possession of
Purchaser, its employees, or agents prior to receipt from Seller, provided that
the person or persons providing the same have not had access to the information
from Seller; (iv) is furnished to others by Seller without restrictions similar
to those herein on the right of the receiving party to use or disclose; (v) is
approved in writing by Seller for disclosure by Purchaser, its agents or
employees to a third party; or (vi) for the purpose of financing or project
approval, must be provided to a private financing or governmental agency,
department, commission or other governmental authority. In disclosing such
confidential or proprietary information to governmental authorities, the
Purchaser shall cooperate with the Seller in minimizing the amount of such
contract information that is furnished. The Purchaser and receiver of
information will endeavor to secure and maintain the confidentiality of
specified portions of such confidential and proprietary information.

ARTICLE GC.19 GLOBAL SOURCING

Seller reserves the right in its discretion to obtain, source, subcontract,
manufacture, fabricate and assemble the Equipment and any of its components and
systems outside the United States or from non-domestic concerns, or both; it
being understood that the quality standards and warranties of the Seller under
the Contract shall be adhered to in all cases irrespective of source and all
sourcing shall be consistent with all applicable laws and regulations.

ARTICLE GC.20 ASSIGNMENT

The Parties shall not delegate or assign any or all of their duties or rights
under this Contract without prior written consent from the other Party; such
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the terms of this
provision, the Parties may delegate or assign their duties or rights to any
Affiliate or subsidiary, provided that, with respect to Purchaser's delegate or
assignee, such delegate or assignee shall own or operate the Units for the
purposes of generating electric power for revenue to an electrical power
generation grid. Such assignment shall in no way relieve the assigning Party of
its obligations under this Contract.

ARTICLE GC.21 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, CODES AND STANDARDS

The Contract Price is based on Seller's design, manufacture and delivery of the
Equipment and

                                     Page 14

<PAGE>

performance of the Services pursuant to (i) its design criteria, manufacturing
processes and procedures and quality assurance program, (ii) those portions of
industry specifications, codes and standards in effect as of the date of
Seller's proposal to Purchaser, which Seller has deemed applicable to the
Equipment and the Services, and (iii) the United States Federal, State and local
laws and rules in effect on the date of Seller's proposal to Purchaser.

The Contract Price will be equitably adjusted to reflect additional costs
incurred by Seller resulting from (i) a change in standards and regulations
described in items (ii) or (iii) above after the date of Seller's proposal to
Purchaser which affect the Equipment and Services and (ii) changes required to
comply with regulatory or industrial requirements in the location where the
Equipment will be installed and the Services performed. Purchaser shall advise
Seller of requirements affecting the Equipment or Services performed by Seller
resulting from the applicability of any laws, rules or regulations in the
location where the Equipment will be installed and the Services performed.
Reasonable adjustments will be made to the project schedule as may be
appropriate to comply with the foregoing. If Seller determines that a change is
not possible, Seller will so notify Purchaser and Purchaser may terminate this
Contract in accordance with the Schedule B of the Agreement or direct completion
without change and assume responsibility for obtaining any necessary waivers.

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs, no modification in price will be made
as a result of any general change in the manufacturing facilities of Seller
resulting from the imposition of any requirements by any Federal, State or local
governmental entity.

ARTICLE GC.22 ORDER DEFINTION MEETING

The Order Definition Meeting ("ODM") shall mean a project kick-off meeting
between the Seller's project execution team and Purchaser's project
representatives.

Seller shall have no obligation to proceed with any activities related to the
design, engineering (including drawings), or manufacture of the Equipment until
the ODM. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall assist Purchaser in its
endeavors relating to the air permitting of the Project and cooperate by
providing information and support during any hearings in the process of
obtaining the permits. In undertaking such assistance, Seller shall not be
obligated to incur out-of-pocket costs and expenses without reimbursement from
Purchaser.

Subject to Seller receiving the Project Specific Definition as set forth below,
the ODM shall be conducted by no later than twelve months prior to the ship date
of the first Unit.

It is understood and agreed to by the Parties that Purchaser shall provide, in
writing by no later than July 1, 2002) the following information (collectively,
the "Project Specific Definition"): (i) configuration changes if any to the base
configuration (i.e., acceptance or rejection of any and all Equipment options),
(ii) fuel analysis (oil analysis and gas analysis through C14), (iii)
environmental requirements (i.e., air and noise emissions), (iv) state, local
and other regulatory

                                     Page 15

<PAGE>

or code requirements (including seismic and wind loading design requirements)and
the exact location of the Site within mainland Virginia or Maryland. In the
event Seller does not receive the Project Specific Definition by the time frame
stated above, the Seller shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the ODM
date and shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment Purchase Order Price or an
extension in the Equipment delivery schedule, or both.

ARTICLE GC.23 SUSPENSION

It is expressly understood by the Parties that the Purchaser shall have no right
of suspension under this Agreement.

ARTICLE GC.24 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Any controversy, dispute or difference between the Parties to this Contract, if
not amicably settled by the Parties with thirty (30) days following notice of
dispute, shall be referred to senior management of the Parties for resolution.
In the event the dispute has not been resolved within forty five (45) days
following referral to senior management, or such longer period as the Parties
may mutually agree, then either Party may then pursue their legal remedies.

ARTICLE GC.25 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Except as provided in the Article entitled "Limitation of Liability", these
provisions are for the benefit of the Parties hereto and not for any other third
party. Waiver by either Party of any right under this Agreement shall not be
deemed a waiver by such Party of any other right hereunder.

This Contract represents the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes
in its entirety all prior agreements concerning the subject matter hereof, and
no modification, amendment, revision, waiver, or other change shall be binding
on either Party unless consented to in writing by the Party's authorized
representative. Any oral or written representation, warranty, course of dealing,
or trade usage not contained or referenced herein shall not be binding on either
Party. Each Party agrees that it has not relied on, or been induced by, any
representations of the other Party not contained in this Contract.

The invalidity in whole or in part of any part of this Contract shall not affect
the validity of the remainder of the Contract.

The following Articles shall survive termination of this Contract: Article
(Taxes); Articles (Compliance With Laws, Codes, & Standards); Article
(Warranty), Article (Patents), Article (Limitation of Liability), Article
(Seller's Proprietary Information), Article (Indemnification) and Article
(Miscellaneous Clauses).

                                     Page 16

<PAGE>
g
_______________________________________________________________GE Power Systems

                 GE Power Systems
                 Equipment and Services Proposal

                 for

                 Four PG7241(FA) 60 Hertz
                 Combustion Gas Turbines

                 to

                 Old Dominion Electric Cooperative
                 Remington Project

                                                           Proposal No: 91578AG
                                                               Dated: May, 2000

 GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION appears on all pages in the Data Sheet, Performance
   Specification, Equipment Scope of Supply, and Commercial Sections of this
                                   proposal.

<PAGE>

                               Table Of Contents
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposal Summary

                Introduction ...............................................1
                General Plant Description ..................................2
                Performance Data ...........................................3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Performance and Operation
                Performance Curves .........................................4
                Plant Operating Philosophy .................................5
                Test Philosophy ............................................6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description of Equipment
                GE Scope of Supply .........................................7
                Turbine-Generator ..........................................8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Design Basis
                Customer Scope of Supply ...................................9
                Codes and Standards .......................................10
                Data Sheets ...............................................11
                Technical Comments ........................................12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Services
                Customer Drawings and Documentation .......................13
                Technical Advisory Services ...............................14
                Training ..................................................15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drawings and Diagrams
                Mechanical Outline ........................................16
                Electrical One-Line Diagram ...............................17

                                      Table of Contents                  Page ii
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendices

                    Experience List .........................................18
                    Quality .................................................19
                    Reference Documents .....................................20
                    Spare Parts Recommendation ..............................21

                                      Table of Contents                 Page iii
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
g
____________________________________________________GE Power Systems

                                1.   Introduction

                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   1.1  Why Choose GE?

                               When you select a GE heavy duty gas turbine you
                               also gain the resources of the world's largest
                               gas turbine manufacturer. From corporate
                               resources, to manufacturing, to plant service, GE
                               resources are unsurpassed.

                               GE uses a design philosophy based on proven
                               technology and reduced unit maintenance, is the
                               leader in reliability and availability, has
                               packaged designs for fast installation and low
                               cost, can meet demanding low emissions
                               requirements, and has unmatched operational
                               experience. These are the reasons to select GE.

                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   1.2  Corporate Resources

                               GE is the only company in the world that designs
                               and manufactures heavy duty gas turbines,
                               aircraft engines, and steam turbines. Drawing on
                               the technology and experience of these related
                               products, along with development programs at the
                               GE Corporate Research and Development Center,
                               GE's heavy duty gas turbines have achieved an
                               operating record that is unmatched by the
                               competition.

                               Developments at GE Aircraft Engines and Corporate
                               Research & Development have provided a basis for
                               enhancements to "F" technology gas turbines in
                               advanced cooling techniques, improved sealing
                               methods, patented high-strength alloys, and
                               superior high-temperature coatings.
                               State-of-the-art technology is also utilized in
                               the 18-stage axial flow compressor, the Dry Low
                               NOx combustion system, the turbine nozzles and
                               buckets, and the modular off-base accessory
                               arrangement.

                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   1.3 Manufacturing

                               GE's heavy duty gas turbine manufacturing
                               operation employs industry-leading techniques at
                               the world's largest gas turbine factory, located
                               in Greenville, SC, USA. The 1 million square feet
                               (92,000 square meters) Greenville facility, along
                               with GE business associate plant resources
                               totaling 6.5 million square feet (600,000 square
                               meters), provide GE with manufacturing capacity
                               unequaled in the industry.

                                      Introduction                      Page 1.1
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.4 Service and Plant Support

                               GE provides full-time support of the largest
                               localized service network in the world, through
                               192 service support centers located around the
                               globe. GE service is full scope, extending from
                               unit order through unit retirement. GE field
                               engineers are available to assist with
                               installation and start-up and also with planned
                               and emergency maintenance, with capabilities to
                               perform diagnostics, performance assessments,
                               craft labor coordination, repairs, overhauls, and
                               upgrades.

                               Backing up these field service engineers is a
                               worldwide network of GE service centers as shown
                               on the following map. In addition to 19 service
                               centers in the United States, GE also provides
                               expert repair service through centers in Puerto
                               Rico, Venezuela, England, Saudi Arabia, and
                               Singapore. Whether for routine maintenance or
                               emergency repairs, spare parts are available from
                               warehouses and manufacturing centers all over the
                               world.

                    GE Gas Turbine Repair Centers World Wide

[GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

                                      Introduction                      Page 1.2
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.5 Design Philosophy - Using Proven Technology

                               The reliability of the GE heavy duty gas turbines
                               results from a design philosophy centered on the
                               principle of geometric scaling. Under this
                               principle, the geometric similarity of components
                               is maintained while units are scaled up or down
                               in operating speed and output. Because of this,
                               operating factors such as temperatures,
                               pressures, blade angles and stresses are kept
                               constant, while critical cycle parameters of
                               pressure ratios and efficiency are maintained. In
                               this way, all new machines build on the proven
                               reliability and performance of their
                               predecessors.

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.6 Reliability and Availability

                               GE heavy duty gas turbines lead the industry in
                               reliability and availability statistics. In fact,
                               reliability and availability of GE "F" class
                               machines rate higher than any other gas turbine
                               design producing more than 50 MW. One key factor
                               in the unmatched reliability of GE's gas turbines
                               is the redundancy built into GE's
                               state-of-the-art gas turbine control system.
                               Because this microprocessor-based turbine control
                               system employs a distributed processor and a
                               redundant architecture, its overall performance
                               is unmatched in the industry. The control system
                               uses independent digital controllers to achieve
                               the reliability of triple redundancy for the
                               turbine control and protective functions.

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.7 Prepackaged for Rapid Installation

                               The MS7001(FA) is prepackaged in a modularized
                               design to assure fast installation with minimum
                               installation cost. Modules are skid-mounted
                               adjacent to the turbine to minimize
                               interconnection complexities. These modules
                               include:

                               o  Accessory module - houses equipment for lube
                                  oil, hydraulic oil, gas fuel, and generator
                                  seal oil systems

                               o  Liquid fuel/atomizing air module - houses
                                  equipment for delivering liquid fuel to the
                                  turbine

                               o  Packaged electrical and electronic control
                                  center (PEECC) - houses electrical protection
                                  and controls consisting of low voltage motor
                                  control centers, turbine and generator control
                                  panels, and the emergency DC battery system

                                      Introduction                      Page 1.3
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                               The MS7001(FA) features the advanced, packaged
                               design 7FH2 hydrogen-cooled generator designed
                               for compactness and ease of service and
                               maintenance. Factory assembly allows delivery of
                               the generator with the rotor already installed,
                               along with lube oil piping and wiring routed in
                               conduit. This packaged turbine-generator set can
                               reduce installation time and
                               cost by up to 40%.

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.8 Reduced Maintenance Costs

                               A critical goal in designing GE "F" technology
                               gas turbines is reduced maintenance costs. The
                               result is that competitive units require two to
                               four times as many inspections as the GE "F"
                               class machines. This means a GE machine will save
                               millions of dollars over its service life.

                               When assessing improvements to gas turbine
                               equipment, GE maintains a strict adherence to key
                               design parameters affecting maintenance. The
                               advantage of analysis and feedback from the
                               largest fleet of gas turbines enables GE to
                               develop design improvements and better
                               maintenance procedures.

                               To keep customers informed of such new
                               technology, GE conducts Gas Turbine User and
                               Maintenance Seminars and issues technical
                               publications to GE customers. The operating data
                               from the vast fleet of gas turbines in service,
                               coupled with an evolutionary design philosophy,
                               enable GE to keep customers abreast of the latest
                               advances and know-how in servicing and supporting
                               their units.

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.9 Emissions

                               GE's gas turbine technology has been developed to
                               meet the ever lower emissions levels required in
                               today's applications. Can-annular combustors with
                               film and impingement cooling meet the
                               environmental requirements for applications
                               throughout the world and provide reliable
                               operation at high firing temperatures. GE is the
                               world's most experienced supplier of Dry Low NOx,
                               diluent injected, and SCR (selective catalytic
                               reduction) systems that meet today's demanding
                               emissions requirements.

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  1.10 Experience

                               GE is the world's leading supplier of gas
                               turbines with four times the installed base of
                               its nearest competitor. GE's heavy duty gas
                               turbines are in service in countries all over the
                               world in diverse climates and operating
                               conditions.

                                      Introduction                      Page 1.4
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                               With this kind of record, GE is able to
                               continuously build in technology improvements,
                               maintenance advancements, and cost reduction
                               strategies for the life of each new plant.

                               The MS7001(FA) builds on a tradition of
                               technological leadership that has made GE gas
                               turbines the standard by which all others have
                               been measured for over four decades. Today, GE's
                               gas turbine product line is the most efficient,
                               most reliable, and most proven in the market.

                                      Introduction                      Page 1.5
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

g
_______________________________________GE Power Systems

                          2. General Plant Description

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  2.1 Equipment Overview

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       2.1.1    Gas Turbine
<S>                                                                 <C>
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Feature                            Specification
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Primary Fuel                          Natural Gas
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Backup Fuel                           Distillate Fuel Oil
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Starting Means                        Static Start
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Air Filtration                        Self-Cleaning
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Compressor/Turbine Cleaning           On and Off-line Compressor Water
                                                                      Wash
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Exhaust System                        Aft and Up Exhaust
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Emissions Control                     Gas - Dry Low NOx
                                                                      Liquid - Water Injection
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                      2.1.2     Generator

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Feature                                     Specification
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Model                                          7FH2 Packaged
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Cooling                                        Hydrogen
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Frequency                                      60 Hz
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Power Factor (pf)                              0.85 Lagging
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Power Factor (pf)                              Capability to 1.00 Leading
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Terminal Voltage                               18.0 kV
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Generator Excitation                           EX2000P - Static Bus Fed
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                On-Base Lagging                                Accessory Base
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Off-Base Acoustic Enclosure                    Turbine Compartment
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Acoustic Barrier Wall                          Exhaust Diffuser
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Cooling System                                 Closed H2O to Air
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            General Plant Description         Page 2.1
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  2.1.3      Control Systems
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                  <C>
                                Feature                 Specification
                             --------------------------------------------------------
                             Turbine-Generator          SPEEDTRONIC(TM)Mark VI (TMR)

</TABLE>

----------
(TM)A trademark of the General Electric Company

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            General Plant Description         Page 2.2
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  g

__________________________________________GE Power Systems

                               3. Performance Data

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  3.1 Guarantees

                               Final gas turbine and generator performance will
                               be developed after the site ambient conditions
                               and fuel analysis have been confirmed. The
                               following performance is based on ISO operating
                               conditions.

                  3.1.1 Guaranteed Performance on Natural Gas Fuel
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                    <C>                          <C>
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Measurement                           Value
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Output (base) -evaporative cooler on                174,100 kW
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Heat rate (base) -evaporative cooler on             9,330 Btu/kWh
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  3.1.2 Guaranteed Performance on Distillate Fuel

                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Measurement                           Value
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Output (base) -evaporative cooler on                185,600 kW
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Heat rate (base) -evaporative cooler on             9,935 Btu/kWh
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  3.1.2.1 Design Basis

                                               Measurement                          Value
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Elevation                                          0 ft
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Ambient temperature                                59(degree)F
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Relative humidity                                  60 %
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Inlet system pressure drop                         4.0 in. H2O
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Exhaust system pressure                            5.5 in. H2O
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Natural gas fuel heating value (LHV)               21,515 Btu/lb@80(degree)F
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Distillate fuel heating value (LHV)                18,300 Btu/lb@80(degree)F
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Diluent injection flow (water)                     120,570
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Combustion system type                             DLN
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                              The following also apply to the performance
                              guarantees:

                               o   Performance is measured at the generator
                                   terminals and includes allowances for
                                   excitation power and the shaft-driven
                                   equipment normally supplied.

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            Performance Data                  Page 3.1
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                          o   Guarantees are based on new and clean condition of
                              the gas turbine. If more than 100 fired hours have
                              elapsed before a performance test is to be
                              conducted, a GE representative shall have the
                              right to inspect the unit to assure that the power
                              plant is in new and clean condition.

                          o   Guarantees are based on a site test conducted as
                              described in the Reference Documents chapter and
                              per the Terms and Conditions of this offer.

                          o   Guarantees are based on the calculated amount of
                              diluent injection shown on the above Design Basis
                              table. The actual amount of diluent injection as
                              determined during the field compliance test may be
                              different, which will have an effect on the output
                              and heat rate.

                          o   Performance curves for both the turbine and
                              generator are included in the Performance Curves
                              section of this proposal. From these curves it is
                              possible to determine estimated performance at
                              ambient temperatures, percent loads, and
                              barometric conditions differing from those listed
                              in the above design basis table. These curves are
                              used during the site performance test to correct
                              performance readings back to the site conditions
                              at which the performance guarantee was provided.

                  3.1.3   Emissions Guarantees
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Measurement                   Natural Gas               Distillate Oil
                                                     (value/load range)        (value/load range)
                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                         <C>                      <C>
                          NOx @ 15% O2 (ppmvd)               9                        42
                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                          Notes:

                          For NOx emission compliance, refer to Standard Field
                          Testing Procedure in the Reference Documents chapter
                          of this proposal.

                          NOx emissions for distillate fuel is based on a
                          maximum fuel bound nitrogen content of 0.015% by
                          weight.

                  3.1.4   Acoustics Guarantees

                  3.1.4.1 Near Field Noise Values

                          The near field sound pressure level (SPL) contribution
                          from the GE supplied equipment is guaranteed not to
                          exceed 85 dBA (ref. 20 micropascals) when measured 3
                          feet (1 meter) in the horizontal plane and at an
                          elevation of 5 feet (1.5 meters) above machine base
                          line or personnel platforms with the equipment
                          operating at base load in accordance with contract
                          specifications.

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            Performance Data                  Page 3.2
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

     3.1.4.1.1       Basis of Guarantee

                     The following also apply to the above guarantee:

                     o   Testing methodology shall be based on the latest
                         version of ANSI/ASME PTC 36. The final result shall be
                         the arithmetic average of the SPL's measured around the
                         equipment after background and other corrections have
                         been applied. The equipment shall be in compliance if
                         the final result does not exceed the noise limit(s)
                         specified above.

                     o   Equipment shall be operated in a new and clean
                         condition as intended by the designers when
                         measurements are taken. All access compartments, doors,
                         panels and other temporary openings shall be fully
                         closed; all silencing hardware shall be fully
                         installed; all systems designed to be airtight shall be
                         sealed.

                     o   If the above guaranteed SPL exceeds the measured
                         background noise by 10 dBA, no correction shall be
                         necessary. Otherwise, corrections to the measured SPL
                         shall be made per ANSI/ASME PTC 36 procedures.
                         Background noise is defined as the noise measured with
                         all GE supplied equipment off and all other plant
                         equipment on.

                     o   Intermittent noises such as steam safety blow off
                         valves and filter pulse noise are not included in the
                         above guarantee.

                     o   Measurements shall be taken 3 feet (1 meter) away from
                         the outermost surfaces of equipment, including piping,
                         conduit, framework, barriers and personnel protection
                         devices if provided.

                     o   Measurements shall not be taken in any location where
                         there is an airflow velocity greater than 5 feet per
                         second (1.5 meters per second), including nearby air
                         intakes or exhausts.

                     o   Free field conditions must be prevalent at measurement
                         locations. Testing and for and corrections to a free
                         field shall be per ANSI/ASME PTC 36.

                     o   Testing shall be done according to a test plan agreed
                         to by both the customer and GE. Such a plan shall be
                         submitted to both the customer and GE at least 30 days
                         prior to noise compliance testing. The test results
                         shall be submitted in the form of a test report that
                         shall be made available to both the customer and GE.

                     Measurement responsibility shall be stated in the contract.
                     If the customer has responsibility for the compliance
                     measurements, GE reserves the right to audit or parallel
                     these measurements.

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            Performance Data                  Page 3.3
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

         3.1.4.2     Far Field Noise Values

                     There is no far field sound pressure level guarantee.

         3.1.4.2.1   Basis of Guarantee

                     The following also apply to the above guarantee:

                     o   Testing methodology shall be based on the latest
                         version of ANSI B133.8. The final result shall be the
                         arithmetic average of the SPL's at the 8 measurement
                         locations after background and other corrections have
                         been applied. The equipment shall be in compliance if
                         the final result does not exceed the noise limit(s)
                         specified above.

                     o   Equipment shall be operated in a new and clean
                         condition as intended by the designers when
                         measurements are taken. All access compartments, doors,
                         panels and other temporary openings shall be fully
                         closed; all silencing hardware shall be fully
                         installed; all systems designed to be airtight shall be
                         sealed.

                     o   If the above guaranteed SPL exceeds the measured
                         background noise by 10 dBA, no correction shall be
                         necessary. Otherwise, corrections to the measured SPL
                         shall be made per ANSI B133.8 procedures. Background
                         noise is defined as the noise measured with all GE
                         supplied equipment off and all other plant equipment
                         on.

                     o   Intermittent noises such as steam safety blow off
                         valves and filter pulse noise are not included in the
                         above guarantee.

                     o   Measurements shall be taken 5 feet +/- 2.5 feet (1.5
                         meters +/- .75 meters) above the ground. Such
                         measurement locations shall be on a flat elevation no
                         more than 16 feet (5 meters) above or below the plant
                         base elevation.

                     o   Measurements shall not be taken in any location where
                         there is an airflow velocity greater than 5 feet per
                         second (1.5 meters per second), including nearby air
                         intakes or exhausts.

                     o   Measurement locations shall be chosen such that free
                         field conditions exist at those locations. Measurement
                         locations shall not be closer than 12 feet (3.5 meters)
                         to any nearby reflecting surfaces.

                     o   Testing shall be done according to a test plan agreed
                         to by both the customer and GE. Such a plan shall be
                         submitted to both the customer and GE at least 30 days
                         prior to noise compliance testing. The test results
                         shall

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            Performance Data                  Page 3.4
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         be submitted in the form of a test report that
                         shall be made available to both the customer and GE.

                    Measurement responsibility shall be stated in the contract.
                    If the customer has responsibility for the compliance
                    measurements, GE reserves the right to audit or parallel
                    these measurements.

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION            Performance Data                  Page 3.5
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Proposal         91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.2 Estimated Performance
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                  <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>
Load Condition                                        BASE       BASE        BASE      BASE
Ambient Temp.                    Deg F.               59.        59.         59.       59.
Evap. Cooler Status                                   On         On          Off       Off
Evap. Cooler Effectiveness       %                    85         85          n/a       n/a
Fuel Type                                             Dist.      Methane     Dist.     Methane
Fuel LHV                         Btu/lb               18,300     21,515      18,300    21,515
Fuel Temperature                 Deg F                80         80          80        80
Liquid Fuel H/C Ratio                                 1.8        n/a         1.8       n/a
Output                           kW                   185,600.   174,100.    183,200.  171,100.
Heat Rate           (LHV)        Btu/kWh              9,935.     9,330.      9,975.    9,370.
Heat Cons. (LHV) X 10(6)         Btu/h                1,843.9    1,624.4     1,827.4   1,603.2
Exhaust Flow        X 10(3)      lb/h                 3722.      3576.       3681.     3534.
Exhaust Temp.                    Deg F.               1088.      1112.       1095.     1119.
Exhaust Heat (LHV) X 10(6)       Btu/h                1020.1     971.1       1010.9    960.9
Water Flow                       lb/h                 120,570.   0.          121,710.  0.
EMISSIONS
---------
NOx                              ppmvd @ 15% O2       42.        9.          42.       9.
NOx AS NO2                       lb/h                 325.       60.         322.      59.
CO                               ppmvd                20.        9.          20.       9.
CO                               lb/h                 65.        29.         65.       29.
UHC                              ppmvw                7.         7.          7.        7.
UHC                              lb/h                 15.        14.         15.       14.
VOC                              ppmvw                3.5        1.4         3.5       1.4
VOC                              lb/h                 7.5        2.8         7.5       2.8
Particulates (TSP)               lb/h                 17.0       9.0         17.0      9.0
EXHAUST ANALYSIS                 % VOL.
----------------
Argon                                                 0.86       0.89        0.85      0.90
Nitrogen                                              71.21      74.18       71.28     74.36
Oxygen                                                10.99      12.27       11.00     12.32
Carbon Dioxide                                        5.62       3.84        5.63      3.84
Water                                                 11.33      8.82        11.24     8.59
SITE CONDITIONS
---------------
Elevation                        ft.                  0.0
Site Pressure                    psia                 14.7
Inlet Loss                       in Water             4.0
Exhaust Loss                     in Water             5.5
Relative Humidity                %                    60
Application                                           7FH2 Hydrogen-Cooled Generator
Combustion System                                     9/42 DLN Combustor
</TABLE>

Emission information based on GE recommended measurement methods. NOx emissions
are corrected to 15% O2 without heat rate correction and are not corrected to
ISO reference condition per 40CFR 60.335(c)(1). NOx levels shown will be
controlled by algorithms within the SPEEDTRONIC control system.

IPS- 91578     version code-    2 . 0 . 1 Opt: N   72411298
KOZAKAN        4/27/00 16:08    olddec59ngdoblec.dat

 GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                 Performance Data           Page 3.6
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Proposal  91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.3 Generator Performance Specifications

    3.3.1   Performance Rating Conditions

                      Measurement                               Value

            Elevation                                     0 ft
            Stator insulation                             Class F
            Rotor insulation                              Class F
            Hydrogen gas temperature                      40(degree)C
            Hydrogen pressure                             30 psig
            Required cooling water flow                   1600 gal/min
            Required temperature of inlet cooling water   95(degree)C maximum
            Coolant type                                  67% water, 33% Glycol
            Fouling factor                                0.0005
            Rating and dielectric test standards          ANSI

    3.3.2   Performance Rating, Synchronous Generator

                       Note                                             Design
            Following values based on generator design number           F317P19

                    Measurement                                           Base
            kVA                                                        234,000
            Power Factor                                               0.85
            kW                                                         198,900
            Number of poles                                            2
            Number of phases                                           3
            Frequency (Hz)                                             60
            Voltage                                                    18.0 kV
            Amperes                                                    7,506
            Connection                                                 WYE
            Short Circuit Ratio                                        0.49

                      Temperature Rating                             Value
            (total temperature at base load, with temp stabilized)
            Armature coils (by temperature detector)               100(degree)C

 GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                  Performance Data           Page 3.7
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Proposal  91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              Collector (by thermometer)                           125(degree)C
              Field coils (by resistance)                          110(degree)C

                           Dielectric Tests                             Value
                (between coils and frame, ac voltage for 1 minute)
              Armature                                                37,000 V
              Field                                                    3,500 V

                      Excitation (maximum required)                     Value
              kW                                                         574
              Voltage                                                    350

                  Calculated Generator Reactances (base load)           Value
              Xdi                                                       2.140
              X'di                                                      0.322
              X'dv                                                      0.238
              X "dv                                                     0.166
              X2v                                                       0.159
              X0i                                                       0.140

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                  Performance Data           Page 3.8
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Proposal  91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            g
------------------------------- GE Power Systems

            4. Performance Curves

4.1 Turbine and Generator Performance Curves

    4.1.1 Turbine Performance Curves

                    Curve                                 Number        Date
          Estimated Single Unit Performance, Base        522HA851      4/17/98
          Compressor Inlet Temperature Corrections, Base 522HA852      4/17/98
          Modulated Inlet Guide Vanes Effect             522HA853      4/17/98
          Altitude Correction for Turbine                416HA662B     6/30/99
          Humidity Effects Curve                         498HA697B     10/10/89

    4.1.2  Hydrogen Cooled Generator Performance Curves

                    Curve                                              Number
          Estimated Saturation and Synchronous Impedance Curve       F317P19-1
          Estimated Generator Reactive Capability Curve              F317P19-2
          Estimated Excitation V Curve                               F317P19-3
          Generator Output as a Function of Cold Gas Temperature     F317P19-7A
          Generator Output as a Function of Cold Liquid Temperature  F317P19-7B

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                  Performance Curves         Page 4.1
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Proposal  91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                 General Electric Model PG7241(FA) Gas Turbine
              Estimated Performance - Configuration: DLN Combustor

   Compressor Inlet Conditions 59 F (15 C), 60% Relative Humidity Atmospheric
                         Pressure 14.7 psia (1.013 bar)

Fuel:                                                  Natural Gas
Design Output            kW                              171700
Design Heat Rate (LHV)   Btu/kWh (kJ/kWh)                 9360  (9870)
Design Heat Cons (LHV)   Btu/h   (kJ/h)x10(circumflex)1  1607.1 (1695.2)
Design Exhaust Flow      lb/h    (kg/h)x10(circumflex)3  3542.0 (1607)
Exhaust Temperature      deg. F  (deg. C)                 1116  (602.2)
Load                                                      Base

Notes:
1. Altitude correction on curve 416HA662 Rev A.
2. Ambient temperature correction on curve 522HA852 Rev A.
3. Effect of modulating IGV's on exhaust temperature and flow on curve 522HA853
   Rev A.
4. Humidity effects on curve 498HA697 Rev. B - all performance calculated with
   a constant specific humidtiy of .0064 or less as not to exceed 100% relative
   humidity.
5. Plant Performance is measured at the generator terminals and includes
   allowances for the effects of inlet bleed heating, exitation power, shaft
   driven auxiliaries, and 3.04 in H2O (6.33 mbar) inlet and 5.5 in H2O
   (13.70 mbar) exhaust pressure drops and a DLN Combustor.
6. Additional inlet and exhaust pressure loss effects:

                                   % Effect on           Effect on
                                   Output   Heat Rate   Exhaust Temp.
4 in Water (10.0 mbar)inlet          -1.54     0.56       3.0F (1.7C)
4 in Water (10.0 mbar)exhaust        -0.56     0.56       3.0F (1.7C)

[GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

Heat Consumption - Percent Design
Generator Output - Percent Design

                                                              Curve no. 522HA851
4/17/98                                                       Rev - A

<PAGE>

                 GENERAL ELECTRIC MODEL PG7241(FA) GAS TURBINE

                    Effect of Compressor Inlet Temperature on
                Output, Heat Rate, Heat Consumption, Exhaust Flow
                      And Exhaust Temperature at Baseload

    Fuel: Natural Gas
    Design Values on Curve 522HA851 Rev A
    DLN Combustor

[GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

    Fuel: Natural Gas
    Design Values on Curve 522HA852 Rev A
    DNL Combustor

[GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

4/17/98

<PAGE>

                 GENERAL ELECTRIC MODEL PG7241(FA) GAS TURBINE

           Effect of Inlet Guide Vane on Exhaust Flow and Temperature
            As a Function of Output and Compressor Inlet Temperature

  Fuel: Natural Gas
  Design Values on Curve 522HA851 Rev A
  DLN Combustor

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

  Fuel: Natural Gas
  Design Values on Curve 522HA853 Rev A
  DNL Combustor

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

4/17/98

<PAGE>

                          GENERAL ELECTRIC GAS TURBINE
                            ALTITUDE CORRECTION CURVE

                        ALTITUDE VS ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
                                       AND
                          ALTITUDE VS CORRECTION FACTOR
           FOR GASTURBINE OUTPUT, FUEL CONSUMPTION, AND EXHAUST FLOW

   NOTES:
   1. Exhaust Temperature, Heat Rate, and Thermal Efficiency are not
      affected by altitude.
   2. Correction Factor = P(atm)/14.7

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

                                                         Curve no. 416HA662
6/30/99                                                             Rev - B

<PAGE>

            General Electric MS6001, MS7001 And MS9001 Gas Turbines

                      Corrections To Output and Heat Rate
                    For Non-Iso Specific Humidity Conditions

                     For Operation At Base Load on Exhaust
                           Temperature Control Curve

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

10/10/89                                                  Curve no. 498HA697
                                                                       REV B

<PAGE>
             ESTIMATED SATURATION AND SYNCHRONOUS IMPEDANCE CURVES
                 234000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 18000 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                   350 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD GAS - 30 PSIG H2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

                                                            CURVE NO.  F317P19-1
                                                                 DATE  15-FEB-00

<PAGE>
ESTIMATED REACTIVE CAPABILITY CURVES
234000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 18000 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
350 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD GAS - 30 PSIG H2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

                                                             CURVE NO. F317P19-2
                                                                 DATE  15-FEB-00

<PAGE>

                         ESTIMATED EXCITATION V CURVES
                  234000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 18000 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                   350 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD GAS - 30 PSIG H2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

                                                             CURVE NO. F317P19-3
                                                                 DATE  15-FEB-00

<PAGE>

             GENERATOR OUTPUT AS A FUNCTION OF COLD GAS TEMPERATURE
                  234000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 18000 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                   350 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD GAS - 30 PSIG H2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

                                                           CURVE NO.  F317P19-7A
                                                                 DATE  15-FEB-00

<PAGE>
            GENERATOR OUTPUT AS A FUNCTION OF COLD LIQUID TEMPERATURE
                 234000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 18000 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                   350 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD GAS - 30 PSIG H2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

                                                           CURVE NO.  F317P19-7B
                                                                 DATE  15-FEB-00

<PAGE>

    g
-------------------------- GE Power Systems

    5.  Plant Operating Philosophy

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    5.1 Introduction

                    This section describes the startup, on-line operation and
                    shutdown of a simple-cycle power plant.

                    The following paragraphs briefly describe the general
                    operating philosophy and operator's responsibilities for
                    simple-cycle operation. The description is of a general
                    nature. Specifics may vary pending detail design definition.

        5.1.1       Simple-Cycle Mode of Operation

                    The gas turbine power plant can be started from the control
                    panel of the gas turbine control system. Plant permissive
                    circuits must be satisfied that the unit is capable of
                    coming to full speed and synchronizing to the system.
                    Systems must be placed in the ready to start mode:

                    o MCC breakers set in automatic mode
                    o Cooling water module local disconnect switches closed
                    o Fuel systems made ready
                    o Gas turbine/generator permissive to start systems ready

        5.1.2       Starting and Loading

                    All starting is done automatically, with the operator given
                    the opportunity to hold the startup sequence at either the
                    crank (pre-ignition) or fire (post-ignition, pre-accelerate)
                    points of the startup. An "Auto" mode selection results in a
                    start without any holds. Either before issuing a start
                    command, or during the start, the operator may make the
                    following selections.

                    o  Select or disable the automatic synchronization
                       capability of the gas turbine control system. Auto
                       synch utilizes the proven microsynchronizer first
                       introduced in the SPEEDTRONIC(TM) Mark II generation.
                       The microsynchronizer provides extremely accurate and
                       repeatable breaker

 (TM) (TM) A trademark of the General Electric Company

                                         Plant Operating Philosophy     Page 5.1
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Proposal  91578AG (05/00)     Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         closures based on phase angle, slip, the slip's rate of
                         change and the response time of the breaker which is
                         stored in the system memory.

                     o   Selection of Preselected (Intermediate) Load or Base
                         Load. If a selection is made, the unit will
                         automatically load to the selected point and control
                         there. If no selection is made, the unit will load to
                         a low load referred to as "Spinning Reserve" after
                         synchronization. The turbine governor is automatically
                         regulated to maintain the megawatt setting assigned to
                         "Spinning Reserve".

              5.1.3  Operating

                     Once the unit is on line, it may be controlled either
                     manually or automatically from the gas turbine control
                     system operator interface.

                     Manual control is provided by the governor raise/lower
                     control displayed on the operator interface screen.
                     Automatic operation is switched on when the operator
                     selects load points (preselect or base) from the turbine
                     control interface.

                     For a fully automatic start with automatic loading to base
                     load, the operator selects the "Auto" operating mode,
                     enables auto synchronization and selects "Base" load. Given
                     a "Start" signal, the unit will then start, synchronize and
                     load to Base load with no further input on the part of the
                     operator.

             5.1.4   Shutdown

                     On shutdown, the system will automatically unload, coast
                     down and initiate slow speed rotation until proper
                     wheelspace cooldown temperatures are reached.

                                         Plant Operating Philosophy     Page 5.2
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Proposal  91578AG (05/00)     Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               g
-----------------------------GE Power Systems

               6.      Test Philosophy

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    6.1  Simple-Cycle Power Plant Performance Test Philosophy

         6.1.1    General

                  Performance guarantees for the power plant include electrical
                  output and heat rate. Compliance with these guarantees is
                  determined by an input/output test for the plant. The test
                  includes measurements of additional parameters required to
                  assure that the plant is operating at contract conditions and
                  to enable correction of measured performance to the basis for
                  guarantee conditions.

                  The performance guarantees apply to equipment in new and clean
                  condition.

                  This test must be conducted as soon as possible after the
                  initial startup. The compressor is cleaned per the Compressor
                  Cleaning specification found in the Reference Documents
                  chapter and inspected by the GE representative. The GE
                  representative will be the sole judge with respect to
                  condition of the gas turbine at the time of testing.

                  Performance test technicians are provided by the customer. GE
                  prepares a detailed test specification that is submitted to
                  the customer for mutual agreement. GE provides the technical
                  direction of the tests. In addition, GE performs calculations
                  to determine performance relative to the guarantees and
                  prepares a test report for submittal to the customer.

                  Instrumentation tolerances are applied to the results of the
                  test based on the accuracy of the individual test measurements
                  and the contract requirements. An analysis of the test
                  measurement uncertainty to be applied is made when the
                  detailed test procedure is complete.

         6.1.2    Procedure

                  Testing is conducted on the gas turbine in accordance with the
                  Field Performance Testing Procedure included in the Reference
                  Documents chapter of this proposal. The gas turbine is brought
                  to steady-state test conditions prior to conducting
                  performance testing. The test includes a demonstration of
                  electrical output, heat rate, and other parameters specified
                  in the proposal. Sufficient data is recorded to determine the
                  equipment performance and to

                                         Test Philosophy                Page 6.1
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Proposal  91578AG (05/00)     Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  correct it to performance guarantee basis conditions.
                  Corrections are made for operating and climatic conditions
                  that may deviate from the contract performance guarantee
                  including compressor inlet air temperature and humidity,
                  ambient air pressure, fuel properties and water injection, if
                  required.

        6.1.3     Performance Evaluation

                  The simple-cycle performance test is conducted as described
                  above. Adjustments are made for variation in gas turbine
                  operating conditions as follows:

                  1. Gas Turbine Power
                     kW (SC)=kW (GT) *kW (AD)

                  2. Heat Consumption
                     HR(GT)

                  3. Heat Rate
                             HC(GT)*HR(AD)
                     HR(SC) =-------------
                                kW(GT)

                  Symbol              Description
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  kW(SC)    Gas turbine-generator measured electrical output
                            (kW) for simple-cycle mode operation at new and
                            clean condition and corrected to guarantee site
                            conditions.

                  kWGT      Gas turbine-generator measured net equipment output
                            (kW) at new and clean conditions.

                  kWAD      Gas turbine output corrections to guarantee basis
                            conditions.

                  HCGT      Gas turbine heat consumption (106 kJ/h) calculated
                            from fuel flow and lower heating value measured
                            during tests.

                  HRSC      Gas turbine net heat rate calculated from measured
                            output and heat consumption corrected to guarantee
                            basis site conditions.

                  HRAD      Gas turbine heat rate corrections to guarantee
                            basis site conditions.

                  The test procedure includes correction factors and curves for
                  test variations in ambient temperature, ambient pressure,
                  ambient relative humidity, fuel heating values, and gas
                  turbine water injection. These factors are used to correct the
                  measured performance data from actual operating conditions to
                  rated contract conditions.

                  Output guarantees will be satisfied if the corrected and
                  adjusted output (kWsc) surrounded by the uncertainty interval
                  encompasses the guaranteed plant output or falls above it.
                  Heat rate guarantee will be satisfied if the corrected

                                        Test Philosophy                 Page 6.2
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  and adjusted test heat rate (HRsc) surrounded by the
                  uncertainty interval encompasses the guaranteed plant heat
                  rate or falls below it.

                  At the conclusion of the tests, GE will perform calculations
                  to determine performance relative to guarantee and will issue
                  a report covering the entire testing program.

                                         Test Philosophy                Page 6.3
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

         g
                             GE Power Systems
------------------------------

         7.      GE Scope of Supply
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         7.1     Gas Turbine Systems....................................... 7.2
         7.2     Generator................................................. 7.10
         7.3     Gas Turbine-Generator Controls and Electric Auxiliaries... 7.17
         7.4     Services.................................................. 7.23

         This chapter presents a listing of the equipment and services which GE
         proposes to provide. The list is only a quick reference to the scope of
         supply. Please refer to the Table of Contents to locate more detailed
         descriptions of the items listed here.

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.1
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    7.1  Gas Turbine Systems

         7.1.1    Gas Turbine

                  Base-mounted gas turbine including:

                  o  Modulating IGV

         7.1.2    Combustion System

                  o  Dry Low NOx combustion system
                  o  Combustion system features

                     -- Thermal barrier coated liners
                     -- Nimonic transition pieces
                     -- Reuter Stokes SiC flame detectors
                     -- With compressor inlet heating

                  o  Water injection for NOx control (on-base provisions)
                     -- Liquid fuel
                     -- Off base water injection skid with:
                        -  Enclosure
                        -  Space heater
                        -  Water injection pump with variable frequency drive
                        -  Water filter
                  o    Diluent injection instrumentation
                        -- Compressor inlet humidity sensor
                        -- Compressor inlet temperature thermocouple

         7.1.3    Fuel Systems

         7.1.3.1  Dual Fuel System - Gas and Distillate

         7.1.3.2  Gas Fuel System

                  o  Stainless steel gas piping
                  o  Orifice type gas flow measurement system

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.2
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                    o  Single gas strainer
                    o  Gas fuel valves on accessory base
                    o  Gas fuel cleaning equipment
                       --  Fuel gas scrubber, cyclone type

          7.1.3.3   Liquid Fuel System (one skid for two gas turbines)

                    o  Stainless steel fuel oil piping
                    o  Duplex, low pressure fuel filters, on-base
                    o  Liquid fuel/atomizing air module
                    o  Single, motor driven, atomizing air compressor
                    o  Motor driven, 1x100% capacity, main liquid fuel pump
                    o  Distillate fuel forwarding system configured to supply
                       two gas turbines
                       --  Inlet valve for skid isolation
                       --  Duplex fuel oil strainer with differential pressure
                           switch and gauge
                       --  AC motor driven distillate fuel pumps with pressure
                           switches
                       --  Back-up ac motor driven distillate fuel pump
                       --  Pressure regulating valve
                       --  Fuel flowmeter with mechanical readout with+/-2%
                           accuracy for the design fuel
                       --  Pulse generator for remote indication of fuel flow
                       --  Solenoid stop valve
                       --  Distillate fuel skid weatherproof enclosure
                           - With vent fan
                       --  Carbon steel fuel oil piping
                       --  Electrical conduit & junction boxes
                       --  Instrumentation and gauges (dual metric/English)
                       --  Structural steel base

          7.1.4     Lubricating and Hydraulic Systems

          7.1.4.1   Pumps

                    o  AC motor driven dual lube oil pumps

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.3
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  o  AC motor driven dual hydraulic pumps
                     --  Used for jacking oil also
                  o  DC motor driven, emergency lube oil pump
                  o  AC/DC motor driven auxiliary generator seal oil pump

        7.1.4.2   Filters and Coolers

                  o  Dual lube oil system filters
                  o Dual hydraulic oil filters
                  o  Dual lube oil coolers
                     --  Plate/frame type with stainless steel plates
                  o  ASME code stamp
                     --  Lube oil coolers
                     --  Lube oil filters

        7.1.4.3   Lube Oil Piping

                  o 304L stainless steel lube oil feed pipe
                  o Carbon steel lube oil drain pipe
                  o Lube system valve stainless steel trim

        7.1.4.4   Mist Elimination

                  o  Lube vent demister

        7.1.4.5   Oil Reservoir

                  o  With heater for -20(degree)F

        7.1.4.6   Instrumentation

                  o  Delta pressure switches for lubrication and hydraulic oil
                     filters

        7.1.5     Inlet System

                  o  Inlet system arrangement
                     --  Up and forward inlet system arrangement

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.4
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     --  Inlet compartment supports straddle ductline

                  o  Inlet filtration
                     --  Self-cleaning inlet filter
                     --  Compressor bleed air supply for filter cleaning
                     --  Standard filter media (low humidity, non-corrosive
                         environments)
                     --  Air processing unit (APU) with galvanized steel piping
                     --  APU heat tracing kit
                     --  50 micron moisture separator
                     --  Weather protection on inlet filter compartment
                     --  Inlet system differential pressure indicator
                     --  Inlet system differential pressure alarm
                     --  Inlet filter compartment support steel (Seismic Zone
                         2A, (less than symbol)= 100 mph wind speed)
                     --  Evaporative cooler, 85% effective
                     --  Caged ladder access to inlet filter compartment
                     --  Left hand access to inlet filter compartment
                     --  Electric hoist with 500 lb lift capacity
                     --  Inlet filter compartment interior lighting

                  o  Inlet heating
                     --  Bleed heat manifold located in duct
                     --  Inlet bleed heat control valve(s)

                  o  Inlet ducting
                     --  Inlet silencing
                     --  Inlet duct section arrangement per proposed mechanical
                         outline
                     --  Inlet expansion joint
                     --  Inlet 90 degree elbow
                     --  Inlet transition piece
                     --  Inlet ducting support steel (Seismic Zone 2A, = 100 mph
                         wind speed)

                  o  Inlet system atmospheric protection
                     --  Zinc rich paint inside and outside of inlet filter
                         compartment
                     --  Epoxy overcoat inside and outside inlet filter
                         compartment
                     --  Zinc rich paint with epoxy overcoat on evaporative
                         cooler unwetted section

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.5
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                       -- Galvanized inlet filter compartment support steel
                       -- Zinc rich paint inside and outside of inlet ducting
                          with epoxy top coat inside ducting
                       -- Epoxy top coat
                          outside of inlet ducting
                       -- Stainless steel inlet
                          silencing perforated sheet
                       -- Galvanized inlet ducting support steel

          7.1.6     Exhaust System

          7.1.6.1   Arrangement

                    o  Exhaust expansion joint
                    o  Aft and up exhaust system configuration with exhaust
                       diffuser, expansion joint, ducting and stack
                    o  Exhaust stack, 75 feet high
                    o  Exhaust silencer

          7.1.6.2   Exhaust System Features

                    o  EPA compliant emission test ports
                    o  Ladder and platform for emission testing system
                    o  Personnel protection panel at exhaust platform
                    o  Exhaust system materials and atmospheric protection
                       -- Carbon steel exhaust system shell and stiffeners
                       -- 409 stainless steel internal lagging
                       -- Inorganic zinc primer
                          - Structural support steel
                          - Duct exterior
                          - Platform structure and railing
                       -- Galvanized
                          - Ladders and platform grating
                       -- Zinc plated bolts, nuts and washers

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.5
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               7.1.7 Couplings

                     o   Rigid load coupling
                     o   Load coupling guard

               7.1.8 Gas Turbine Packaging

                     o   Lagging and enclosures
                         -- On-base accessory compartment
                            lagging
                         -- Off-base acoustic enclosure for turbine only
                         -- Off-base load coupling compartment enclosure
                         -- Acoustic barrier wall around exhaust diffuser

                     o   Compartment ventilation, pressurization and heating
                         -- Dual turbine compartment vent fans
                         -- Dual accessorybcompartment vent fans
                         -- Dual load compartment vent fan
                         -- Single vent fan for liquid fuel and atomizing air
                            skid
                         -- Heated turbine and accessory compartments for
                            humidity control

                     o   Plant arrangement
                         -- Turbine designed for installation outdoors
                         -- Right hand accessory module
                         -- Exterior unit walkways by customer, mounting pads
                            by GE
                         -- Interior unit walkways

                     o   Turbine and accessory base painting
                         --   Standard primer only

                     o UBC Seismic Zone 4 (except for inlet and exhaust)

                     o UBC Seismic Zone 2A for inlet and exhaust

                     o Hazardous area classification

                         --  NEC Class1, Group D, Division 2
                             --  Turbine compartment
                             --  Natural gas fuel compartment
                             --  Liquid fuel/atomizing air module

                     o   Special features

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply             Page 7.7
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         -- Dual (metric-English) indicators and gauges

               7.1.9 Fire Protection System

                     o   Fire detection system
                         -- Turbine and accessory compartments
                         -- Liquid fuel and atomizing air skid

                     o   Smoke detection system
                         -- Control cab/PEECC

                     o   Compartment warning signs

                     o   CO2 supply system
                         -- One low pressure CO2 tank per unit
                         -- Tank suitable for 0-120(degree)F(-18 to 49(degree)C)

                     o   Fire protection piping
                         -- Turbine and accessory
                            enclosures
                         -- Liquid fuel/atomizing air skid

                     o   Hazardous atmosphere detectors in turbine and gas fuel
                         compartments
                         -- CHx detectors - natural gas compartment
                         -- CHx detectors - turbine gas compartment

                     o   Hazardous atmosphere detector readout
                         -- CHx

              7.1.10 Cleaning Systems

                     o   On base piping for on and offline compressor water
                         wash system

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply             Page 7.8
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Water wash skid
                         -- Water storage tank and freeze protection
                         -- Skid enclosure
                         -- Single skid for multiple units

           7.1.11    Cooling Water System

                     o Cooling system temperature regulating valve
                     o Industrial, off-base cooling water system
                          -- Aluminum fin material
                          -- Corrosion protected cooling skid support structure

           7.1.12    Starting Systems

                     o   Static start (one LCI for two gas turbines)
                         -- Generator start with inverter/regulator
                         -- Static start isolation transformer
                             -- Oil filled
                         -- Isolation transformer fed from auxiliary bus
                         -- Shared hardware within a power block
                         -- Shared hardware across power blocks using cross
                            ties
                            -- PLC based changeover panel
                         -- 12-pulse, water cooled LCI
                         -- One static start for every two gas turbines
                         -- Single dc link reactor
                         -- Water-to-water heat exchanger, shipped loose

                     o   Rotor turning systems
                         -- Turning gear and motor for rotor cooldown
                         -- Rotor indexing (borescope inspection)

           7.1.13    Miscellaneous Systems

           7.1.13.1  Special Systems

                     o   Exhaust frame blowers on turbine compartment roof

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply             Page 7.9
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.2 Generator

           7.2.1   General Information

                   o    Hydrogen cooled generator with conventionally cooled
                        armature
                   o    Outdoor installation
                   o    60 Hz generator frequency
                   o    Generator voltage 18.0 kV
                   o    0.85 power factor (lagging)
                   o    Capability to 1.00 power factor (leading)
                   o    Class "F" armature and rotor insulation
                   o    Class "B" temperature rise, armature and rotor winding
                   o    Generator bearings
                        -- End shield bearing support
                        -- Elliptical journal bearings
                        -- Roll out bearing capability without removing rotor
                        -- Insulated collector end bearing
                        -- Online bearing insulation check
                        -- Offline bearing insulation check with isolated rotor

                   o    Monitoring Devices
                        -- Two (2) velocity vibration probes at turbine end,
                           one (1) at collector end
                        -- Provisions for key phasor-generator
                        -- Provisions for permanent flux probe
                        -- Proximity vibration probes
                           - Two probes per bearing at 45(degree)angle

                   o    Generator Field
                        -- Direct cooled field
                        -- Two-pole field
                        -- Finger type amortissuers

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.10
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               7.2.2 Generator Gas Coolers

                     o  Coolers shipped installed
                     o  Generator gas cooler configuration
                        --   Five (5) horizontally mounted simplex coolers
                        --   Coolers located in generator base
                        --   Cooler piping connections on left side as viewed
                             from collector end
                        --   ASME code stamp
                        --   Single wall cooler tubes
                        --   Victaulic cooler couplings
                        --   Plate fins
                        --   Cooling water manifold and isolation valves
                     o  Generator gas cooling system characteristics
                         --  Coolant temperature
                             -- 20(degree)F approach
                         -- Generator capacity with one section out of service
                            80% with Class "F" rise
                         -- TEMA class C coolers
                         -- Maximum cooler pressure capability - 125 psi
                         -- Coolant 66% water and 33% ethylene glycol by volume
                         -- Fouling factor 0.0005

                     o   Generator gas cooler construction materials
                         -- 90-10 copper-nickel tubes
                         -- Carbon steel tube sheets
                         -- Carbon steel waterbox and coupling flanges with
                            epoxy coating
                         -- Aluminum cooler tube fins

               7.2.3 Generator Lube Oil Systems and Equipment

                     o   Bearing lube oil system
                         -- Generator lube oil system integral with turbine
                         -- Sight flow indicator
                     o   Bearing lift oil system
                         -- Stainless steel lift oil piping and tubing
                         -- Lift oil supplied from turbine oil system

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 711
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Lube oil system piping materials
                         -- Stainless steel lube oil feed pipe
                         -- Carbon steel lube oil drain pipe
                         -- Welded oil piping

               7.2.4 Generator Grounding Equipment

                     o   Neutral grounding equipment
                         -- Neutral ground transformer and secondary resistor
                         -- Mounted in terminal enclosure
                         -- Motor operated neutral disconnect switch

               7.2.5 Generator Temperature Devices

                     o   Stator winding temperature devices
                         -- 100 ohm platinum RTDs (resistance temperature
                            detector)
                         -- Single element RTDs
                         -- Grounded RTDs
                         -- Nine (9) stator slot RTDs

                     o   Gas path temperature devices
                         -- 100 ohm platinum gas path RTDs
                         -- Single element temperature sensors
                         -- Four(4) cold gas
                         -- Two (2) hot gas
                         -- GTG-2 (common cold gas)

                     o   Bearing temperature devices
                         -- Chromel alumel (type K) thermocouples
                         -- Dual element temperature sensors
                         -- Two (2) bearing metal temperature sensors per
                            bearing

                     o   Collector temperature devices
                         -- 100 ohm platinum RTDs
                         -- Single element temperature sensors
                         -- Collector air inlet temperature sensor
                         -- Collector air outlet temperature sensor

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.12
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Lube oil system temperature devices
                         -- Chromel alumel (type K) thermocouples
                         -- Dual element temperature sensors
                         -- One (1) bearing drain temperature sensor per drain

               7.2.6 Packaging, Enclosures, and Compartments

                     o   Paint and preservation
                         -- Standard alkyd beige primer

                     o   High voltage bushings
                         -- High voltage bushings shipped installed
                         -- Six (6) ambient air cooled, high voltage bushings

                     o   Generator terminal enclosure (GTE)

                     o   Line-side terminal enclosure
                         -- Terminal enclosure shipped separate
                         -- Isolated phase bus duct connection
                         -- Phase sequence R-C-L when looking at enclosure
                            terminals
                         -- Outgoing power connection on right side when viewed
                            from collector end
                         -- Lightning arresters

                     o   Neutral terminal enclosure
                         -- Neutral terminals integral with line-side terminal
                            enclosure
                         -- Neutral tie

                     o   Collector compartment/enclosure

                        --  Collector compartment/enclosure shipped separate
                        --  Outdoor
                        --  Collector/brush holding rigging

                     o   Compartment lighting and outlets
                         -- AC lighting
                              --   Collector compartment

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.13
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            7.2.7    Hydrogen Systems and Accessories

                     o   Hydrogen gas manifolds
                         -- Auto purge gas purge control manifold
                         -- Hydrogen/CO2 control valve assembly
                         -- H2  Bottle manifold not provided
                         -- CO2 bottle manifold not provided

                     o   Seal oil system
                         -- Control unit mounted in collector compartment
                         -- Stainless steel seal oil feed pipe
                         -- Carbon steel seal oil drain pipe

             7.2.8   Electrical Equipment

                     o   Motors
                         -- TEFC motors
                         -- Coated with antifungal material for protection in
                            tropical areas
                         -- High ambient motor insulation
                         -- Motor heaters connected to ac power
                         -- Extra severe duty motors
                         -- Cast iron motor housings

                     o   Heaters
                         --   Generator stator heaters
                         --   Generator collector heaters

             7.2.9   Generator Excitation Systems, Static Components

                     o   Bus fed static excitation with hot backup bridge

             7.2.9.1 Excitation Module Features

                     o   Control/monitor/display through TCP
                         -- Voltage matching in turbine control system
                         -- Power factor controller in turbine control system
                         -- Var controller in turbine control system
                         -- Selection of automatic or manual regulator

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply           Page 7.14
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                             -- Raise-lower of the active regulator setpoint
                             -- Enter setpoint command
                             -- Display field amps
                             -- Display field volts
                             -- Display transfer volts

                         o   Built-in diagnostic display panel
                             -- Automatic voltage regulator (AVR)
                             -- Manual voltage regulator (FVR)
                             -- Automatic and manual bi-directional tracking
                             -- Reactive current compensation (RCC)
                             -- Volts per hertz limiter (V/Hz LIM)
                             -- Volts per hertz protection (24EX) (Backup to
                                24G)
                             -- Over excitation limiter (OEL)
                             -- Offline/online over excitation protection (76EX)
                             -- Loss of excitation protection (40EX)
                             -- Bridge ac phase unbalance protection (47EX)
                             -- Under excitation limiter (UEL)
                             -- Generator overvoltage protection (59EX)
                             -- Generator field ground detector trip (64FT)
                             -- VT failure detector (VTFD) (60EX)
                             -- Field ground detector alarm (64FA)
                             -- Exciter phrase voltage imbalance (47EX)
                             -- Bridge over-temperature (26EX)

                        o Dual source internal bulk power supply

                        o Millivolt shunt for field

                        o Surge protection
                            -- VT disconnect and CT shorting switches
                            -- Two phase current sensing
                            -- Three phase voltage sensing
                            -- Single pole dc field contactor/bridge

                        o   Thyristor bridge circuit filtering

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.15
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Shaft voltage suppressor circuit (mounted in panel)
                         -- Field de-excitation circuit (with field discharge
                            inductor)
                         -- Bridge disconnect; ac no load

                     o   Power system stabilizer

             7.2.9.2 Performance

                     o   2.0 response ratio and 160% VFFL (100(degree)C)
                         ceiling @ Vt = 1.0pu

             7.2.9.3 Excitation Enclosure Location

                     o   Installed in LCI/EX compartment
                     o   Installed in excitation compartment

             7.2.9.4 LCI Features

                     o   LCI located in LCI/EX compartment
                     o   LCI output isolation switch (89MD)
                         --  Located in LCI compartment
                     o   LCI cross-connect tie switch (89TS)
                         --  Located in LCI compartment
                     o   LCI disconnect switch (89SS)
                         --  Located in generator terminal enclosure
                     o   LCI fuse
                         --  Located in compartment with LCI

             7.2.9.5 PPT Features

                     o   Freestanding oil-filled PPT for outdoor installation
                     o   PPT fed from auxiliary bus

             7.2.10  Generator Current Transformers and Potential Transformers

                     o   Current transformers (CTs)
                         --  C400 current transformers (CTs)

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.16
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                           --   Line side CTs
                                -- CT 16, 17, 18 (miscellaneous functions)
                                -- CT 19A, C (voltage regulator droop)
                                -- CT 21, 22, 23 (generator differential relay)

                           --   Neutral CTs
                                -- CT1, CT2, CT3
                                -- CT4, CT5, CT6
                                -- CT7, CT8, CT9

                       o   Potential transformers (PTs)
                           -- Fixed
                           -- VT2, generator line side
                           -- VT4, generator line side

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.3 Gas Turbine-Generator Controls and Electric Auxiliaries

                7.3.1 Control Cab/Packaged Electric and Electronic Control
                      Compartment (PEECC)

                      o Control panels mounted on a common skid

                      o Weatherproof, climate controlled, base mounted
                        enclosure

                      o Supplemental wall-mounted air conditioner

                7.3.2 Gas Turbine Control System Panel Features

                      o Triple modular redundant (TMR)

                      o Skid mounted control panels

                      o Auto/manual synchronizing module with synchronizing
                        check function

                      o Generator stator overtemperature alarm (49)

                      o Droop control

                      o Load limiter

                      o Purge cycle

                      o Automatic transfer from gas to liquid fuel

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.17
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o Customer alarm/trip contact for CRT display

                     o Additional customer input contacts (digital), as
                       available

                     o Additional customer output contacts (digital), as
                       available

                     o Provision for analog inputs from customer, as available

                     o   Provision for analog outputs to customer, as available

                     o   Wet low NOx data for EPA compliance

                     o   Vibration alarm readout and trip

                     o   Electrical overspeed protection

                     o   Constant settable droop

                     o   Power factor calculation and display

                     o   Power factor control

                     o   VAR control

                     o   Manual set point preselected load

               7.3.3 Local Operator Station

                     o   Commercial grade personal computer

                     o   Color monitor
                         --   Table top
                         --   15 in. screen

                     o   Mouse cursor control

                     o   Table top AT 101 keyboard

                     o   Printer
                         --   24 pin dot matrix

                     o   Display in English language

                     o   50 ft of Arcnet cable between gas turbine control
                         system panel and local operator interface /HMI for
                         indoor use

                     o   RS232C two way serial link (MODBUS) via local HMI

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.18
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               7.3.4 Remote Control and Monitoring Systems

                     o Two remote HMIs per four unit site

                     o Commercial grade personal computer o Color monitor

                         -- Table top
                         -- 20 in. screen

                     o   Mouse cursor control

                     o   Table top AT 101 keyboard

                     o   Printer
                         -- 24 pin dot matrix

               7.3.5 Rotor, Bearing and Performance Monitoring Systems

                     o   Performance monitoring systems
                         -- Performance monitoring sensors wired to gas
                            turbine control system

                     o   Vibration sensors
                         -- Velocity vibration sensors
                         -- Proximity vibration sensors

                     o   Bently Nevada 3500 monitor

                         -- Relay outputs wired to gas turbine control panel
                         -- Analog output (4-20 mA) wired to gas turbine control
                            panel
                         -- Mounted with generator control panel

                     o   Bearing thermocouples
                         -- Bearing drain thermocouples
                         -- Bearing metal thermocouples

                     o   Borescope access holes
                         -- TDXnet communications processor for each gas turbine

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.19
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

             7.3.6   Generator Control Panel

             7.3.6.1 Generator Control Panel Hardware

                     o   Mounted in PEECC

                     o   Skid mounted with turbine panel

                     o   DGP with test plug capability

                     o   DGP without ModBus communication interface

                     o   DGP with communication interface

                     o   DGP with oscillography capture

                     o   DGP with redundant internal power supply

                     o   Generator breaker trip switch (52G/CS)

                     o   Humidity sensor readout

                     o   Hazardous atmosphere detector readout

                     o   Bentley Nevada vibration monitor(s)

             7.3.6.2 Digital Generator Protection System (DGP)

                     o   Generator overexcitation (24)

                     o   Generator undervoltage (27G)

                     o   Reverse power/anti-motoring (32-1)

                     o   Loss of excitation (40-1,2)

                     o   Current unbalance/negative phase sequence (46)

                     o   System phase fault (51V)

                     o   Generator overvoltage (59)

                     o   Stator ground detection (64G1)/(59GN)

                     o   Generator over/under frequency (81O-1, 81U-1)

                     o   Generator differential (87G)

                     o   Voltage transformer fuse failure (VTFF)

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.20
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

             7.3.6.3 Generator Protection Discrete Relays

                     o Distance relay (21)

                     o Synchronizing undervoltage relay (27BS-1,2)

                     o Reverse/inadvertent energization protection relay
                       (50RE/86RE)

                     o Breaker or lockout trip coil monitor relay (74)

                     o DC tripping bus, blown fuse protection relay (74-2)

                     o Generator differential lockout relay (86G-1)

                     o Second generator lockout relay (86G-2)

             7.3.6.4 Features Integrated Into Gas Turbine Control System

                     o Gas turbine control system with speed matching,
                       synchronization and check

                     o Manual synchronization displayed on gas turbine control
                       system

                     o Auto/manual synchronizing module displayed on gas turbine
                       control system

                     o Load control in gas turbine control system

                     o Temperature indication for generator RTDs

                     o Generator voltage matching (90VM)

             7.3.6.5 Generator Control Panel Metering

                     o   Generator digital multimeter
                         --   VM - Generator volts
                         --   AM - Generator Amps: Phase 1,2,3 and Neutral
                         --   MW - Generator MegaWatts
                         --   MVAR - Generator MegaVARs
                         --   FM - Generator frequency
                         --   MVA - Generator MVA
                         --   PF - Generator power factor

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.21
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

             7.3.6.6 Generator Control Panel Transducers

                     o Generator watt/VAR transducer 4-20 mA output for input to
                       TCP (96GG-1)

                     o Generator TCP/droop control transducer 4-20 mA output
                       (96GW-1)

             7.3.7   Generator Protection

                     o Generator electrical protection equipment
                       -- Ground brush rigging

               7.3.8 Batteries and Accessories

                     o Lead acid battery

                     o Single phase battery charger

                     o Second battery charger

                     o Battery and charger mounted in the PEECC

               7.3.9 Motor Control Center

                     o MCC mounted in control cab/PEECC

                     o Tin-plated copper bus-work

                     o 65 kA bracing

                     o 480V 60 Hz auxiliary power

               7.3.10 Motor Features

                     o TEFC motors less than or equal to 200 hp

                     o Coated with antifungal material for protection in
                       tropical areas

                     o High ambient motor insulation

                     o Energy saver motors

                     o Extra severe duty motors

                     o Cast iron motor housings

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.22
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                      o   All redundant motors to be lead/lag

                      o   Motor heaters
                          --   Rated 110/120 volts, 50/60 Hz

                      o   WP motors >200 hp

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  7.4 Services

                      o    Transportation
                           -- Domestic freight
                           -- Generator shipped with rotor installed

                      o    Documentation
                           -- Up to 10 sets of English language service manuals
                              per station, including Operation, Maintenance and
                              Parts volumes

                      o    Turbine maintenance tools
                           -- Guide pins (for removal or replacement of bearing
                              caps, compressor casing and exhaust frame)
                           -- Fuel nozzle wrenches
                           -- Fuel nozzle test fixture
                           -- Spark plug electrode tool
                           -- Clearance tools
                           -- Fuel nozzle staking tool
                           -- Combustion liner tool
                           -- Bearing and coupling disassembly fixture

                      o    Generator maintenance tools (1 set per site)
                           -- Rotor lifting slings
                           -- Rotor removal equipment including shoes, pans,
                              pulling devices
                           -- Rotor jacking bolts

                      o    Installation equipment
                           -- Trunions for generator
                           -- On loan basis only

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply            Page 7.23
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Electrical System Studies
                         -- All electrical system integration/setting studies by
                            customer, except as follows
                         -- Settings for generator: DGP, 27BS, and 59BN relays,
                            as applicable

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION             GE Scope of Supply           Page 7.24
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Proposal      91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

      g          GE Power Systems
------------------

                              8. Turbine-Generator
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.1 Gas Turbine Systems

                       8.1.1   Gas Turbine

                               The MS7001(FA) gas turbine has a single shaft,
                               bolted rotor with the generator connected to the
                               gas turbine through a solid coupling at the
                               compressor or "cold" end. This configuration
                               improves alignment control and provides an axial
                               exhaust-- optimal for combined cycle or waste
                               heat recovery applications. The major features of
                               the MS7001(FA) gas turbine are described below:

                       8.1.2   Compressor Section

                               The axial flow compressor has 18 stages with
                               modulating inlet guide vanes and provides a 15.2
                               to 1 pressure ratio. Interstage air extraction is
                               used for cooling and sealing air for turbine
                               nozzles, wheelspaces, and bearings, and for surge
                               control during start up.

                       8.1.2.1 Compressor Rotor

                               The compressor rotor consists of a forward stub
                               shaft with the stage zero rotor blades, a sixteen
                               blade and wheel assembly for stages 1 to 16, and
                               an aft stub shaft with the stage 17 rotor blades.
                               Rotor blades are inserted into broached slots
                               located around the periphery of each wheel and
                               wheel portion of the stub shaft. The rotor
                               assembly is held together by fifteen axial bolts
                               around the bolting circle. The wheels are
                               positioned radially by a rabbeted fit near the
                               center of the discs. Transmission of torque is
                               accomplished by face friction at the bolting
                               flange.

                               Selective positioning of the wheels is made
                               during assembly to reduce the rotor balance
                               correction. The compressor rotor is dynamically
                               balanced after assembly and again after the
                               compressor and turbine rotors are mated. They are
                               precision balanced prior to assembly into the
                               stator.

                       8.1.2.2 Compressor Blade Design

                               The airfoil shaped compressor rotor blades are
                               designed to compress air efficiently at high
                               blade tip velocities. Compressor blades are made
                               from high

                                      Turbine-Generator                Page 8.1
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Proposal        91578AG (05/00)  Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     corrosion resistance material which eliminates the need
                     for a coating. These forged blades are attached to their
                     wheels by dovetail connections. The dovetail is accurately
                     machine to maintain each blade in the desired location on
                     the wheel.

                     Stator blades utilize square bases for mounting in the
                     casing slots. Blade stages zero through four are mounted by
                     axial dovetails into blade ring segments. The blade ring
                     segments are inserted into circumferential grooves in the
                     casing and are secured with locking rings. Stages 5 through
                     16 are mounted on individual rectangular bases that are
                     inserted directly into circumferential grooves in the
                     casings. Stage 17 and the exit guide vanes are cast
                     segments.

           8.1.2.3   Compressor Stator

                     The casing is composed of three major subassemblies: the
                     inlet casing, the compressor casing, and the compressor
                     discharge casing. These components in conjunction with the
                     turbine shell, exhaust frame/diffuser, and combustion
                     wrapper form the compressor stator.

                     The casing bore is maintained to close tolerances with
                     respect to the rotor blade tips for maximum aerodynamic
                     efficiency. Borescope ports are located throughout the
                     machine for component inspection. In addition all casings
                     are horizontally split for ease of handling and
                     maintenance.

           8.1.2.3.1 Inlet Casing

                     The primary function of the inlet casing, located at the
                     forward end of the gas turbine, is to direct the air
                     uniformly from the inlet plenum into the compressor. The
                     inlet casing also supports the number 1 thrust bearing
                     assembly and the variable inlet guide vanes, located at the
                     aft end.

           8.1.2.3.2 Compressor Casing

                     The compressor casing contains compressor stages zero
                     through 12. Extraction ports in the casing allow bleeds to
                     the exhaust plenum during startup and extraction of air to
                     cool the second and third stage nozzles.

           8.1.2.3.3 Compressor Discharge Casing

                     The compressor discharge casing contains 13th- through
                     17th- stage compressor stators and one row of exit guide
                     vanes. It also provides an inner support for the
                     first-stage turbine nozzle assembly and supports the

                          Turbine-Generator                             Page 8.2
                          -----------------------------------------------------
                          Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     combustion components. Air is extracted from the compressor
                     discharge plenum to cool the stage one nozzle vane,
                     retaining ring, and shrouds.

                     Similarly, air extracted from the compressor discharge
                     plenum is used to provide the following:

                     o Atomizing air for liquid fuel

                     o Fuel system purge air

                     o Inlet bleed heat

                     o Compressor surge control

                     The compressor discharge casing consists of two cylinders
                     connected by radial struts. The outer cylinder is a
                     continuation of the compressor casing and the inner
                     cylinder surrounds the compressor aft stub shaft. A
                     diffuser is formed by the tapered annulus between the outer
                     and inner cylinders. The compressor discharge casing is
                     joined to the combustion wrapper at the flange on its
                     outermost diameter.

8.1.3                Turbine Section

                     In the three stage turbine section, energy from hot
                     pressurized gas produced by the compressor and combustion
                     section is converted to mechanical energy. The turbine
                     section is comprised of the combustion wrapper, turbine
                     rotor, turbine shell, exhaust frame, exhaust diffuser,
                     nozzles and diaphragms, stationary shrouds, and aft (number
                     2) bearing assembly.

8.1.3.1              Turbine Rotor

                     The turbine rotor assembly consists of a forward shaft,
                     three turbine wheels, two turbine spacer wheels, and an aft
                     turbine shaft which includes the number 2 journal bearing.
                     The forward shaft extends from the compressor rotor aft
                     stub shaft flange to the first stage turbine wheel. Each
                     turbine wheel is axially separated from adjacent stage(s)
                     with a spacer wheel. The spacer wheel faces have radial
                     slots for cooling air passages, and the outer surfaces are
                     machined to form labyrinth seals for interstage gas
                     sealing.

                     Selective positioning of rotor members is performed during
                     assembly to minimize balance corrections of the assembled
                     rotor. Concentricity control is achieved with mating
                     rabbets on the turbine wheels, spacers, and shafts. Turbine
                     rotor components are held in compression by bolts. Rotor
                     torque is accomplished by friction force on the wheel faces
                     due to bolt compression.

                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.3
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     The turbine rotor is cooled by air extracted from
                     compressor stage 17. This air is also used to cool the
                     turbine first- and second-stage buckets plus the rotor
                     wheels and spacers.

8.1.3.2              Turbine Bucket Design

                     The first-stage buckets use forced air convection cooling
                     in which turbulent air flow is forced through integral
                     cast-in serpentine passages and discharged from holes at
                     the tip of the trailing edge of the bucket. Second-stage
                     buckets are cooled via radial holes drilled by a shaped
                     tube electromechanical machining process. Third-stage
                     buckets do not require air cooling.

                     Second- and third-stage buckets have integral tip shrouds
                     which interlock buckets to provide vibration damping and
                     seal teeth that reduce leakage flow. Turbine buckets are
                     attached to the wheel with fir tree dovetails that fit into
                     matching cutouts at the rim of the turbine wheel. Bucket
                     vanes are connected to the dovetails by shanks which
                     separate the wheel from the hot gases and thereby reduce
                     the temperature at the dovetail. All turbine buckets are
                     coated to provide corrosion resistance.

                     The turbine rotor assembly is arranged to allow buckets to
                     be replaced without having to unstack the wheels, spacers
                     and stub shaft assemblies. Similarly, buckets are
                     selectively positioned such that they can be replaced
                     individually or in sets without having to rebalance the
                     wheel assembly.

8.1.3.3              Turbine Stator

                     The turbine stator is comprised of the combustion wrapper,
                     turbine shell, and the exhaust frame. Like the compressor
                     stator, the turbine stator is horizontally split for ease
                     of handling and maintenance.

8.1.3.3.1            Combustion Wrapper

                     The combustion wrapper, located between the compressor
                     discharge casing and the turbine shell, facilitates removal
                     and maintenance of the transition pieces and stage one
                     nozzle.

8.1.3.3.2            Turbine Shell

                     The turbine shell provides internal support and axial and
                     radial positions of the shrouds and nozzles relative to the
                     turbine buckets. This positioning is critical to gas
                     turbine performance. Borescope ports are provided for
                     inspection of buckets and nozzles.

                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.4
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.3.3.3            Exhaust Frame

                     The exhaust frame is bolted to the aft flange of the
                     turbine shell and consists of an outer and an inner
                     cylinder interconnected by radial struts. The inner
                     cylinder supports the number 2 bearing. The tapered annulus
                     between the outer and inner cylinders forms the axial
                     exhaust diffuser. Gases from the third-stage turbine enter
                     the diffuser where the velocity is reduced by diffusion and
                     pressure is recovered, improving performance.

                     Cooling of the exhaust frame, number 2 bearing, and
                     diffuser tunnel is accomplished by motor-driven blowers.
                     These motor driven blowers are located on the top of the
                     gas turbine enclosure.

8.1.3.4              Turbine Nozzle Design

                     The turbine section has three stages of nozzles (stationary
                     blades) with air cooling provided to all three stages. The
                     first- and second-stage nozzles are cooled by a combination
                     of film cooling (gas path surface), impingement cooling,
                     and convection cooling in the vane and sidewall regions.
                     The third stage uses convection cooling only.

                     All turbine nozzles consist of multi-vane segments.
                     First-stage turbine nozzle segments are contained by a
                     retaining ring which remains centered in the turbine shell.
                     The second- and third-stage nozzle segments are held in
                     position by radial pins from the shell into axial slots in
                     the nozzle outer sidewall.

8.1.3.5              Bearings

                     The MS7001(FA) gas turbine contains two journal bearings to
                     support the turbine rotor and one dual direction thrust
                     bearing to maintain the rotor-to-stator axial position. The
                     bearings are located in two housings: one at the inlet and
                     one at the center of the exhaust frame. All bearings are
                     pressure lubricated by oil supplied from the main
                     lubrication oil system. The number 1 bearing (journal and
                     thrust) is accessed by removing the top half of the
                     compressor inlet casing. The number 2 bearing is readily
                     accessible through the tunnel along the centerline of the
                     exhaust diffuser. (Removal of the turbine casing is not
                     required for bearing maintenance.) Bearing protection
                     includes vibration sensors and drain oil temperature
                     thermocouples.

                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.5
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.4                Combustion

8.1.5                Dry Low NOx 2.6 Combustion System

                     The Dry Low NOx 2.6 combustor was designed to minimize
                     emissions when operating on gas fuel but is capable of
                     operation with either gas or liquid fuel. Optimal emissions
                     are achieved through the regulation of fuel distribution to
                     a multi-nozzle, total premix combustor arrangement. The
                     fuel flow distribution to each fuel nozzle assembly is
                     calculated to maintain unit load and fuel split which
                     optimizes turbine emissions.

8.1.5.1              Fuel Nozzle Arrangement

                     The DLN 2.6 combustion system consists of six fuel nozzles
                     per combustion can, each operating as a fully premixed
                     combustor. One fuel nozzle is located in the center of the
                     combustion can with five nozzles located radially from the
                     first as shown in the illustration below. The center
                     nozzles is identified as PM1 (Pre Mix 1). Two outer nozzles
                     located adjacent to the crossfire tubes are identified as
                     PM2 (Pre Mix 2). The remaining three outer nozzles are
                     identified as PM3 (Pre Mix 3). Another fuel passage is
                     located in the airflow upstream of the premix nozzles,
                     circumferentially around the combustion can. This passage
                     is identified as the quaternary fuel pegs.

                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.6
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                        DLN 2.6 Fuel Nozzle Arrangement
                                   (Typical)

[GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

DLN 2.6 Fuel Nozzle Arrangement (Typical)

                     Fuel flow to the six fuel nozzles and quaternary pegs is
                     controlled by independent control valves, each controlling
                     flow split and unit load. The gas fuel system consists of
                     the gas fuel stop/ratio valve, gas control valve one (PM1),
                     gas control valve two (PM2), gas control valve three (PM3),
                     and gas control valve four (Quat).

                     The stop/ratio valve (SVR) is designed to maintain a
                     predetermined pressure at the inlet of the gas control
                     valves. Gas control valves one through four regulate the
                     desired gas fuel flow delivered to the turbine in response
                     to the command signal fuel stoke reference (FSR) from the
                     gas turbine control panel. The DLN 2.6 control system is
                     designed to ratio FSR into a Flow Control Reference. The
                     flow control philosophy is performed in a cascading
                     routine, scheduling a percentage flow reference for a
                     particular valve, and driving the remainder of the
                     percentage to the next valve reference parenthetically
                     downstream in the control software.

8.1.5.2              Chamber Arrangement

                     The gas turbine employs fourteen combustors designated as
                     combustion chambers. There are two spark plugs and four
                     flame detectors in selected chambers with crossfire tubes
                     connecting adjacent chambers. Each combustor

                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.7
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     consists of a six nozzle/endcover assembly, forward and aft
                     combustion casings, flow sleeve assembly, multi-nozzle cap
                     assembly, liner assembly and transition piece assembly. A
                     quaternary nozzle arrangement penetrates the circumference
                     of the combustion chamber, porting fuel to casing injection
                     pegs located radially around the casing.

8.1.5.3              Spark Plug Ignition System

                     Two spark plugs located in different combustion chambers
                     are used to ignite fuel flow. These spark plugs are
                     energized to ignite fuel at firing speed during start-up
                     only. Flame is propagated to those combustion chambers
                     without spark plugs through crossfire tubes connecting
                     adjacent combustion chambers around the gas turbine.

8.1.5.4              Flame Detectors

                     Reliable detection of flame location in the DLN 2.6 system
                     is critical to the control of the combustion process and to
                     protection of the gas turbine hardware. Four flame
                     detectors are mounted in separate combustion chambers
                     around the gas turbine to detect flame in all modes of
                     operation. The signals from these flame detectors are
                     processed in control logic and used for various control and
                     protection functions.

8.1.5.5              Gas Fuel Operation

                     The DLN 2.6 fuel system operation is fully automated,
                     sequencing the combustion system through a number of
                     staging modes prior to reaching full load. The primary
                     controlling parameter for fuel staging is the calculated
                     combustion reference temperature. Other DLN 2.6 operation
                     influencing parameters available to the operator are inlet
                     guide vane (IGV) temperature control "ON" or "OFF" and
                     inlet bleed heat "ON" or "OFF". To achieve maximum exhaust
                     temperature, as well as an expanded load range for optimal
                     emissions, both IGV temperature control and inlet bleed
                     heat should be selected "ON".

8.1.5.5.1            Liquid Fuel Operation

                     Because liquid fuel injection occurs at the tips of the
                     outer five fuel nozzle only, operation on liquid fuel is
                     always in diffusion mode. A water injection passage, which
                     is integral to the fuel nozzle as illustrated below, is
                     used for NOx abatement while operating on liquid fuel.

                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.8
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                  Fuel Nozzle
                                    (Typical)

[GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

8.1.5.6              Inlet Guide Vane Operation

                     The DLN 2.6 combustor emission performance is sensitive to
                     changes in fuel/air ratio. The combustor was designed
                     according to the airflow regulation scheme used with IGV
                     temperature control. Optimal combustor operation is
                     dependent upon proper operation along the predetermined
                     temperature control scheme. Controlled fuel scheduling is
                     dependent upon the state of IGV temperature control.

                     IGV temperature control "ON" is also referred to as a
                     combined cycle operation while IGV temperature control
                     "OFF" is referred to as simple cycle operation.

8.1.5.7              Fuel Flow Monitoring Equipment

                     The following fuel flow equipment is provided for
                     integration by the customer into the fuel supply line:

                     o   Gas

                         -- Meter tube and orifice with delta P transducers for
                            flow indication

                         -- Transmitter for supply temperature indication

                         -- Static pressure transducer

                              Turbine-Generator                         Page 8.9
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Distillate
                         --   Fuel flowmeter
                              Flowmeter is installed on the fuel forwarding
                              skid.

8.1.5.8              Water Injection System

                     The water injection system consists of pumping and metering
                     equipment for supplying water to the combustion system for:

                     o   NOx emission control

                     All piping and components which come into contact with
                     water are stainless steel. The control system provides the
                     above using minimum water injection and minimum degradation
                     in heat rate by modulating the water injection rate
                     proportional to fuel consumption.

8.1.5.8.1            On-Base Equipment

                     The on-base equipment includes water supply manifold(s),
                     water injection spray nozzles built into the fuel nozzles,
                     and a piping connection to the off-base water supply.

                     Also located on-base are the controls for the water
                     injection system consisting of automatic sequencing and
                     flow rate control and operator interfaces for monitoring
                     and recording of the water to fuel ratio and fuel flow.

8.1.5.8.2            Off-Base Water Injection Skid

                     The water injection skid is a self-contained system used to
                     transport treated water from the customer's storage
                     facility to the gas turbine at the proper pressure and flow
                     rate. The skid includes the following components as
                     illustrated in the diagram below:

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.10
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                       Gas Turbine Water Injection System
                                    (typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

8.1.5.8.2.1          Inlet Water Strainer

                     An inlet Y-strainer removes particles from the water before
                     entering the injection pump. An inlet water pressure switch
                     is included to monitor the differential across the strainer
                     and signal an alarm through the gas turbine control system
                     when cleaning is required.

8.1.5.8.2.2          Water Injection Pump

                     A single motor driven, high pressure centrifugal water
                     injection pump is used to deliver the water to the gas
                     turbine. The pump includes a variable frequency drive with
                     pump/motor speed feedback. A pressure transmitter is
                     supplied to monitor the water pressure at the pump
                     discharge. The pump motor includes a space heater for
                     anti-moisture condensation.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.11
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.5.8.2.3          Water Filter

                     After exiting the pump, the water is cleaned using a five
                     micron nominally rated filter. A differential pressure
                     switch is included to signal through the gas turbine
                     control system when filter cleaning is needed.

8.1.5.8.2.4          Water Flowmeter

                     Water usage is recorded by a turbine flowmeter with three
                     identical pickups/transmitters and downstream strainer.

8.1.5.8.2.5          Solenoid Stop Valve

                     A water actuated solenoid stop valve is installed at the
                     outlet connection of the water injection skid. The system
                     also includes an actuation pressure regulator, actuation
                     pressure relief valve, quick release valve, and actuation
                     last-chance filter.

8.1.5.8.2.6          Electrical Equipment

                     Interconnecting wiring, conduit, junction box, and motor
                     control center are included for the equipment mounted on
                     the skid.

8.1.5.8.2.7          Skid Features

                     The skid includes a structural steel base, interconnecting
                     piping for the skid mounted equipment, check valves,
                     pressure gauges, inlet water temperature gauge, and manual
                     isolation valves.

8.1.5.8.2.8          Enclosure

                     A weatherproof enclosure with ventilation fan and lighting
                     is provided.

                     A space heater with controlling thermostat is supplied with
                     the enclosure to guard against freezing.

8.1.6                Fuel System

8.1.6.1              Dual Fuel System

                     The dual fuel system allows the gas turbine to operate on
                     either gas or distillate fuel. Either may be used for start
                     up. Transfers from one fuel to the other may be initiated
                     by the operator prior to start up or at any time after

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.12
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     completion of the starting sequence. Transfers from
                     distillate to gas may be required to be made within a load
                     range which results in completing the fuel transfer without
                     staging from one gas fuel combustion mode to another.

                     Since gas is typically the primary fuel and distillate the
                     backup fuel, transfers from gas to distillate are
                     automatically initiated on low gas supply pressure,
                     provided that liquid fuel is available and provided there
                     is adequate time to start the fuel forwarding pump.
                     Transfer back to the primary fuel is by operator initiation
                     only in order to ensure the integrity of the fuel supply
                     and to prevent oscillatory operation if the gas supply
                     pressure is marginal at the transfer initiation pressure.
                     The operator should confirm the availability of the primary
                     fuel supply prior to initiating the transfer.

                     A typical fuel transfer is illustrated below. During fuel
                     transfer, the energy equivalent of fuel flow as a function
                     of the fuel command is matched between the two fuels to
                     insure that equal fuel commands will result in equal energy
                     release in the gas turbine combustors.

                                 Fuel Transfer
                                    (typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

                     The transfer sequence is divided into two parts: a line
                     filling period and the actual transfer. During the first
                     period, the incoming fuel command increases to a level that
                     will allow filling of the system in about thirty seconds,
                     and the outgoing fuel command decreases by an equivalent
                     amount. After fuel has reached the fuel nozzles, the
                     incoming fuel is ramped up to equal the total fuel demand,
                     and the outgoing fuel is ramped down to zero. Since total
                     energy to the gas turbine is held reasonably constant, load
                     variations are minimal--

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.13
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     generally less than five percent of nameplate rating (for a
                     properly matched and tuned system).

                     The next step in fuel transfer is purging the inactive fuel
                     system and verifying proper operation. During purge of the
                     inactive fuel system, the purge process introduces a
                     limited amount of additional fuel injected into the
                     turbine. The purge sequencing is designed to minimize this
                     effect of this additional fuel flow. Purging of liquid fuel
                     nozzles is initiated during the fuel transfer which causes
                     random opening of purge check valves and significantly
                     reduces load spikes.

                     If diluent injection is used to for emissions control, the
                     fuel transfer is completed before diluent injection is
                     initiated.

                     The gas and liquid fuel systems components are described in
                     the sections which follow.

8.1.6.2              Gas Fuel System

                     The gas fuel system modulates the gas fuel flow to the
                     turbine. Proper operation of the gas fuel system requires
                     that the gas be supplied to the gas fuel control system at
                     the proper pressure and temperature. The pressure is
                     required to maintain proper flow control. The fuel gas
                     temperature must ensure that the required hydrocarbon
                     superheat is maintained. For discussion of fuel gas supply
                     requirements in the Reference Documents - Process
                     Specification Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas
                     Turbines. Major system components, as shown in the
                     illustration which follows, are described below.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.14
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                Gas Fuel System
                                    (Typical

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

8.1.6.2.1            Strainer

                     A single strainer is used to remove impurities from the
                     gas. A pressure switch which monitors the differential
                     across the strainer will signal an alarm through the gas
                     turbine control system when the pressure drop across the
                     strainer indicates cleaning is required.

8.1.6.2.2            Fuel Gas Stop/Speed Ratio and Control Valves

                     The fuel gas stop/speed ratio and control valves allow fuel
                     flow when the turbine starts and runs, control the fuel
                     flow, and provide protective fuel isolation when the
                     turbine is shut down. In systems with multiple control
                     valve configuration, the control valves also maintain the
                     fuel split among the fuel nozzles.

8.1.6.2.3            Vent Valve

                     When the gas fuel system is shut off, both the stop valve
                     and the control valve(s) are shut. A vent valve is opened
                     between the stop valve and the control valve(s). The vent
                     valve permits the fuel gas to exit to the atmosphere when
                     the turbine is shut down or switched to an alternate fuel.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.15
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.6.2.4            Flow Measurement System

                     The gas fuel flow measurement system uses a flow metering
                     tube with precision orifice. The pressure drop across the
                     orifice is used to determine the fuel flow. To accommodate
                     the large flow turndown, two delta-pressure transducers
                     with different, but over-lapping ranges, are used.

8.1.6.2.5            Fuel Manifold and Nozzles

                     The fuel manifold connects the gas fuel nozzles which
                     distribute the gas fuel into the combustion chambers. For
                     staged combustion systems, more than one manifold is used.

8.1.6.2.6            Piping

                     The gas fuel system uses stainless steel fuel gas piping
                     with carbon steel flanges.

8.1.6.3              Liquid Fuel System

                     The liquid fuel system delivers the fuel oil from the fuel
                     forwarding system to the gas turbine combustion chambers.
                     The system filters the fuel and controls the fuel flow to
                     each of the nozzles in the gas turbine combustion chambers.
                     Major system components, as shown in the illustration which
                     follows, are described below.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.16
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                               Liquid Fuel System
                                   (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

8.1.6.3.1            Liquid Fuel Filter

                     Duplex low pressure fuel oil filters remove particles from
                     the fuel before it reaches the main fuel oil pump. Pressure
                     switches monitor the differential across each filter will
                     signal an alarm through the gas turbine control system when
                     transfer or changeout is required.

8.1.6.3.2            Fuel Oil Stop Valve

                     The on-base fuel oil stop valve allows fuel flow when the
                     turbine starts and runs and provides protective fuel
                     isolation when the turbine is shutdown.

8.1.6.3.3            Main Liquid Fuel Pump

                     A single 100% capacity motor-driven main fuel pump supplies
                     high pressure fuel oil for normal start and operation of
                     the gas turbine.

8.1.6.3.4            Bypass Valve

                     The liquid fuel system pumps fuel to the flow divider.
                     Between the pump and the flow divider, a return line back
                     to fuel storage permits some of the pump flow to be
                     subtracted so that all of the pump output does not go to
                     the turbine. An electro-hydraulically controlled valve uses
                     flow subtraction to maintain proper fuel flow to the
                     turbine combustion system.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.17
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.6.3.5            Fuel Flow Divider

                     A mechanical fuel flow divider metering system distributes
                     the liquid fuel flow equally to the gas turbine combustion
                     chambers. The fuel flow divider includes magnetic pick-ups
                     which detect the speed of rotation of the flow divider and
                     provide feedback to the control system.

8.1.6.3.6            Fuel Nozzles

                     Fuel nozzles distribute the fuel into the combustion
                     chambers. A selector valve assembly is included for reading
                     individual fuel nozzle pressure at the output of the flow
                     divider.

8.1.6.3.7            Atomizing Air System

                     The atomizing air system is used to atomize the liquid fuel
                     for combustion.

                     The system uses a single air to water U-tube heat exchanger
                     located on the turbine base to cool turbine compressor
                     discharge air for entry into the atomizing air compressor.
                     The air is filtered before it is used to atomize the liquid
                     fuel for combustion.

                     A motor driven atomizing air compressor atomizes the liquid
                     fuel for combustion. A throttling valve is included to
                     reduce the atomizing air compressor outlet pressure for
                     purging liquid fuel nozzles.

                     The atomizing air equipment is mounted on a combined Liquid
                     Fuel/Atomizing Air Skid which includes a gauge/switch
                     panel, piping with flexible fuel nozzle pigtails, and a
                     weatherproof enclosure.

8.1.6.3.8            Piping

                     The liquid fuel system uses stainless steel fuel oil piping
                     with carbon steel flanges.

8.1.6.4              Distillate Fuel Forwarding System

                     The distillate fuel forwarding system is a factory
                     assembled pumping unit. It is a common system used to
                     transfer the distillate fuel oil from the fuel storage
                     tanks to two gas turbines at the proper pressure,
                     temperature and flow rate. The skid, which includes a
                     structural steel base and carbon steel piping, is designed
                     for outdoor operation without an enclosure. Major system
                     components are described below.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.18
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

           8.1.6.4.1 Inlet Isolation Valve

                     The inlet isolation valve allows the unit to be isolated
                     and shut down for maintenance.

           8.1.6.4.2 Duplex Strainer

                     The system includes a duplex-type strainer with cleanout
                     drains to remove particles from the fuel before it reaches
                     the fuel pump. A pressure switch which monitors the
                     differential across the strainers will signal an alarm
                     through the gas turbine control system when cleaning is
                     required.

           8.1.6.4.3 AC Motor-Driven Fuel Pumps

                     Dedicated ac motor driven fuel pumps supply the on-base
                     high pressure main fuel oil pump for normal start and
                     operation of each gas turbine. Fuel pump operation
                     continues until the gas turbine is shut down or tripped out
                     at which time system operation is stopped automatically by
                     the gas turbine control system.

           8.1.6.4.4 Backup AC Motor-Driven Fuel Pump

                     A single backup pump is included to provide protection
                     against main fuel pump failure for either turbine. The main
                     and backup pumps are driven by separate ac motors in a
                     lead-lag relationship to balance the number of starts on
                     each. Check valves in the discharge piping of each pump
                     prevent backflow through the non-operating pump.

           8.1.6.4.5 Fuel Heating

                     Fuel heaters and accessories are mounted on a separate
                     heater skid due to the size of the heaters required.

           8.1.6.4.6 Pressure Regulating Valve

                     A pressure regulating valve is used to maintain the fuel
                     pressure at the customer's connection within the limits
                     required for the on-base turbine fuel system.

           8.1.6.4.7 Flowmeter

                     A flowmeter with mechanical readout is installed in the
                     fuel forwarding skid piping to record the amount of fuel
                     being used per turbine.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.19
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG  (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          8.1.6.4.8  Pulse Generator

                     Pulse generators are included to provide indication of
                     distillate fuel flow rate at a remote location such as the
                     plant distributed control system (DCS).

          8.1.6.4.9  Solenoid Stop Valve

                     A normally closed, solenoid stop valve is installed at the
                     outlet connection of the forwarding skid. This stop valve
                     operates in conjunction with the on-base fuel oil stop
                     valve to shut off fuel flow when the turbine is shut down.
                     A constant recirculation loop from the downstream side of
                     the pressure regulating valve to the storage tank is
                     provided to prevent deadheading of the pump when the
                     solenoid stop valve is closed.

          8.1.6.4.10 Distillate Fuel Forwarding Skid Enclosure

                     While the fuel forwarding skid is designed for outdoor
                     operation, a weatherproof enclosure is provided to protect
                     against harsh weather conditions in areas subject to very
                     low ambient temperature or heavy rains.

                     The enclosure is made up of steel panels that fit over the
                     entire fuel forwarding skid, including the roof. Equipment
                     can be easily maintained and removed via access doors and
                     removable panels in the enclosure. Convenience lighting,
                     receptacles and air vents with dust shields are also
                     included.

                     A vent fan with thermostat controlled switch is provided to
                     lower the air temperature within the enclosure and to
                     remove combustible vapors.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.20
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            Liquid Fuel Forwarding System Supplying Two Gas Turbines
                               w/ Fuel Oil Heater
                                   (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

          8.1.7      Lubricating and Hydraulic Systems

                     The lubricating provisions for the turbine and generator
                     are incorporated into a common lubrication system. Oil is
                     taken from this system, pumped to a higher pressure, and
                     used in the hydraulic system for all hydraulic oil control
                     system components. The lubrication system includes oil
                     pumps, coolers, filters, instrumentation and control
                     devices, a mist elimination device and an oil reservoir as
                     shown in the system illustration below. Following the
                     illustration is a brief description of the major system
                     components.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.21
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                 Lube Oil System
                            MS7001(FA) and MS9001(FA)
                                    (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.22
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          8.1.7.1    Pumps

                     The lubrication system relies on several pumps to
                     distribute oil from the oil reservoir to the systems which
                     need lubrication. Similarly, redundant pumps are used to
                     distribute high pressure oil to all hydraulic oil control
                     system components. These and other oil pumps are listed
                     below.

                     o   Lubrication oil pumps
                         --  Dual redundant ac motor-driven main lubrication oil
                             pumps are provided.

                         --  A partial flow, dc motor-driven, emergency
                             lubrication oil centrifugal pump is included as a
                             back up to the main and auxiliary pumps.

                     o   Hydraulic pumps
                         --  Dual redundant ac motor-driven variable
                             displacement hydraulic oil pumps are provided.

                     o   Seal oil pump
                         --  An auxiliary generator seal oil pump driven by
                             piggyback ac/dc motors is provided as backup to
                             distribute seal oil to the generator.

                     o   Oil Pump for pressure lift journal bearings
                         --  Oil for the pressure lift bearings is provided by
                             the hydraulic oil pump.

          8.1.7.2    Coolers

                     The oil is cooled by dual stainless steel plate/frame
                     oil-to-coolant heat exchangers with transfer valve. The
                     coolers have an ASME code stamp.

          8.1.7.3    Filters

                     Dual, full flow filters clean the oil used for lubrication.
                     Each filter includes a differential pressure transmitter to
                     signal an alarm through the gas turbine control system when
                     cleaning is required. A replaceable cartridge is utilized
                     for easy maintenance. Filters have an ASME code stamp.

                     Dual filters clean the oil for the hydraulic system. Each
                     filter includes a differential pressure transmitter to
                     signal an alarm through the gas turbine control system when
                     cleaning is required. A replaceable cartridge is utilized
                     for easy maintenance. Filters have an ASME code stamp.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.23
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          8.1.7.4    Mist Elimination

                     Lubrication oil mist particles are entrained in the system
                     vent lines by sealing air returns of the gas turbine
                     lubricating system. In order to remove the particles, a
                     lube vent demister is used as an air-exhaust filtration
                     unit. The demister filters the mist particles and vents the
                     air to the atmosphere while draining any collected oil back
                     to the oil reservoir.

                     The lube vent demister assembly consists of a holding tank
                     with filter elements, motor-driven blowers, and relief
                     valve. One assembly is provided for the vent line from the
                     lubrication oil reservoir.

          8.1.7.5    Oil Reservoir

                     The oil reservoir has a nominal capacity of 6200 gallons
                     (23,470 liters) and is mounted within the accessory module.
                     It is equipped with lubrication oil level switches to
                     indicate full, empty, high level alarm, low level alarm,
                     and low level trip. In addition the following are mounted
                     on the reservoir:

                     o   Oil tank thermocouples

                     o   Oil heaters

                     o   Oil filling filter

                     o   Oil reservoir drains

          8.1.8      Inlet System

          8.1.8.1    General

                     Gas turbine performance and reliability are a function of
                     the quality and cleanliness of the inlet air entering the
                     turbine. Therefore, for most efficient operation, it is
                     necessary to treat the ambient air entering the turbine and
                     filter out contaminants. It is the function of the air
                     inlet system with its specially designed equipment and
                     ducting to modify the quality of the air under various
                     temperature, humidity, and contamination situations and
                     make it more suitable for use. The inlet system consists of
                     the equipment and materials defined in the Scope of Supply
                     chapter of this proposal. The following paragraphs provide
                     a brief description of the major components of the inlet
                     system.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.24
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          8.1.8.2    Inlet Filtration

          8.1.8.2.1  Inlet Filter Compartment

                     The self-cleaning inlet filter compartment utilizes high
                     efficiency media filters which are automatically cleaned of
                     accumulated dust, thereby maintaining the inlet pressure
                     drop below a preset upper limit. This design provides
                     single-stage high efficiency filtration for prolonged
                     periods without frequent replacements. Appropriate filter
                     media is provided based on the site specific environmental
                     conditions.

                     Dust-laden ambient air flows at a very low velocity into
                     filter modules which are grouped around a clean-air plenum.
                     The filter elements are pleated to provide an extended
                     surface. The air, after being filtered, passes through
                     venturis to the clean air plenum and into the inlet
                     ductwork.

                     As the outside of the filter elements become laden with
                     dust, increasing differential pressure is sensed by a
                     pressure switch in the plenum. When the setpoint is
                     reached, a cleaning cycle is initiated. The elements are
                     cleaned in a specific order, controlled by an automatic
                     sequencer.

                     The sequencer operates a series of solenoid-operated
                     valves, each of which controls the cleaning of a small
                     number of filters. Each valve releases a brief pulse of
                     high pressure air into a blowpipe which has orifices
                     located just above the filters. This pulse shocks the
                     filters and causes a momentary reverse flow, disturbing the
                     filter cake. Accumulated dust breaks loose, falls, and
                     disperses. The cleaning cycle continues until enough dust
                     is removed for the compartment pressure drop to reach the
                     lower setpoint. The design of the sequencer is such that
                     only a few of the many filter elements are cleaned at the
                     same time. As a consequence, the airflow to the gas turbine
                     is not significantly disturbed by the cleaning process.

                     The filter elements are contained within a fabricated steel
                     enclosure which has been specially designed for proper air
                     flow management and weather protection.

                     Self-cleaning filters require a source of clean air for
                     pulse-cleaning. Compressor discharge air is used as the
                     pulse air source for filter cleaning. It is reduced in
                     pressure, cooled and dried. This air is already clean
                     because it has been filtered by the gas turbine's inlet air
                     filter. When compressor discharge air is used to pulse the
                     filter, cleaning is possible only when the gas turbine is
                     running.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.25
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

           8.1.8.2.2 Evaporative Cooler

                     The evaporative cooler is used in applications where
                     significant operation occurs in the hot months and where
                     low relative humidities are common. With evaporative
                     cooling, water is added to the inlet air and, as the water
                     evaporates, the air is cooled. The amount of water required
                     for evaporative cooling depends upon the airflow through
                     the turbine, the temperature and humidity of the ambient
                     air, amount of hardness in the water, and the blowdown
                     rate. The exact increase in power available from the gas
                     turbine is dependent upon the site conditions.

                     The cooler consists of a water distribution system and
                     media packed blocks made of corrugated layers of fibrous
                     material. Water is distributed over the blocks through one
                     set of channels and the air passes over alternate channels.
                     The air side is wetted by the wicking action of the media.
                     A drift eliminator is installed downstream of the media
                     blocks. This system minimizes water carryover.

                     The evaporative cooler includes the following:

                     o   PVC piping

                     o   Cast iron pump frames

                     o   Manual conductivity control for blowdown adjustment

                     o   Non-redundant water distribution pump(s)

           8.1.8.2.3 Moisture Separator

                     The single stage moisture separator is used to remove water
                     spray and mist from the incoming air stream. The moisture
                     separator imposes several directional changes to the air
                     flow. These directional changes will cause the water
                     droplets to drop out of the air stream and be drained from
                     the separator.

           8.1.8.3   Inlet System Instrumentation

           8.1.8.3.1 Inlet System Differential Pressure Indicator

                     Standard pressure drop indicator (gauge) displays the
                     pressure differential across the inlet filters in inches of
                     water.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.26
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          8.1.8.3.2  Inlet System Differential Pressure Alarm

                     When the pressure differential across the inlet filters
                     reaches a preset value, an alarm is initiated. This alarm
                     may signify a need to change the filter elements.

          8.1.9      Exhaust System

                     The aft and up exhaust system arrangement includes the
                     exhaust diffuser, expansion joint, ducting, silencing and
                     stack. After exiting the last turbine stage, the exhaust
                     gases enter the exhaust diffuser section in which a portion
                     of the dynamic pressure is recovered as the gas expands.
                     The gas then flows axially into the exhaust ducting,
                     through the silencer and stack exiting to atmosphere.

          8.1.10     Gas Turbine Packaging

          8.1.10.1   Enclosures

                     Gas turbine enclosures consist of several connected
                     sections forming an all weather protective housing which
                     may be structurally attached to each compartment base or
                     mounted on an off-base foundation. Enclosures provide
                     thermal insulation, acoustical attenuation, and fire
                     extinguishing media containment. For optimum performance of
                     installed equipment, compartments include the following as
                     needed:

                     o   Ventilation

                     o   Heating

                     o   Cooling

                     In addition, enclosures are designed to allow access to
                     equipment for routine inspections and maintenance.

                     The following illustration of the MS7001(FA) shows the gas
                     turbine-generator as it is packaged in adjoining weather
                     protective enclosures.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.27
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                        MS7001(FA) Gas Turbine Packaging
                                    (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

          8.1.10.2   Acoustics

                     Measuring procedures will be in accordance with ASME PTC 36
                     (near field) and/or ANSI B133.8 (far field).

                     For acoustic guarantees, please refer to the Performance
                     Guarantees section of the proposal.

          8.1.10.3   Painting

                     The exteriors of all compartments and other equipment are
                     painted with two coats of alkyd primer prior to shipment.
                     The exterior surfaces of the inlet compartment and inlet
                     and exhaust duct are painted with one coat of inorganic
                     zinc primer.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.28
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     Interiors of all compartments are painted as well with the
                     turbine compartment interior receiving high-temperature
                     paint. The interior and exterior of the inlet system is
                     painted with zinc rich paint.

          8.1.10.4   Lighting

                     AC lighting on automatic circuit is provided in the
                     accessory compartment. When ac power is not available, a dc
                     battery-operated circuit supplies a lower level of light
                     automatically.

                     Fluorescent lighting is also provided in the PEECC.

          8.1.10.5   Wiring

                     The gas turbine electrical interconnection system includes
                     on-base wiring, terminal boards, junction boxes, etc. as
                     well as compartment interconnecting cables. Junction boxes
                     are selected to meet the environmental requirement of the
                     Customer but are, in general, of steel or cast aluminum
                     construction. Terminal boards within junction boxes are of
                     the heavy duty industrial type selected for the particular
                     environment in which the junction box is located. On-base
                     gas turbine wire termination uses spring tongue crimped
                     type terminals. Generator wire termination are ring type.
                     Control panel wiring is General Electric type SIS Vulkene
                     insulated switchboard wire, AWG #14-41 Strand SI-57275.
                     Ribbon cables are used as appropriate.

                     Standard cable assemblies are supplied for all fixed point
                     locations such as control equipment compartment to the
                     turbine base, generator, excitation compartment, etc.

          8.1.11     Fire Protection System

                     Fixed temperature sensing fire detectors are provided in
                     the gas turbine, accessory and liquid fuel/atomizing air
                     compartments, and #2 bearing tunnel. The detectors provide
                     signals to actuate the low pressure carbon dioxide (CO2)
                     automatic multi-zone fire protection system. Nozzles in
                     these compartments direct the CO2 to the compartments at a
                     concentration sufficient for extinguishing flame. This
                     concentration is maintained by gradual addition of CO2 for
                     an extended period.

                     The fire protection system is capable of achieving a
                     non-combustible atmosphere in less than one minute, which
                     meets the requirements of the United States National Fire
                     Protection Association (NFPA) #12.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.29
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     The supply system is composed of a low pressure CO2 tank
                     with refrigeration system mounted off base, a manifold and
                     a release mechanism. Initiation of the system will trip the
                     unit, provide an alarm on the annunciator, turn off
                     ventilation fans and close ventilation openings.

          8.1.12     Cleaning Systems

          8.1.12.1   On-Line and Off-Line Compressor Water Wash

                     Compressor water wash is used to remove fouling deposits
                     which accumulate on compressor blades and to restore unit
                     performance. Deposits such as dirt, oil mist, industrial or
                     other atmospheric contaminants from the surrounding site
                     environment, reduce air flow, lower compressor efficiency,
                     and lower compressor pressure ratio, which reduce thermal
                     efficiency and output of the unit. Compressor cleaning
                     removes these deposits to restore performance and slows the
                     progress of corrosion in the process, thereby increasing
                     blade wheel life.

                     On-line cleaning is the process of injecting water into the
                     compressor while running at full speed and some percentage
                     of load. Off-line cleaning is the process of injecting
                     cleaning solution into the compressor while it is being
                     turned at cranking speed. The advantage of on-line cleaning
                     is that washing can be done without having to shut down the
                     machine. On-line washing, however, is not as effective as
                     off-line washing; therefore on-line washing is used to
                     supplement off-line washing, not replace it.

                     The on-base compressor washing features are described and
                     illustrated below.

          8.1.12.1.1 On-Line Manifold and Nozzles

                     The on-line washing components consist of two piping
                     manifolds, spray nozzles (one in the forward bellmouth and
                     one in the aft bellmouth), and an on/off control valve
                     which is also controlled by the turbine control
                     panel. The turbine control system is equipped with software
                     to perform an automatic online wash by simply initiating
                     the wash from the turbine control panel.

          8.1.12.1.2 Off-Line Manifold and Nozzles

                     Off-line washing is a manual operation because of the large
                     number of manual valves on the turbine which need to be
                     manipulated in order to perform an offline wash. During
                     off-line washing, cleaning solution (water and/or
                     detergent) is injected into the compressor while it is
                     being turned at crank speed. The

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.30
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     cleaning solution is sprayed into the compressor inlet,
                     covering the entire circumference. This should continue
                     until the runoff is free of contaminants.

                Water Wash Off and On-Line Manifold and Nozzles
                                   (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

          8.1.12.1.3 Water Wash Skid

                     The off-base water wash skid is used for injecting cleaning
                     solution into the compressor for off-line cleaning. The
                     skid contains a water pump, a detergent storage tank,
                     piping, and a venturi eductor capable of delivering
                     solution at the proper flow, pressure and mix ratio.

                     In addition, the water wash skid is equipped with the
                     following features:

                     o Water storage tank with freeze protection

                     o Enclosure for outdoor installation

                     Typical water wash skid features are shown in the
                     illustration which follows.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.31
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                           Compressor Water Wash Skid
                                   (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

          8.1.13     Cooling Water System

                     The closed type cooling water system provides pressure
                     regulated and temperature controlled water flow to
                     dissipate heat rejected from the turbine and load equipment
                     including:

                     o Lube oil system

                     o Turbine support legs

                     o Flame detectors

                     o Atomizing air system

                     o Associated MSD skids

                     The system is comprised of on-base accessory module and
                     turbine compartment mounted components and an off-base
                     cooling water module.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.32
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.13.1             On-Base Components

                     Major components and control devices associated with the
                     accessory module and turbine compartment are as follows:

                     o Water flow regulating valve with capillary temperature
                       sensors (turbine bearing header temperature)

                     o Water flow regulating valve with capillary temperature
                       sensor (atomizing air pre-cooler air discharge
                       temperature)

                     o Turbine support legs and flame detectors (located in the
                       turbine compartment)

                     o Water side interface, i.e., tubes or plates, with lube
                       oil heat exchangers (located in the accessory module)

                     o Atomizing air pre-cooler and purge air cooler (located in
                       turbine compartment)

8.1.13.1.1           Liquid Fuel / Atomizing Air

                     o Water side U-tube interface with atomizing air pre-cooler
                       and purge air cooler

                     o Pressure relief valves

                     o Water flow control valve

8.1.13.1.2           Gas Turbine Base

                     o   Turbine support legs and flame detectors

8.1.13.1.3           Miscellaneous Skids

                     o   LCI cooler (static start system)

                     o   Air processing unit (APU)

8.1.13.1.4           Generator Cooling System

                     o Water side interface, i.e., tubes, with the stator water
                       coolers (TEWAC and/or hydrogen cooled)

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.33
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.13.2             Cooling Water Module

                     The off-base cooling water module is a packaged industrial
                     type sized to accommodate the total water flow and heat
                     rejection requirements of the gas turbine unit, accessories
                     and load equipment. The water module system operates at a
                     positive pressure resulting from the pumping and the
                     recirculation of the system flow water. The module consists
                     of the following major components and control devices:

                     o Water surge tank with level indicator

                     o Finned tube air-to-water heat exchanger assemblies

                     o Motor-driven cooling fans

                     o Two (2) motor-driven cooling water pumps

                     o "Y" type water strainer

                     o Temperature switch

8.1.13.3             System Operation

                     Cooling water from the surge tank is pumped by the primary
                     cooling water pump to the on-base inlet of the generator
                     hydrogen or water coolers. At the outlet of the coolers,
                     the water continues to the bearing header temperature
                     regulating valve, flame detector bodies, and through
                     control orifices to the turbine support legs. The water
                     supplied to the bearing header temperature regulating valve
                     is then circulated to the inlet of the lube oil heat
                     exchanger(s).

                     Cooling water is also circulated to the purge air cooler
                     and to the inlet of the atomizing air precooler temperature
                     regulating valve. A portion of the flow from the
                     temperature regulating valve is sent to the inlet of the
                     atomizing air precooler and the rest is bypassed to the
                     pre-cooler outlet line.

                     All water exiting from each source is combined into a
                     single return line with the water returned back to a finned
                     tube air-to-water heat exchanger, where it is cooled.
                     Cooling is accomplished by the air flow draft induced by
                     the motor driven cooling fans over the finned tube heat
                     exchanger assemblies.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.34
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.14               Starting System

8.1.14.1             Cooldown System

                     The cooldown system provides uniform cooling of the rotor
                     after shutdown. A low speed turning gear with motor is used
                     for the cooldown system.

8.1.14.2             Static Start System

8.1.14.2.1           Operation

                     The static start system uses a Load Commutating Inverter
                     (LCI) adjustable frequency drive as the starting means for
                     the gas turbine. By providing variable frequency power
                     directly to the generator terminals, the generator is used
                     as a synchronous motor to start the gas turbine. The
                     generator will be turning at approximately 6 rpm, via a low
                     speed turning gear, prior to starting. With signals from
                     the turbine control, the LCI will accelerate or decelerate
                     the generator to a self-sustaining speed required for
                     purge, light-off, waterwash etc. Deceleration is a coast
                     down function.

                     The system can accelerate the gas turbine-generator without
                     imposing high inrush currents, thereby avoiding traditional
                     voltage disturbances on the ac station service line.

                     Conventional three phase, 12-pulse bridge circuits are used
                     for the rectifier and inverter and are connected through a
                     dc link inductor. An isolation transformer is required to
                     provide three phase power, impedance for fault protection,
                     and electrical isolation from system disturbances to
                     ground.

                     Starting excitation is provided by the generator excitation
                     system.

8.1.14.2.2           System Protection

                     The customer should provide a high level of fault
                     protection for the major equipment. The protective relaying
                     should include phase overcurrent ground fault and motor
                     protection

                     The drive system protective strategy is to provide a high
                     level of fault protection for the major equipment. The
                     rectifier inverter includes voltage surge protection and
                     full fault suppression capability for internal faults or
                     malfunctions. A drive system monitor and diagnostic fault
                     indications continuously monitor the condition and
                     operation of the LCI.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.35
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.14.2.3           Equipment

8.1.14.2.3.1         Low Speed Turning Gear

                     The turning gear assembly is located on the collector end
                     of the generator and is used for slow speed operation
                     (approximately 6 rpm), cooldown and standby turning, and
                     rotor breakaway during startup.

8.1.14.2.3.2         LCI Power Conversion Equipment

                     The LCI power conversion equipment is mounted in a NEMA 1
                     ventilated enclosure and consists of the following:

                     o   12-pulse converter with series redundant thyristor
                         cells to rectify ac line power to controlled voltage dc
                         power.

                     o   Inverter with series redundant cells to convert dc link
                         power to controlled frequency ac power.

                     o   Cooling system using a liquid coolant to transfer heat
                         from heat producing devices, such as SCRs and high
                         wattage resistors, to a remote liquid-liquid heat
                         exchanger. The system is closed-loop with a covered
                         reservoir for makeup coolant. Coolant circulates from
                         the pump discharge to the heat exchanger to the power
                         conversion bridges and returns to the pump. A portion
                         of the coolant bypasses to a deionizer system to
                         maintain coolant resistivity. Redundant pumps are
                         provided.

                     o   LCI control panel containing microprocessor system
                         control logic for firing, drive sequencing, diagnostics
                         and protective functions, acceleration (ramping
                         function), excitation system interface, and
                         input/output signal interfacing.

                         Note: The control panel is located in the LCI enclosure
                         and includes door mounted panel meters and operator
                         devices.

8.1.14.2.3.3         DC Link Reactor

                     The dc link reactor helps smooth the dc current to
                     eliminate coupling between the frequencies of the converter
                     and inverter and provides protection during system faults
                     by limiting the current.

                     The dc link is a dry-type, air core reactor which is
                     convection cooled. It is located in an outdoor protective
                     enclosure and electrically connected between the converter
                     and the inverter.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.36
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.14.2.3.4         Isolation Transformer

                     The isolation transformer provides electrical isolation and
                     impedance for system protection against notching and
                     harmonic distortion. The transformer has two secondary
                     windings and is designed for service with a three phase,
                     six pulse power converter connected to each secondary
                     winding. One transformer is provided for each LCI.

                     The transformer is a three winding, oil filled type for
                     outdoor mounting.

8.1.14.2.3.5         Motorized Disconnect Switch

                     A motorized disconnect switch is provided to disconnect the
                     static start system during normal generator operation. The
                     disconnect switch is electrically connected between the LCI
                     and the feed for the generator stator.

8.2 Generator

           8.2.1               Electrical Rating

                               The generator is designed to operate within Class
                               "B" temperature rise limits, per ANSI standards,
                               throughout the allowable operating range. The
                               insulation systems utilized throughout the
                               machine are proven Class "F" materials.

                               The generator is designed to exceed the gas
                               turbine capability at all ambient conditions
                               between 0 and 120(degree)F.

           8.2.2               Packaging

                               The 7FH2 generator is designed for compactness
                               and ease of service and maintenance. Location
                               permitting, the unit ships with the rotor, gas
                               shields and end shields factory assembled. The
                               high voltage bushings, bearings, oil deflectors,
                               hydrogen seals, and coolers are also factory
                               assembled. The collector cab ships separately for
                               assembly to the generator at the customer's site.
                               Clearances of the bearings, rub rings, fans,
                               hydrogen seals and deflectors are factory fitted
                               and only require a minimum amount of field
                               inspection of these components.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.37
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     All generator wiring, including winding and gas RTDs,
                     bearing metal and drain TCs, and vibration detection
                     systems are terminated on the main unit with level
                     separation provided.

                     Prior to full assembly, the generator stator receives a
                     pressure test at 150% of operating pressure followed by a
                     leakage test at 100% of operating pressure.

                     Feed piping between the bearings are stainless steel and
                     mounted on the units in the factory to a common header. All
                     connections to the end shields are assembled. All assembled
                     piping is welded without backing rings and a first pass TIG
                     weld. A full oil flush is performed prior to shipping.

                     Some amount of field assembly is required but should be
                     limited to the following:

                     o   Factory fitted bearing drain piping and bearing drain
                         enlargement (BDE)

                         -- Matched, marked, and shipped separate

                         -- Loop seal between BDE and drain tank are stainless
                            steel and ship loose

                     o Water manifolds are factory fitted and shipped separate

                     o Collector compartment:

                         --  Collector end housing and brush rigging are shipped
                             as part of the collector compartment and require
                             some assembly and alignment
                         --  Interconnecting piping from cab to generator
                         --  Interconnecting wiring from cab to generator

8.2.3                Frame Fabrication

                     The frame is a stiff structure, constructed to be a
                     hydrogen vessel and to be able to withstand in excess of
                     200PSI. It is a hard frame design with its four-nodal
                     frequency significantly above l20Hz. The ventilation system
                     is completely self contained, including the gas coolers
                     within the structure. The gastight structure is constructed
                     of welded steel plate, reinforced internally by radial web
                     plates and axially by heavy wall pipes, bars and axial
                     braces.

                     A series of floating support rings and core rings are
                     welded to keybars which in turn support the core, allowing
                     the entire core to be spring mounted at twenty locations.
                     This arrangement isolates the core vibration, resulting
                     from the radial and tangential magnetic forces of the
                     rotor, by damping the amplitude and reducing the
                     transmissibility by 20:1 Excessive movement of the core, as
                     may result from out of phase synchronization, is limited by
                     the use

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.38
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     of stop collars at certain circumferential locations around
                     the frame. The clearance is designed to allow the spring
                     action of the bar to be unrestricted during normal
                     operation but to transmit the load of excessive movement
                     through the structure prior to yielding of any of the
                     components. This entire arrangement is in keeping with long
                     standard practices and experience with similar frame
                     designs which have proven to be very effective and
                     reliable.

                     The stator frame is supported on four welded-on feet
                     attached at the lower portion of the fabrication. All the
                     weight of the unit and the operating loads are carried
                     through the structure by the web plates and the wrapper to
                     the feet. The machined portion of the feet are located 85"
                     below the centerline of the unit.

8.2.4                Core

                     The core is laminated from grain oriented silicon steel to
                     provide maximum flux density with minimum losses, thereby
                     providing a compact electrical design. The laminations are
                     coated on both sides to ensure electrical insulation and
                     reduce the possibility of localized heating resulting from
                     circulation currents.

                     The overall core is designed to have a natural frequency in
                     excess of 170 hertz, well above the critical two-per-rev
                     electromagnetic stimulus from the rotor. The axial length
                     of the core is made up of many individual segments
                     separated by radial ventilation ducts. The ducts at the
                     core ends are made of stainless steel to reduce heating
                     from end fringing flux. The flanges are made of cast iron
                     to minimize losses. To ensure compactness, the unit
                     receives periodic pressing during stacking and a final
                     press in excess of 700 tons after stacking.

8.2.5                Rotor

                     The rotor is machined from a single high alloy steel
                     forging. The two pole design has 24 axial slots machined
                     radially in the main body of the shaft. The axial vent
                     slots machined directly into the main coil slot are
                     narrower then the main slots and provide the direct radial
                     cooling of the field copper.

                     The two retaining rings are of the body mounted design. The
                     rings are made of 18 Mn - 18 Cr forged material which
                     offers excellent protection against stress corrosion
                     cracking.

                     The coil wedges are segmented stainless steel. Radial holes
                     are drilled in the wedges for ventilation passages.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.39
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     A shrunk-on coupling is assembled after the collector rings
                     are on, and provides the interface point to the
                     flex-coupling connection to the turning gear. This
                     arrangement is used with a static start system.

8.2.6                Field Assembly

                     The field consists of several coils per pole with turns
                     made from high conductivity copper. Each turn has slots
                     punched in the slot portion of the winding to provide
                     direct cooling of the field.

                              Stator Slot Section
                                    (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

The slot armor used in the slots is a Class ""F"" rigid epoxy glass design. An
insulated cover is positioned on the bottom of each slot armor and on top of the
subslot vent. The cover will provide the required creepage between the lower
turn and the shaft. Epoxy glass insulation strips are used between each coil
turn. A pre-molded glass retaining ring insulation is utilized over the end
windings and a partial amortisseur is assembled under the rings to form a low
resistance circuit for eddy currents to flow. The rotor is designed to
accommodate static start hardware utilizing slot amortisseurs.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.40
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     The collector assembly incorporates all the features of GE
                     proven generator packages with slip on insulation over the
                     shaft and under the rings. The collector rings use a radial
                     stud design to provide electrical contact between the rings
                     and the field leads. The rings are designed to handle the
                     excitation requirements of the design (approximately 2200
                     amps on cold day operation and 1900 amps at rated
                     conditions).

                     The entire rotor assembly, weighing 74,000 pounds is
                     balanced up to 20% over operating speed.

8.2.7                End Shield/Bearing

                     The unit is equipped with end shields on each end designed
                     to support the rotor bearings, to prevent gas from
                     escaping, and to be able to withstand a hydrogen explosion
                     in the unlikely event of such a mishap. In order to provide
                     the required strength and stiffness, the end shield is
                     constructed from steel plate and is reinforced. The split
                     at the horizontal joint allows for ease of assembly and
                     removal.

                     The horizontal joints, as well as the vertical face which
                     bolts to the end structure, are machined to provide a gas
                     tight joint. Sealing grooves are machined into these
                     joints. These steps are taken to prevent gas leakage
                     between all the structural components for pressures up to
                     45 psig.

                     The center section of the end shields contain the bearings,
                     oil deflectors and hydrogen seals. The lower halves of the
                     bearings are equipped with dual element thermocouples. The
                     leads are connected through a quick disconnect through the
                     end shield to allow ease of bearing removal.

                     Vertically split inner and outer oil deflectors are bolted
                     into the end shield and provide sealing of the oil along
                     the shaft. The deflectors are either fabricated or cast
                     aluminum. All faces of the deflectors have "O" ring grooves
                     to provide additional protection from oil leaks. All
                     annular areas formed between the set of teeth are designed
                     to provide minimum pressure drops and have oil gutters
                     machined in to prevent oil from backdripping on the shaft.

                     The hydrogen seal casing and seals, which prevent hydrogen
                     gas from escaping along the shaft, utilize steel babbitted
                     rings. Pressurized oil for the seals is supplied from the
                     main oil system header to the seal oil control unit, where
                     it is regulated. The seal oil control unit is factory
                     assembled packaged system and is located in the collector
                     end compartment and includes the following components:

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.41
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Differential pressure regulator valve with bypass

                     o   Differential pressure gage (seal oil pressure vs.
                         casing gas pressure) and two differential pressure
                         switches: one for alarm and one for actuating the dc
                         emergency seal oil pump

                     o   Shut-off and isolation valves for operation and
                         maintenance

                     The collector end bearing and hydrogen seals are insulated
                     from the rotor to prevent direct electrical contact between
                     the rotor and the end shield. Both end shields have
                     proximity type vibration probes. These are located axially
                     at the bearing. Mounting for velocity type vibration
                     sensors is also provided on the surface of the bearing
                     caps.

                     All exiting wiring from the temperature indication devices
                     and the insulating test leads are brought out of the unit
                     through gas tight conex type seals to prevent any chance of
                     a hydrogen leak.

             8.2.8   Winding

                     The armature winding is a three phase, two circuit design
                     consisting of "Class F" insulated bars. The stator bar
                     stator ground insulation is protected with a
                     semi-conducting armor in the slot and GE's well proven
                     voltage grading system on the end arms.

                     The ends of the bars are pre-cut and solidified prior to
                     insulation to allow strap brazing connections on each end
                     after the bars are assembled. An epoxy resin filled
                     insulation cap is used to insulate the end turn
                     connections.

                     The bars are secured in the slot with side ripple springs
                     (SRS) to provide circumferential force and with a top
                     ripple spring (TRS) for additional mechanical restraint in
                     the radial direction. The end winding support structure
                     consists of glass binding bands, radial rings, and the
                     conformable resin-impregnated felt pads and glass roving to
                     provide the rigid structure required for system electrical
                     transients.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.42
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                          Stator End Winding Structure
                                    (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

             8.2.9   Lead Connections

                     All the lead connection rings terminate at the top of the
                     excitation end of the unit and the six high voltage
                     bushings (HVBs) exit at the top of the frame.

                     Each of the circuits are connected to the high voltage
                     bushings (HVBs.) The bushings, which provide a compact
                     design for factory assembly and shipment, are positioned in
                     the top of the frame and are offset to allow proper
                     clearances to be maintained. This configuration also allows
                     connections to the leads to be staggered and provides ease
                     of bolting and insulation.

                     The bushings are made up of a porcelain insulators
                     containing silver plated copper conductors which form a
                     hydrogen tight seal. The bushings are assembled to
                     non-magnetic terminal plates to minimize losses. Copper bus
                     is assembled to the bushings within an enclosure. Customer
                     connections are made beyond the terminal enclosure and the
                     specific mating arrangements are provided within the
                     enclosure, not inside the generator.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.43
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            8.2.10   Lubrication System

                     Lubrication for the generator bearings is supplied from the
                     turbine lubrication system. Generator bearing oil feed and
                     drain interconnecting lines are provided, and have a
                     flanged connection at the turbine end of the generator
                     package for connection to the turbine package.

            8.2.11   Hydrogen Cooling System

                     The generator is cooled by a recirculating hydrogen gas
                     stream cooled by gas-to-water heat exchangers. Cold gas is
                     forced by the generator fans into the gas gap, and also
                     around the stator core. The stator is divided axially into
                     sections by the web plates and outer wrapper so that in the
                     center section cold gas is forced from the outside of the
                     core toward the gap through the radial gas ducts, and in
                     the end section it passes from the gas gap toward the
                     outside of the core through the radial ducts. This
                     arrangement results in substantially uniform cooling of the
                     windings and core.

                     The rotor is cooled externally by the gas flowing along the
                     gap over the rotor surface, and internally by the gas which
                     passes over the rotor and windings, through the rotor
                     ventilating slots, and radially outward to the gap through
                     holes in the ventilating slot wedges.

                     After the gas has passed through the generator, it is
                     directed to five horizontally mounted gas-to-water heat
                     exchangers. After the heat is removed, cold gas is returned
                     to the rotor fans and recirculated.

            8.2.12   Hydrogen Control Panel

                     To maintain hydrogen purity in the generator casing at
                     approximately 98 percent, a small quantity of hydrogen is
                     continuously scavenged from the seal drain enlargements and
                     discharged to atmosphere. The function of the hydrogen
                     control panel is to control the rate of scavenging and to
                     analyze the purity of the hydrogen gas. The panel is
                     divided into two compartments, the gas compartment and the
                     electrical compartment, which are separated by a gas-tight
                     partition.

            8.2.12.1 Control Panel Functions

                     The GE hydrogen control panel is designed for use on
                     hydrogen cooled generators with scavenging systems. The
                     panel functions are described below:

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.44
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   The hydrogen control panel allows manual control of the
                         continuous scavenging rate, both turbine end and
                         collector end, via metering valves.

                     o   Hydrogen from the generator turbine end and generator
                         collector end is continuously monitored for purity. At
                         predetermined time intervals, the purity of the
                         generator core gas is also checked. Two independent,
                         switchable, triple range hydrogen purity analyzers are
                         used, thus providing total redundancy, for two out of
                         two voting. Each display and control panel will include
                         three digital displays providing real time readout of
                         gas purity, gas temperature and the status of the
                         analyzers operating parameters. All information is
                         provided to the station DCS via contact inputs and 4-20
                         milliamp analog signals.

                     o   In the event that one of the analyzers detect a drop in
                         purity, a confirmation by the other gas analyzer is
                         performed. Time for the measurement, which requires
                         reconfiguration of the valves, as well as the handling
                         of possible disagreements in measurement results, is
                         also negotiated between the analyzers.

                     o   In the event that either analyzer indicates a low
                         purity alarm, the rate of scavenging is increased
                         automatically and an alarm is annunciated.

                     o   All components used in the hydrogen control panel are
                         specifically designed and / or third party approved for
                         use in an Class I, Division I, Group B environment.

            8.2.12.2 Control Panel Devices

          8.2.12.2.1 Differential Pressure Gas Transmitter

                     The differential pressure gas transmitter measures the
                     generator fan differential gas pressure. It provides a 4-20
                     mA DC signal proportional to differential gas pressure and
                     includes a 316L stainless steel diaphragm all housed in a
                     Factory Mutual approved explosion proof enclosure.

          8.2.12.2.2 Differential Gas Pressure Gage

                     The differential gas pressure gage provides local
                     indication of the generator fan differential gas pressure.
                     The gage is flush mounted, waterproof, dual range and
                     stainless steel movements.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.45
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          8.2.12.2.3 Gas Pressure Transmitter

                     The gas pressure transmitter measures the generator core
                     gas pressure or machine gas pressure as it is sometimes
                     called. It provides a 4-20 mA DC signal proportional to gas
                     pressure and includes a 316L stainless steel diaphragm all
                     housed in a Factory Mutual approved explosion proof
                     enclosure.

          8.2.12.2.4 Gas Pressure Gage

                     The gas pressure gage provides local indication of the
                     generator core gas pressure. The gage is flush mounted,
                     water proof, dual range and stainless steel movements.

          8.2.12.2.5 Total Gas Flowmeter

                     The total gas flowmeter provides local indication of the
                     total flow of scavenged gas. The flowmeter is a flush
                     mounted, in line, direct read flowmeter with stainless
                     steel body.

          8.2.12.2.6 Gas Analyzer Flowmeters (2)

                     Gas analyzer flowmeters provide local indication and
                     control of the gas flow through each of the gas analyzers.
                     Each flowmeter is a flush mounted, in line, direct read
                     flowmeter with stainless steel body.

          8.2.12.2.7 Gas Purifiers (3)

                     Gas purifiers remove oil, water and foreign particles from
                     each of the gas sampling lines (turbine end, collector end
                     and core gas).

          8.2.12.2.8 Moisture Indicators (3)

                     Moisture indicators provide local indication relating to
                     the operating condition of the gas purifiers in each of the
                     gas sampling lines (turbine end, collector end and core
                     gas).

          8.2.12.2.9 Control Cabinet

                     The standard cabinet is NEMA 1 rated and mounted in the
                     collector compartment.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.46
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

         8.2.12.2.10 Solenoid Valves

                     All solenoid valves have stainless steel bodies with class
                     H temperature rated coils. The solenoids are also third
                     party approved for use in a Class 1, Division 1, Group B
                     environment.

         8.2.12.2.11 Gas Analyzers

                     The gas purity analyzer utilizes the principle of fixed
                     geometry diffused flow thermal conductivity to measure the
                     purity of a known component of a binary gas mixture.
                     Digital acquisition at the sensor level by precision
                     components, rather than the previous Wheatstone bridge
                     arrangement, increases measurement accuracy. A novel aspect
                     of the analyzer is its ability to operate in a redundant
                     configuration; the two, identical, microcontroller based
                     subsystems which comprise the analyzer are interconnected
                     by a communications channel to enable the analyzer to
                     confirm an alarm condition, (i.e. two out of two voting).
                     This communications channel also allows the analyzer to
                     negotiate and report possible malfunctions in the
                     measurement system.

         8.2.12.3    Fault Detection and Reporting

                     Each subsystem within the analyzer is self-supervising and
                     continuously checks itself for acceptable processor
                     functioning, internal voltages, analog to digital
                     conversion accuracy, integrity of cabling and relay
                     operation. Any faults are immediately annunciated at the
                     cabinet and a contact signal indicating analyzer trouble is
                     opened. A faults log, which maintains a date/time stamp of
                     detected failures can be viewed at any time. The analyzer
                     can also execute detailed self-diagnostics.

         8.2.13      Hydrogen Control Manifold

                     Hydrogen is admitted to the generator casing through the
                     use of the hydrogen gas manifold. The following
                     instrumentation is provided and is located in the collector
                     compartment:

                     o   Generator gas pressure gage

                     o   High and low generator gas pressure switches

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.47
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              8.2.14 Carbon Dioxide Control Manifold

                     A carbon dioxide system is used for purging the generator
                     casing of air before admitting hydrogen, and also to purge
                     hydrogen before admitting air. The following
                     instrumentation is provided:

                     o   Purging control valve assembly

                     o   Relief valve

              8.2.15 Detraining System

                     The air-side seal oil and the generator bearing oil drain
                     to a bearing drain enlargement mounted under the generator
                     casing. This bearing drain enlargement is a detraining
                     chamber and provides a large surface area for detraining
                     the oil before it is returned to the main oil tank.

                     Two seal drain enlargements are provided for removing
                     entrained hydrogen from the oil which drains from the
                     hydrogen-side seal rings. They are drained through a common
                     line to a float trap which then drains to the bearing drain
                     enlargement for further detraining. A high liquid level
                     alarm switch is provided to detect abnormal oil level in
                     the seal drain enlargement.

                     Piping is factory fitted and the system is well-proven to
                     assure that no hydrogen can enter into the oil system.

              8.2.16 Generator Collector Compartment

                     An exciter-end, enclosure is provided with the generator.
                     It will contain the following assemblies:

                     o   Hydrogen control panel

                     o   Seal oil control unit, regulator and flowmeter

                     o   Seal oil drain system, float trap and liquid level
                         detector

                     o   H2 and CO2 feed and purge system, valves and gauges

                     o   Switch and gauge, block and porting system

                     o   Collector housing and brush rigging assembly

                     o   Collector filters and silencers

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.48
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Level-separated electrical junction boxes

                     o   Turning gear

                     The above items are packaged in the  enclosure.  The
                     completed enclosure is assembled to the generator at the
                     customer site. The enclosure has been designed to simplify
                     interconnecting wiring and piping between the enclosure and
                     the generator.

                     The enclosure is designed with a removable end wall section
                     and roof to allow ease of rotor removal without moving the
                     housing. Position of all the above hardware is spaced to
                     allow easy access for maintenance and to prevent any
                     unnecessary disassembly during rotor removal. Two doors are
                     provided on the end wall to allow access from either side.
                     Safety latches are provided on the inside of the doors to
                     provide easy exit from the enclosure. AC lighting is
                     standard.

              8.2.17 Generator Terminal Enclosure

                     The Generator Terminal Enclosure (GTE) is a reach-in
                     weather-protected enclosure made of steel and/or aluminum
                     and is located on the generator. The GTE is convection
                     cooled through ventilation louvers to the outside of the
                     enclosure. The louvers are designed to inhibit debris from
                     entering into the compartment.

                     The GTE houses the following major electric components:

                     o   Neutral current transformers (CTs)
                     o   Line CTs
                     o   Lightning arresters
                     o   Neutral grounding transformer with secondary resistor
                     o   Fixed voltage transformers (VT)
                     o   89SS LCI disconnect switch
                     o   Motor operated neutral disconnect switch

              8.2.17.1 Interface Points

                     The primary interface points to the GTE are:

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.49
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   The line bus exits the GTE on the right side as viewed
                         from the collector end of the generator

                     o   The orientation of the line bus is right-center-left as
                         viewed from the side of the GTE from which the bus
                         exits

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.3           Gas Turbine-Generator Controls and Electric Auxiliaries

              8.3.1  Packaged Electronic and Electrical Control Compartment
                     (PEECC)

                     The PEECC is a completely enclosed compartment suitable for
                     outdoor installation. Heating, air conditioning,
                     compartment lighting, power outlets, temperature alarms,
                     and smoke detectors are provided for convenience and
                     protection of the equipment in the PEECC.

                     Electrical monitoring and control of the unit are
                     accomplished by the turbine control panel and the generator
                     control panel, which are mounted on a common skid and
                     located in the PEECC. The customer control local interface
                     is also located in the PEECC. In addition to the
                     control systems, the PEECC also houses the gas turbine
                     motor control centers and batteries, rack and charger (s).
                     The arrangement of the equipment is shown in the typical
                     compartment layout below.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.50
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

         Packaged Electronic and Electrical Control Compartment (PEECC)
                                   (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

              8.3.2  SPEEDTRONIC(TM) Mark VI Control System

                     The gas turbine control system, is a state-of-the-art
                     Triple Modular Redundant (TMR), microprocessor based
                     control system. The core of this system is the three
                     separate but identical control modules /R/, /S/, and /T/.
                     Each controller contains its own power supply, processor,
                     communications, and I/O for all of the critical control,
                     protection and sequencing of the gas turbine. Some backup
                     protection devices interface with the /P/ protection module
                     which consists of triple redundant sections labeled /X/,
                     /Y/, and /Z/. These sections provide independent backup
                     protection for certain critical functions such as emergency
                     overspeed protection and the phase-slip windows for synch
                     check protection

----------
(TM) A trademark of the General Electric Company

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.51
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     The three control modules, /R/, /S/, and /T/ acquire data
                     from triple-redundant sensors as well as from dual or
                     single sensors. All critical sensors for control loops and
                     trip protection are triple redundant. A major factor in the
                     high reliability achieved by TMR control systems is due in
                     considerable measure to the use of triple redundant sensors
                     for all critical parameters.

             8.3.2.1 Electronics

                     All of the micro-processor based electronics have a modular
                     design for ease of maintenance. Each control module
                     consists of a 21 slot VME type card rack with a processor
                     card, communication card, and I/O

                     cards. The I/O cards are connected to individual
                     termination boards by computer type cables with 37 pin "D"
                     type connectors. The termination boards have pluggable,
                     barrier type termination blocks. Cards and termination
                     boards can be arranged in various combinations and added in
                     the field for future expansion. Ethernet based local area
                     networks (LANs) are used to communicate between the control
                     modules, the backup protection module, any expansion
                     modules, and the operator interface. A real-time,
                     multi-tasking operating system is provided with floating
                     point data.

                              Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.52
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

                   SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI Control Configuration

                                   (Typical)

                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.53
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

           8.3.2.2   Shared Voting

                     An important part of the fault tolerant control
                     architecture is the method of reliably "voting" the inputs
                     and outputs without any single point failures. Each control
                     module reads its inputs and exchanges the data with the
                     other two control modules every time the application
                     software is executed - 40ms.

                     The voted value of each contact input and the median value
                     of each analog input is calculated within each control
                     module and then used as the resultant control parameter for
                     the application software. Diagnostic algorithms monitor
                     these inputs and initiate a diagnostic alarm if any
                     discrepancies are found between the three sets of inputs.
                     In addition, a 1ms time stamp is assigned to each contact
                     input to provide a built-in Sequence Of Events (SOE)
                     monitor.

                     Redundant contact inputs for trip functions are connected
                     to three separate termination points and then individually
                     voted. This enables the control system to survive multiple
                     failures of contact or analog inputs without causing an
                     erroneous trip command as long as the failures are not from
                     the same circuit.

                     An equally important part of the fault tolerance is the
                     hardware voting of analog and contact outputs. Three coil
                     servos on the valve actuators are separately driven from
                     each control module, and the position feedback is provided
                     with redundant LVDTs. Contact outputs to the hydraulic trip
                     solenoids are voted with three magnetic relays on each side
                     of the floating 125Vdc feeder to the solenoids.

            8.3.2.3  PC Based Operator Interface

                     The operator interface consists of a PC with a GE Fanuc
                     CIMPLICITYR graphics display system and a MicrosoftTM
                     Windows NTTM operating system. A color monitor, keyboard
                     and color printer are included. Client/server capability is
                     inherent with Windows NTTM and redundant server
                     configurations are supported

                     Remote access to the Human Machine Interface (HMI) is
                     provided for monitoring and/or control.

            8.3.2.4  Direct Sensor Interface

                     The input/output (I/O) is designed for direct interface to
                     turbine and generator devices such as vibration sensors,
                     flame sensors, LVDTs, magnetic speed pickups,
                     thermocouples, and RTDs. Direct monitoring of these sensors

                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.54
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     eliminates the need for interposing instrumentation with
                     its associated single point failures, reduces long term
                     maintenance, and enables the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI
                     diagnostics to directly monitor the health of the sensors
                     on the machinery. This data is then available to local
                     operator/maintenance stations.

                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.55
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

                     SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI Protective System
                                    (Typical)

                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.56
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Contact inputs are powered from the 125Vdc battery bus
                         through the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI termination boards.
                         Each contact input is optically isolated and has a 1 ms
                         time stamp for SOE monitoring.

                     o   Contact outputs are from plug-in, magnetic relays with
                         dry form "C" contact outputs. The control provides a
                         floating 125Vdc source and suppression to each solenoid
                         with a 3.2A slow-blow fuse on each side of the 125Vdc
                         feeder.

                     o   Analog I/O can be configured for 4-20ma, 0-1ma,
                         +/-5Vdc, +/-10Vdc inputs and 4-10ma or 0-200ma outputs.

                     o   Thermocouple inputs can be grounded or ungrounded, and
                         software linearization can be used to select type E,
                         J, K (standard), or T thermocouples on each point.

                     o   RTD inputs can be grounded or ungrounded, and software
                         linearization can be used to select 10 ohm copper, 100
                         ohm platinum (standard), or 120 ohm nickel RTDs on each
                         point.

                     o   Flame inputs are normally the Reuter Strokes type or
                         UV scanners.

                     o   Servo valve interface: each of the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI
                         controllers directly drives one of three coils on a
                         servo valve actuator. Redundant LVTDs are monitored by
                         the control for regulation of the servo loop in
                         software.

                     o   Seismic (velocity) vibration inputs are monitored
                         directly by the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI for trip protection
                         of the turbine and generator. The system provides
                         buffered outputs to BNC connectors to facilitate
                         plug-in analysis instrumentation.

                     o   A Bently Nevada Data Manager 2000 is also provided.

            8.3.2.5  Built-in Diagnostics

                     The SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI control system has extensive
                     built-in diagnostics and includes "power-up", background,
                     and manually initiated diagnostic routines capable of
                     identifying both control panel, sensor, and output device
                     faults. These faults are identified down to the board level
                     for the panel, and to the circuit level for the sensors and
                     actuators.

                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.57
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            8.3.2.6  Generator and Static Starter Interface

            8.3.2.7  Synchronizing Control and Monitoring

                     A pair of single phase PTs are monitored by the control
                     modules which match the turbine speed to the line frequency
                     and match the generator and line voltages via the LAN to
                     the generator excitation system. A command is issued to
                     close the breaker based on a calculated breaker closure
                     time. Diagnostics monitor the actual breaker closure time
                     and self-correct each time the breaker closes. The single
                     phase PTs are paralleled to the triple redundant protection
                     module for the backup synch check protection. The synch
                     check protection is used to backup the automatic
                     synchronizing and the manual synchronizing which is
                     implemented from a synchroscope display on an operator
                     station. Three phase PT inputs from the generator and line,
                     and single phase CT inputs are normally monitored by the
                     generator excitation control and transmitted to the turbine
                     control on the network

            8.3.2.8  Control System Overview

                     The control system consists of several networks. IONET is
                     an Ethernet based network for communication between the
                     three control modules, the three sections of the protection
                     module and any expansion modules. IONET uses Asynchronous
                     Drives Language (ADL) to "pole" the modules for data
                     instead of using the typical "collision detection"
                     techniques used in Ethernet LANs.

                     Genius BusTM can be used to communicate between the
                     SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI processor card and the GeniusTM family
                     of remote I/O instrumentation. The Genius bus is a LAN
                     consisting of a shielded, twisted-pair wire, daisy-chained
                     from block to block and terminated at both ends. A maximum
                     of 32 devices can be supported on the bus at 153.6Kbaud
                     (extended) which is recommended for most applications since
                     it provides improved noise immunity with little effect on
                     the bus scan time. The bus is a token passing network with
                     a typical bus scan time between 20 and 30ms.

                     The Unit Data Highway (UDH) is an Ethernet based network
                     which provides peer-to-peer communications between the
                     turbine and generator controls. This network uses Ethernet
                     Global Data (EGD) which is a message based protocol with
                     support for sharing information with multiple nodes based
                     on the UDP/IP standard. Data can be transmitted unicast,
                     multicast, or broadcast to peer control systems on the
                     network. Data (4K) can be shared between up to 10 nodes at
                     25Hz, and global time synchronization and time stamped data
                     is supported.

                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.58
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                      Turbine Generators and Static Starter
                                     Typical

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

                     Redundant servers (CIMPLICITY/Windows NT) isolate the unit
                     data highway from the Plant Data Highway. These servers and
                     clients can be used as local or remote operator and/or
                     maintenance stations and configured in a variety of
                     arrangements. The primary server can be provided with a
                     time synchronization interface to a Global Time Source
                     (GTS) which is typically implemented with IRIG-B. A backup
                     time master can be provided in a backup server. Network
                     Time Protocol (NTP) is used for internal time
                     synchronization with a +/-1ms time coherence.

                     The Plant Data Highway is used to communicate data to the
                     plant distributed control system or other third party
                     platforms. A variety of protocols are supported including
                     RS232 Modbus RTU master/slave, Ethernet TCP-IP Modbus
                     slave, and Ethernet TCP-IP with GSM (GEDS Standard
                     Messages).

                     The GSM Protocol provides:

                     o    Administration messages

                     o    Spontaneous event driven messages with local time tags

                     o    Periodic group data messages at periodic rates down to
                          1 second

                     o    Common request messages

                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.59
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            8.3.2.9  Scope of Control

                     The SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI control system provides complete
                     monitoring, control, and protection for gas
                     turbine-generator and auxiliary systems. The scope of
                     control is divided into three sections: control, sequencing
                     and protection.

                     o   Control

                         -   Start-up
                         -   Speed/load setpoint and governor
                         -   Temperature control
                         -   Guide vane control
                         -   Fuel control
                         -   Generator excitation setpoints
                         -   Synchronizing control (speed/voltage matching)
                         -   Emissions control

                     o   Sequencing

                         -   GT auxiliary systems (MSS starters)
                         -   Start-up, running, and shutdown
                         -   Purge and ignition
                         -   Fuel changeover
                         -   Alarm management
                         -   Synchronizing
                         -   Turning gear
                         -   Static start
                         -   H2 sequencing
                         -   Maintain starts, trips, and hours counters
                         -   Event counters
                             - Manually initiated starts
                             - Fired starts
                             - Fast load starts
                             - Emergency trips
                             - Time meters
                             - Fired time

                     o   Protection

                         -   Overspeed, redundant electronics

                                   Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.60
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Proposal            91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         - Overtemperature (including generator)
                         - Vibration
                         - Loss of flame
                         - Combustion monitor
                         - Redundant sensor CO2 fire protection
                         - Low lube oil pressure, high lube oil temperature,
                            etc.

          8.3.2.10   Gas Turbine Plant Operating Modes

          8.3.2.10.1 Starting/Loading

                     All starting is done automatically, with the operator given
                     the opportunity to hold the start-up sequence at either the
                     crank (pre-ignition) or fire (post-ignition,
                     pre-accelerate) points of the start-up. An "Auto" mode
                     selection results in a start without any holds.

                     Either before issuing a start command, or during the start,
                     the operator may make the following selections:

                     1.  Select or disable the automatic synchronization
                         capability of the turbine control. The auto
                         synchronizing system provides extremely accurate and
                         repeatable breaker closures based on phase angle, slip,
                         the rate of change of slip and the response time of the
                         breaker which is in the system memory.

                     2.  Select preselected load or base load. If a selection is
                         made the unit will automatically load to the selected
                         point and control there. If no selection is made the
                         unit will load to a low load referred to as "Spinning
                         Reserve" automatically upon synchronization; be it
                         automatic or manual. The turbine governor is
                         automatically regulated to maintain the megawatt
                         setting assigned to "Spinning Reserve".

          8.3.2.10.2 Operating

                     Once the unit is on line, it may be controlled either
                     manually or automatically from the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI
                     operator interface. Manual control is provided by the
                     governor raise/lower control displayed on the operator
                     interface screen. Automatic operating is switched on when
                     the operator selects a load point from the turbine control
                     interface. The control is capable of either droop or
                     isochronous governing.

                     For a fully automatic start with automatic loading to base
                     load, the operator selects "Auto" operating mode, enables
                     auto synchronization and selects

                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.61
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     "Base" load. Given a "Start" signal, the unit will then
                     start, synchronize, and load to base load with no further
                     input on the part of the operator.

          8.3.2.10.3 Shutdown

                     On shutdown, the system will automatically unload and
                     return to turning gear operation. The unit will stay on
                     turning gear until an operator turns it off. (Note: the
                     operator must insure the unit is sufficiently cool before
                     shutting off turning gear to avoid temporary rotor bow due
                     to heat.)

          8.3.2.11   Operating System and Application Software

                     The SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI control is a fully programmable
                     control system. Application software is created from
                     in-house software automation tools which select proven GE
                     control and protection algorithms and integrate them with
                     the I/O, sequencing, and displays for each application.
                     Floating point data (IEEE-854) can be run at frame rates
                     down to 10ms. Changes to the application software can be
                     made with password protection and downloaded to the control
                     module while the turbine is running. All application
                     software is stored in the control module in non-volatile
                     (flash) memory. Application software is executed
                     sequentially and represented in a ladder diagram format. A
                     library of software building blocks allows maintenance
                     personnel to add or change analog loops, sequencing logic,
                     etc. Math blocks are also available. Application software
                     documentation is created directly from the source code, and
                     it can be printed at the site. This includes the primary
                     elementary diagram, I/O assignments, the settings of tuning
                     constants, etc.

          8.3.2.12   Human Machine Interface (HMI)

                     The Human Machine Interface is a single powerful, flexible
                     and user friendly operator interface which brings together
                     all of the displays and functions needed for real-time
                     control and monitoring of turbomachinery processes,
                     auxiliary equipment, driven devices and process alarms
                     associated with power plant control.

                     The HMI system provides the infrastructure needed to meet
                     the demanding requirements of delivering process
                     information from a broader spectrum of controllers and
                     compute platforms as well as accessing and delivering
                     information to a customer's business enterprise system and
                     balance of plant control system.

                     Designed with an open system concept, the system uses
                     standard open hardware and operating system software. The
                     HMI's software system uses the

                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.62
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     Windows NT client-server architecture from Microsoft which
                     provides builtin multi-tasking, networking and security
                     features. The ability to run the system on conventional PC
                     based platforms minimizes cost, promotes open interfaces,
                     permits system scalability, and ensures longevity of
                     investment and future enhancement.

          8.3.2.12.1 HMI Product Structure

                     GE Fanuc's CIMPLICITY HMI system serves as the basic core
                     system, which is enhanced by the addition of power plant
                     control hardware and software from GE Industrial Systems.
                     The HMI configuration consists of several distinct
                     elements:

                     o   HMI Server - The server is the hub of the system and
                         provides data support and system management. The HMI
                         server also has the responsibility for device
                         communication for both internal and external
                         interchanges. The gas turbine control system can have
                         redundant communications with two HMI servers.

                     o   HMI Viewer (Client) - (If provided) the viewer provides
                         the visualization function for the system and is the
                         client of the distributed client-server system. The
                         viewer contains the operator interface application
                         software for issuing commands, viewing screen
                         graphics, data values, alarms and trends, and providing
                         system logs and reports. The gas turbine control system
                         can have redundant communications with up to four HMI
                         servers and/or viewers. The first HMI will be a server;
                         additional HMIs can be a server or viewer depending on
                         the plant control configuration.

          8.3.2.12.2 HMI Product Features

                     o   Graphics - The key functions of the HMI system are
                         performed by its graphic system, which provides the
                         operator with process visualization and control in a
                         real-time environment. In the HMI system this important
                         interface is accomplished using CimEdit, a graphics
                         editing package, and CimView, a high performance
                         runtime viewing package.

                     o   Alarm Viewer - The alarm management functions of the
                         HMI system are provided by Alarm Viewer. Alarm Viewer
                         handles routing of alarms to the proper operator and
                         alarm sorting and filtering by priority, plant unit,
                         time, or source device.

                     o   Trending - HMI trending, based on object linking and
                         embedding technology, provides powerful data analysis
                         capabilities. Trending capabilities include graphing
                         collected data and making data comparisons

                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.63
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         between current and past variable data for quick
                         identification of process problems.

                     o   Point Control Panel - The HMI point panel provides a
                         listing of points in the system with dynamically
                         updating point values and alarm status. Operators have
                         the ability to view and set local and remote points,
                         enable and disable alarm generation, modify alarm
                         limits, and filter and sort points selectively.

                     o   Basic Control Engine - The basic control engine allows
                         users to define control actions to take in response to
                         system events. It monitors event occurrence and
                         executes configured actions in response. The basic
                         control engine is supported by an event editor for
                         defining actions in response to system events and a
                         program editor for programming more complex actions.

                     o   User Roles and Privileges - CIMPLICITY allows
                         configuration of system users to control access and
                         privileges.

                     o   DDE Application Interface - The DDE Interface allows
                         other Windows applications that use Microsoft standard
                         and Advanced DDE to obtain easy access to HMI point
                         data. Users can integrate software that supports DDE to
                         monitor, analyze, report or modify the HMI point data.
                         In addition the HMI provides advances DDE client
                         communication for data collection from third party
                         devices.

          8.3.2.12.3 Operator Functions

                     o   Display Management - Display management provides
                         overall display functions to meet the needs of the
                         turbine plant. Displayed data is a combination of data
                         received over Ethernet from GE third party servers and
                         over the Stage Link from gas turbine controllers. Alarm
                         display includes both connection to gas turbine alarm
                         queues and external PLC systems.

                     o   Hold List Display - The hold list is a set of
                         conditions which must be met at certain times, speeds
                         and operating modes in the turbine startup for systems
                         which have Automatic Turbine Startup functions. The HMI
                         provides for creation, modification, display, printing,
                         down and uploading, compiling and reverse translation
                         of a hold list of up to 64 points.

                     o   Reactive Capability Display - Reactive capability
                         display shows an X-Y display of real and reactive
                         power. The plot shows three lines of generator
                         capability as a function of generator coolant
                         temperature or hydrogen pressure.

                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.64
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Timer, Counter, Accumulator Display - This function
                         shows the settings and totals in the turbine
                         controllers.

                     o   Screen Copy - Screen copy makes a copy of screen image
                         and stores it in the Window clipboard for display,
                         printing, directing to a file, or electronic
                         transmission

                     o   Trip History - Trip history data collected from each
                         turbine controller can be plotted, printed as tabular
                         data, or transmitted electronically for remote
                         analysis.

                     o   Process Alarm Management - The features of process
                         alarm management help the operator to make a proper
                         response to alarms and include the following:
                         -   Alarm queue display for each turbine unit
                             controller
                         -   Main alarm display including all plant alarms
                         -   Alarm lockout for toggling alarm conditions
                         -   Alarm notepad function for adding explanatory notes
                             to each active alarm drop number for each panel
                         -   Linking alarms to pre-selected display screens
                         -   Alarm help utilities for storing more detailed
                             descriptions of alarms and their intended functions
                         -   Distinguishing display of control system diagnostic
                             alarms from regular alarm or events

          8.3.2.12.4 Maintenance and Tool Support

                     o   Remote Maintenance Access - The HMI system supports
                         remote maintenance access for field installation,
                         troubleshooting, and resolving general maintenance
                         problems of the controller and HMI systems. In remote
                         access, a computer in the remote location appears as a
                         view node on the site system. Capabilities include
                         operation displays, configuration of the HMI, real-time
                         and historical data retrieval, and diagnostic alarms.

                     o   Diagnostic Alarms - Diagnostic alarms specifically
                         pertain to the control system and help operators and
                         maintenance personnel respond to control system
                         problems. Functions associated with diagnostic alarms
                         include sorting and grouping capabilities, printing
                         alarms on the HMI alarm printer (if selected), and help
                         utilities to identify alarm and intended response.

                     o   View Programs - This special data collection programs
                         provide collection of data necessary to troubleshoot
                         the turbine unit control systems. These

                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.65
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         programs create diagnostic data files that are stored
                         for later analysis. Files can be displayed, trended,
                         printed, faxed or transferred.

                     o   Logic Forcing - The HMI supports logic forcing and
                         maintains the identity and status of forced points.

                     o   Control Constants - Control constants are tune-up
                         parameters and variables that change with each
                         application and may change from time to time during the
                         life of an installation. The HMI displays control
                         constants values for a given control unit and allows
                         adjustment of the values with appropriate ramp rates
                         and min and max values. A tool is included to create
                         and maintain a control constant file on a unit basis
                         which can be downloaded to the unit controller.

                     o   Configuration Tools - The HMI system provides tools to
                         configure a turbine control panel including:

                         -  Control Sequence Program (CSP) editor to edit
                            existing control program segments and to create new
                            program segments
                         -  I/O configurator for embedded turbine control I/O
                            software
                         -  Panel configuration including maintenance of the
                            Data Dictionary File System (DDFS) and the Control
                            Signal Data Base (CSDB)
                         -  Capability to configure the turbine control backup
                            operator interface
                         -  Ability to configure the turbine control unit trip
                            logs

          8.3.2.12.5 Hardware

                     o   Intel based PC with 266 MHz Pentium II processor
                         (or better)

                     o   64 MB RAM with 512 KB cache memory

                     o   Hard drive 4.3GB or greater (multiple on historian)

                     o   Floppy drive 1.44 MB

                     o   Video card with 2 MB DRAM

                     o   17 inch monitor

                     o   CD- 24x (or better), with multi-read capability

                     o   2 serial and 1 parallel port

                     o   Windows NT operating system

                     o   Keyboard

                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.66
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Trackball or mouse

                     o   Ethernet interface

                     o   DAT tape drives on Historian and engineering
                         workstations

                     o   Modems on HMI servers

          8.3.2.12.6 Communications Interfaces

                     The HMI uses Stage Link as its mechanism for communication
                     with GE turbine controllers and ancillary equipment. Stage
                     Link allows the HMI to be located remotely and enables a
                     single HMI to communicate with up to eight turbine
                     controllers.

                     The HMI allows Modbus interfaces with other systems such as
                     DCS.

          8.3.3      Bently Nevada 3500 Monitoring System

                     The gas turbine and generator are equipped with orthogonal
                     proximity probes at each bearing to detect radial motion of
                     the shaft relative to the bearing. Axial position of the
                     gas turbine rotor is sensed by two axial position proximity
                     probes. Each probe is connected to a proximitor.

                     The Bently Nevada 3500 Monitor is a 19 in., sixteen
                     position (fourteen available), panel mount rack containing
                     four proximitor cards each of which can accept up to four
                     channels. (The cards must be programmed for the
                     application.) The system has one monitor card for each of
                     the two turbine rotor axial position probe inputs, one
                     monitor card for the radial X-Y probes from the two turbine
                     bearings and one monitor card for the radial X-Y probes
                     from the two generator bearings. The radial bearing monitor
                     provides values for the overall amplitude, 1X amplitude, 1X
                     phase, 2X amplitude and 2X phase.

                     Features of the system include:

                     o   Alert and danger relay outputs - one pair for the axial
                         position monitor and one pair which is shared by all
                         the radial monitors

                     o   A communication card for serial data interface to the
                         GE on-site monitor

                     o   AC power supply

                     o   KeyPhasor card

                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.67
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Rack configuration software for programming the rack
                         functions including a serial interface cable for
                         connecting the RIM card to the customer's computer. (A
                         customer-supplied Microsoft Windows based computer is
                         required.)

          8.3.4      Performance Monitoring Package

                     In conjunction with a centralized control system, the
                     performance monitoring package provides signals which are
                     used to compare turbine airflow versus performance. These
                     data can be used to determine the need for maintenance
                     such as compressor water wash. The package is connected to
                     a control compartment wall-mounted cabinet which contains
                     transducers for 4-20 ma signals.

                     The following equipment is provided:

                     o   Barometer

                     o   Compressor inlet total pressure and static pressure
                         probes

                     o   Compressor discharge pressure probe

                     o   Exhaust pressure probe

                     o   Algorithms provided via the Mark V control panel

                     o   Natural gas flow measurement

          8.3.5      Transducers

                     o   Barometric pressure transmitter (96AP)

                     o   Compressor bellmouth differential pressure transmitter
                         (96BD)

                     o   Compressor inlet air total pressure transmitter (96CS)

                     o   Compressor discharge pressure transmitter (96CD)

                     o   Exhaust pressure transmitter (96EP)

                     o   Compressor temperature inlet flange (CT-IF-3/R)

          8.3.6      Motor Control Center

                     The motor control center contains circuit protective
                     devices and power distribution equipment to supply
                     electrical power to all packaged power plant

                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.68
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     devices as defined on the electrical one line diagram. The
                     motor control center is manufactured and tested in
                     accordance with NEMA ICS-2 and UL Standard No. 845.
                     Vertical sections and individual units will be UL (CSA)
                     Labeled where possible. The motor control center is located
                     in the PEECC.

          8.3.7      Generator Protection Panel

                     The heart of the generator protection panel is the digital
                     multifunction relay integration with the gas turbine
                     control system panel. The generator protection panel
                     incorporates this feature along with generator metering and
                     watt and VAR transducers for turbine control.

                     The following page presents a typical one-line diagram for
                     the generator protection panel. The diagram and the tables
                     which follow it illustrate the digital protection features
                     and metering. For job-specific details please refer to the
                     oneline diagram in the drawings section of the proposal.

                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.69
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                            Standard Generator Panel
                                   (Typical)

                             [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

           8.3.7.1   Digital Generator Protection (DGP) Features

                     --------------------------------------------
                           Measurement                   Value
                     --------------------------------------------
                         Overexcitation                    24
                     --------------------------------------------

                                        Turbine-Generator              Page 8.70
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Undervoltage                            27G
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Reverse Power / Anti-Motoring                     32-1
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Loss of Excitation                                40-1,2
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Current Unbalance / Negative Phase Sequence       46
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     System Phase Fault                                51V
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Overvoltage                             59
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Stator Ground Detection                           64G/59GN
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Over Frequency                          81O-1,2
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Differential                            87G
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Voltage Transformer Fuse Failure                  VTFF
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

          8.3.7.2    Generator Digital Multimeter

                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                              Measurement                             Value
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Volts                                   VM
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Amps                                    AM
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator megawatts                               MW
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator megaVARs                                MVAR
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator MVA                                     MVA
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator frequency                               FM
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Power Factor                            PF
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

          8.3.7.3    Digital Generator Protection (DGP)

                     The digital generator protection system uses microprocessor
                     technology to obtain a numerical relay system for a wide
                     range of protection, monitoring, control and recording
                     functions for the generator. Redundant internal power
                     supplies and extensive diagnostic and self-test routines
                     provide dependability and system security.

                     The DGP provides the commonly used protective functions in
                     one package, including 100% stator ground fault detection
                     using third harmonic voltage monitoring. Adaptive frequency
                     sampling is used to provide better fault protection during
                     off-normal frequencies such as startup.

                     The DGP can store in memory the last 100 sequence of
                     events, 120 cycles of oscillography fault recording, and
                     the last three fault reports

                     The system features a local Human-Machine Interface with
                     integral keypad, 16 character display, and target LEDs for
                     entering settings, displaying present

                                          Turbine-Generator            Page 8.71
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Proposal    91578 AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     values, viewing fault target information, and accessing
                     stored data. In addition, two RS-232 serial communication
                     ports are provided for local and remote computer access.
                     (Please Note: The Personal Computer (PC) is not part of
                     this offering.)

          8.3.7.4    System Backup Distance Protection (21)

                     Distance relays are typically used instead of overcurrent
                     with voltage restraint when the lines leaving the station
                     bus have distance or pilot relay protection schemes and the
                     generator ties the station bus through a step-up
                     transformer. This protection scheme is designed to protect
                     the generator from faults in the adjacent system which are
                     not cleared by the first line relays. The standard relay is
                     an LPSO three phase digital relay with internal timing
                     function.

          8.3.7.5    Gas Turbine Control System Integration

                     In addition to the relaying mounted in the generator
                     protection panel, the gas turbine control system handles
                     protective functions such as generator temperature
                     protection, synchronizing check, backup frequency and
                     reverse power.

                     Generator control and monitoring are primarily accomplished
                     via the gas turbine control system operator interface. The
                     operator interface handles manual and auto-synchronizing,
                     speed raise/lower, voltage raise/lower, and generator
                     breaker control. Also displayed are frequency and voltage
                     for the generator and bus, breaker status, field current
                     and voltage, along with the status of permissives.

          8.3.8      Static Voltage Regulator for Bus Fed Excitation

                     The exciter is a digital, static, potential source
                     excitation system. The system comes equipped with a
                     full-wave thryristor bridge, which supplies excitation
                     power to the rotating field winding of the main ac
                     generator. In addition, all control and protective
                     functions are implemented in the system software. Digital
                     technology following is a one-line diagram of the
                     excitation system.

                                           Turbine-Generator           Page 8.72
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Proposal     91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

           Static Excitation System with Redundant Bridge and Control
                                    (Typical)

           [GRAPHIC GOES HERE]

           8.3.8.1   System Components

                     The exciter is comprised of the following four basic
                     components as described below:

                     1.  Power conversion module
                     2.  Digital controller
                     3.  Excitation transformer
                     4.  Communication interface

           8.3.8.1.1 Power Conversion Module

                     A three phase, full-wave thyristor bridge is the standard
                     conversion module for the digital excitation system. The
                     standard current capability of the bridge is 6% above the
                     calculated rated full load field current of the generator.

                                            Turbine-Generator          Page 8.73
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Proposal     91578AG(05/00)Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     The thyristor bridge assembly is forced air cooled. The
                     cooling assemblies are all energized during normal
                     operation. Thermostats are used to monitor the power
                     conversion module temperature. An alarm is provided for a
                     high temperature level and a trip is provided at a higher
                     temperature level.

          8.3.8.1.2  Excitation Transformer

                     The excitation transformer (power potential transformer) is
                     separate from the exciter. The power to the transformer is
                     obtained from a station auxiliary bus. The purpose of this
                     transformer is to step the voltage down to the required
                     level for the excitation system.

                     With the use of a regulator in the static exciter, it is
                     not necessary to specify transformer full capacity taps
                     above and below normal on the primary winding. The
                     transformer rating is chosen so that the transformer can
                     deliver the excitation required for the application at 110%
                     rated generator terminal voltage on a continuous basis.

          8.3.8.1.3  Digital Controller

                     The digital controller consists of several microprocessor
                     I/O boards, and a power supply. Cell gating of the SCRs is
                     controlled by one of the microprocessors. If redundant
                     controls are provided, each controller section has its own
                     power supply to ensure backup in the event of a power
                     supply failure.

          8.3.8.1.4  Communication Interface

                     The turbine control interface (HMI or) is the primary
                     interface with the exciter. Communication between the
                     turbine control and exciter utilizes a single or redundant
                     datalink. All exciter control logic and display data
                     utilize this datalink. The exciter trip contact (94EX) is
                     hardwired directly to the generator lockout relay and a
                     single global alarm contact (30EX) is hardwired to the
                     turbine control.

          8.3.8.2    System Features

                     Following are descriptions of selected features of the
                     exciter system. For a complete list of system features and
                     accessories, please refer to the Scope of Supply section of
                     the proposal.

                                           Turbine-Generator           Page 8.74
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Proposal     91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          8.3.8.2.1  Interface with the Gas Turbine Control System

                     The exciter is connected to the gas turbine control system
                     through a digital datalink. This enables the gas turbine
                     control system to provide a digital window into the exciter
                     through which all pertinent variables can be monitored and
                     controlled.

          8.3.8.2.2  Protection Controller

                     The protection controller is separate from the main
                     controller(s) and serves as a backup to the limiters
                     located within the controller. The output of the protection
                     controls transfer to backup control/bridge. The protection
                     features provided are as follows:

                     o   Volts/Hertz, dual level (24EX)
                     o   Loss of excitation (40EX)
                     o   Bridge ac phase unbalance (47EX)

          8.3.8.2.3  Spare Power Conversion Module as Redundant Bridge

                     A complete digital controller and rectifier bridge are
                     provided as backup to the primary controller and bridge.

                     If the protection module senses a condition that would
                     normally initiate a trip signal, it will force a transfer
                     to the redundant system before the trip contact is
                     necessary. The transfer to the redundant system occurs with
                     the generator online and does not affect generator output.

          8.3.8.2.4  Power System Stabilizer (PSS)

                     The power system stabilizer function is incorporated into
                     the exciter software. A signal representing the integral of
                     accelerating power is introduced into the automatic voltage
                     regulator algorithm to enable the generator to produce and
                     transmit large power levels in a stable manner by reducing
                     low frequency rotor oscillations

          8.3.8.2.5  Enclosure

                     The exciter, located in a NEMA-1 stand-alone enclosure,
                     contains the SCR power conversion module and regulator with
                     all standard control and protection functions, plus
                     auxiliary functions such as the de-excitation module and
                     shaft voltage suppression circuit.

                                           Turbine-Generator           Page 8.75
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Proposal     91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                     g
                                GE Power Systems
---------------------------------

                     9.   Customer Scope of Supply
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     9.1  Gas Turbine-Generator Systems .....................9.1

                     9.2  Civil............................................. 9.6

                     9.3  Installation/Erection..............................9.6

                     9.4  Start-Up/Test......................................9.7

                     9.5  Interconnecting Piping, Wire, and Cable............9.7
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     To provide a complete operational installation, additional
                     equipment and services not included in this proposal must
                     be provided by the customer or the installer. These
                     include, but are not limited to, the following:
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    9.1   Gas Turbine-Generator Systems

          9.1.1     Fuel System

                    o   Liquid fuel in accordance with GEI-41047, Gas Turbine
                        Liquid Fuel Specifications (see Reference Documents
                        chapter)

                        -- Storage tank(s) and piping to the fuel forwarding
                             skid inlet

                        -- Piping from the forwarding skid outlet to the
                             turbine inlet connection
                        Note:  Customer shall provide fuel analyses of actual
                        operating fuel at or before the time of commitment to
                        purchase.

                    o   Gas fuel in accordance with GEI-41040, Process
                        Specification Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty
                        Gas Turbines (see Reference Documents chapter)

                        -- Gas heating to 50(degree)F (28(degree)C) above dew
                             point

                        -- Gas supply shutoff valve located remotely from the
                           unit

          9.1.1.1   Customer Gas Fuel Systems Supply Requirements

          9.1.1.1.1 Summary of Typical Natural Gas Fuel Supply Conditions

                    1.  The gas fuel pressures specified in this document are
                        referenced to FG1. This point identifies the purchaser
                        connection as shown on the Purchaser Connection
                        Drawing.

    GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION       Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.1
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal           91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                    2.  The fuel gas delivered to the turbine is to meet the
                        most recent revision of the Process Specification Fuel
                        Gases For Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines -
                        GEI-41040.

                    3.  Maximum supply pressure excursions are limited to
                        either 1% per second ramp or 5% step. The 1% per second
                        ramp is applicable over the range of minimum pressure
                        requirement to maximum operating pressure. The 5% step
                        is applicable over the range of minimum pressure
                        requirement to 95% of maximum operating pressure and
                        with a maximum of one 5% step change in 5 seconds.

                    4.  Provide over-pressure protection, (including safety
                        valve accumulation), such that the maximum mechanical
                        design pressure is not exceeded at FG1.

                    5.  ANSI Class VI shut-off in the gas fuel supply line
                        should be provided by the stop/speed ratio valve. If
                        the supply conditions (pressure and temperature) exceed
                        the Class VI shut off limitation on the stop/speed
                        ratio valve, then an automated, hydraulically
                        controlled, Class VI shut-off valve is to be installed
                        upstream of the stop/speed ratio valve.

          9.1.1.1.2 Fuel Supply Pressure Requirements

                                    Measurement                       Value
                    Model Series                                      7241FA
                    Combustor                                         DLN
                    Maximum Mechanical Design Pressure psig           550
                    Maximum Operating Pressure psig                   475
                    Minimum required pressure psig                    425
                    Maximum temperature at minimum pressure(degree)F  120
                    Customer fuel modified Wobbe Index = Btu/((SCF)   To be
                    ((degree)R(circumflex)1/2))                       determined

                    1.  The minimum pressure is specified at FG1 with respect
                        to the model series, fuel temp, ambient conditions,
                        combustor, and customer design fuel.

                    2.  Maximum mechanical design pressure is specified to
                        provide over-pressure protection, (including safety
                        valve accumulation), such that the maximum mechanical
                        design pressure value is not exceeded at FG1.

                    3.  Maximum operating pressure refers to the maximum
                        turndown capability of the speed ratio valve.

   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.2
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal           91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  4.  Minimum pressure required is referenced to the coldest
                      ambient temperature and the maximum fuel temperature.
                      This value is applicable across the range of operation.

                  5.  Minimum fuel temp required superheat above the
                      hydrocarbon dewpoint at FG1 is quoted in GEI41040.

                  6.  The Modified Wobbe Index allowable variation from that
                      quoted in the table is+/-5%.

                               Fuel Pressure Reference Points
                                        (typical)

                                    [GRAPHIC GOES HERE]

                  NOTES:

                  1.  FG1 is the customer connection point to the gas fuel
                      module. FG1 is the reference point for all pressures
                      quoted in this standard.
                  2.  P1 is the pressure at the inlet to the stop/speed ratio
                      valve.
                  3.  P2 is the inter-valve pressure between the stop/speed
                      ratio valve and the gas control valve.
                  4.  P3 is the discharge pressure from the gas control
                      valve.
                  5.  P4 is the pressure at the combustor end cover.
                  6.  Pcd is the compressor discharge pressure measured in
                      the compressor discharge casing.
                  7.  Pcc is the pressure at the discharge tip of the fuel
                      nozzle.
                  8.  All pressures shown in this diagram are static
                      pressure.
                  9.  If the stop/speed ratio valve is not capable of class 6
                      shut-off, then a class 6 shut-off valve is installed
                      upstream of the SRV
                                                                 fuelsys 104

          9.1.2   Water Injection System

                  o   Demineralized water for the water injection system in
                      accordance with the following:

                          Measurement                                  Value
                  Total solids                                       5 ppm max
                  Total trace metals: sodium + potassium + lithium   0.5 ppm max
                  + vanadium + lead)
                  pH                                                 6.5 - 7.5

   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.3
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal           91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  Where contaminants are present in the water, the total limits
                  in the fuel, water and air should be controlled such that the
                  total concentration equivalent in the fuel (from all sources)
                  conforms to the following limits:

                       Contaminant                  Max Equivalent Concentration
                                                             (ppm-weight)
                    Sodium plus Potassium plus lithium         1.0
                    Lead                                       1.0
                    Vanadium                                   0.5
                    Calcium                                    2.0

                  The water quality requirement can generally be satisfied by
                    demineralized water.

          9.1.3   Lube Oil System

                  o Mineral lube oil in accordance with GE Lube Oil
                    Recommendations (see Reference Documents chapter)

          9.1.4   Inlet System

                  o Inlet heating interconnecting piping

          9.1.5   Exhaust System

                  o External exhaust system finish paint including any tie coats

          9.1.6   Gas Turbine Packaging

                  o Vent and drain piping or ducting, as needed o Exterior
                    unit walkways by customer, mounting pads by GE

          9.1.7   Cleaning Systems

                  o Water for compressor cleaning system in accordance with
                    Gas Turbine Compressor Washing--Liquid Washing
                    Recommendations (see Reference Documents chapter)

   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.4
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal           91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          9.1.8   Cooling Water System

                  o Coolant in accordance with GE cooling system specifications
                    for gas turbine lubrication, turbine supports, atomizing
                    air and generator cooling systems (see Reference Documents
                    chapter)

          9.1.9   Starting System

                  o LCI heat exchanger piping
                  o LCI system cables
                  o LCI isolation transformer breaker and protection
                  o Start-up PPT overcurrent relays

          9.1.10  Miscellaneous Systems

                  o Station instrument air for start-up
                  o Interconnecting piping between the accessory compartment
                    and liquid fuel/atomizing air skid

          9.1.11  Generator

                  o Hydrogen gas manifold
                    -- H2 bottle manifold
                    -- CO2 bottle manifold

          9.1.12  Electrical Auxiliaries

                  o AC electric power for gas turbine auxiliaries
                  o Electric power for station auxiliaries
                  o Line side current
                    and potential transformers
                  o Generator circuit breaker
                  o ISO-phase bus duct

   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.5
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal           91578AG(05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          9.2      Civil

                   o Foundation design and construction with all embedments
                     including sub-sole plates, anchor bolts, and conduit
                   o Grounding grid and connections
                   o Necessary drainage, including sumps and piping

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          9.3      Installation/Erection

                   o Qualified labor including foremen and superintendents
                     needed for supervision
                   o Transportation, unloading, placement on foundation and
                     installation of the equipment offered in this Proposal
                   o Construction services including electric
                     power, lighting, temporary heaters, test
                     equipment, compressed air, crane(s) and all
                     required standard tools
                   o Storage and security for equipment received
                   o Finish paint including any special external
                     finish paints required for corrosion
                     protection with any required tie coats
                   o Access, necessary authorizations, and office
                     facilities for GE personnel required during
                     installation and start-up
                   o All interconnecting piping between turbine-generator
                     equipment and auxiliary skids
                   o All interconnecting cables between turbine-generator
                     equipment and auxiliary skids
                   o Typical wire, cable and piping supplied by the customer
                     are illustrated in sketches at the end of this section

                   Note: For a more detailed description of GE and customer
                   responsibilities during installation, see the Technical
                   Advisory Services or Installation chapter of this proposal.

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION           Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.6
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal          91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          9.4    Start-Up/Test

                            o  Fuel and load for tests
                            o  Operating personnel for starting, preliminary
                               runs and tests
                            o  Lubricating fluid, greases, and supplies for
                               starting, preliminary runs, tests and normal
                               operation thereafter
                            o  All field performance tests conducted in
                               accordance with GE recommended test
                               procedure (see Reference Documents chapter)

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          9.5    Interconnecting Piping, Wire, and Cable

                            Following are interconnecting piping, wire and cable
                            illustrations which are intended to convey the
                            connections required for customer supply. Relative
                            locations of equipment may differ from those
                            depicted in the illustrations. See Scope of Supply
                            chapter for equipment offered.

   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.7
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal          91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                          Mechanical and Off Base Skid
                       Interconnecting Piping by Customer
                                    (Typical)

                              [GRAPHIC GOES HERE]

   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.8
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal          91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                            Electrical Off Base Skid
                   Interconnecting Wire and Cable by Customer
                                    (Typical)

                              [GRAPHIC GOES HERE]

   GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION        Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.9
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal          91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                   g
                                GE Power Systems
---------------------------------

                  10. Codes and Standards
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    10.1 Gas Turbine-Generator

                  GE considers the applicable sections of the following US and
                  ISO codes and standards to be the most relevant for the gas
                  turbine equipment. Our designs and procedures are generally
                  compliant with the applicable section for the following:
<TABLE>
                  <S>                        <C>

                  ANSI/ASCE 7-1995           Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
                                             Structures (Used for snow loads)

                  ANSI/ASME B1.1-1989        Unified Inch Screw Threads (GE complies at the
                                             customer's connection)

                  ANSI/ASME B1.20.1-1983     General Purpose (Inch) Pipe Threads
                  (R1992)

                  ANSI/ASME B16.5-1996       Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

                  ANSI/ASME B16.9-1993       Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings

                  ANSI/ASME B16.21-1992      Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
                                             (Spiral-wound gaskets per API 601 may be used,
                                             particularly in turbine compartment piping.)

                  ANSI/ASME B31.3-1996       Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping Gas
                                             turbine piping systems comply, with the exceptions
                                             to the following paragraphs:

                                             6.6.1 The standard factory performance test
                                             serves as the leak test for all gas turbine piping
                                             systems on units and peripheral skids/hardware
                                             except as noted on 6.6.2.

                                             6.6.2 Fuel gas and steam injection systems are
                                             tested as individual fabrications at 1.5 times their
                                             design operating pressures.

                  ANSI/ASME PTC-36-1985      Measurement of Industrial Sound (Used for Near-
                  (R1998)                    field Measurements Only)

                  ANSI B133.2-1977 (R1997)   Basic Gas Turbine. GE complies, with the following
                                             exception to paragraph 8.5:

                                             Loose items such as jackscrews and eyebolts are
                                             not furnished. Provisions for use of such items are
                                             not included in the design.

                  ANSI B133.3-1981 (R1994)   Gas Turbine-Procurement Standard-Auxiliary
                                             Equipment (GE complies fully with design
                                             portions only. GE uses its own lube oil
                                             flushing procedure. Atomizing air
                                             receiver is not applicable.)

                  ANSI B133.4-1978 (R1997)   Gas Turbine Control and Protection Systems
                  ANSI B133.5-1978 (R1997)   Gas Turbine Electrical Equipment

</TABLE>

                                     Codes and Standards               Page 10.1
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Proposal          91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                  <S>                          <C>

                  ANSI B133.8-1977 (R1989)     Gas Turbine Installation Sound Emission (Used for
                                               Far-field Measurements Only)

                  ANSI/NFPA 12-1998            Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems

                  ANSI/NFPA 70-1999            National Electrical Code (Electrical components are
                                               designed to meet the intent of this Code for Class
                                               1, Group D, Div. 2, Hazardous area classification,
                                               where appropriate.)

                  ANSI/IEEE C37-1995           Guides and Standards for Circuit Breakers,
                                               Switchgear, Substations and Fuses

                  ANSI/IEEE C37.1-1994         Definition, Specification and Analysis of Systems
                                               Used for Supervisory Control, Data Acquisition and
                                               Automatic Control

                  ANSI/IEEE C37.2-1996         Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers (GE complies
                                               with respect to device designations except that, in a few cases,
                                               device numbers were modified or added to fit GE's needs.)

                  ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1-1989      Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Protective Relays
                  (R1994)                      and Relay Systems (Salem Controls)

                  ANSI/IEEE C37.101-1993       Guide for Generator Ground Protection as Applicable to High
                                               Impedance Grounding (Method I)

                  ANSI/IEEE C57-1995           Compilation of all C57 Transformer Standards

                  ANSI C50.10-1990             Rotating Electrical Machinery - Synchronous Machines

                  ANSI C50.13-1989             Rotating Electrical Machinery - Cylindrical Rotor
                                               Synchronous Generators

                  ANSI C50.14-1977 (R1989)     Requirements for Combustion Gas Turbine-Driven
                                               Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous Generators (GE does not provide
                                               a peak reserverating. Not all of the prototype tests indicated in
                                               Table 2 have necessarily been conducted.)

                  ANSI/IEEE 100-1996           Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms

                  NEMA MG1-1993                Motors and Generators

                  NEMA MG2-1989 (R1994)        Safety Standard for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation
                                               and Use of Electric Motors and Generators

                  NEMA TR1-1993                Transformers, Regulators and Reactors

                  NFPA 30-1996                 Flammable and Combustible Liquids (GE complies with NFPA 30 with
                                               regard to those sections of this standard that are applicable to
                                               gas turbines.)

                  NFPA 497A-1992               Classification of Class I Hazardous (Classified) Locations for
                                               Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas

</TABLE>

                                           Codes and Standards        Page 10.2
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Proposal    91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                  <S>                          <C>
                  NFPA 8506-1995               Standard on Heat Recovery Steam Generator Systems (GE complies
                                               with NFPA 8506 as amended by Tentative Interim Amendment 95-1,
                                               with regard to those sections of this standard that are
                                               applicable to gas turbines.)

                  ANSI S1.4-1983 (R1997)       Specification for Sound Level Meters

                  ANSI S1.13-1995              Methods for the Measurement of Sound Pressure Levels

                  ANSI/SAE/J184-Feb. 87        Qualifying a Sound Data Acquisition System

                  AGMA 6011-H97                Specification for High-Speed Helical Gear Units (Used for accessory
                                               gear and load gear except for service factor.)

                  UBC-1997                     Uniform Building Code (Used for wind loads and seismic design)

                  ANSI/IEEE 421.1-1996         Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines

                  EIA/TIA RS-232E-1991         Interface between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Circuit
                                               Terminating Equipment Employing Serial Binary Interchange

                  The GE Gas Turbine Drafting Standards are based on the
                  following as appropriate to the gas turbine. Please note that
                  in several instances (symbols, etc.) have been devised for
                  GE's special needs (such as flow divider and manifolds):

                  ANSI/ASME B46.1-1995         Surface Texture

                  ANSI/ASME Y14.5M-1994        Dimensioning and Tolerancing

                  (R1999)

                  ANSI Y14.15-1966 (R1988)     Electrical and Electronics Diagrams (On-base gas
                                               turbine and accessory base equipment)

                  ANSI Y14.17-1966             Fluid Power Diagrams

                  ANSI Y14.36-1978             Surface Texture Symbols

                  ANSI/IEEE 315-1975 (R1993)   Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronics
                                               Diagrams

                  ANSI Y32.10-1967 (R1994)     Graphical Symbols for Fluid Power Diagrams

                  ANSI/ASME Y32.11-1961        Graphic Symbols for Process Flow Diagrams in the
                  (R1998)                      Petroleum and Chemical Industries

                  ANSI/ASME Y32.2.3-1949       Graphical Symbols for Pipe Fittings, Valves and
                  (R1999)                      Piping

                  ANSI/AWS A2.4-1998           Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive
                                               Examination

                  ASME BPVC Section VIII,      Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code--Pressure
                  Division 1 -1990             Vessels (for Stator Frame Welds)

                  ISO 7919-1-1986              Mechanical Vibrations - Measurements on Rotating
</TABLE>

                                            Codes and Standards        Page 10.3
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Proposal   91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                  <S>                    <C>
                                         Shafts and Evaluation

                  ISO 10816 (Draft)      Mechanical Vibrations - Evaluation of Machine
                                         Vibration by Measurements of Non-rotating Parts

                  TEMA C, 7th Edition    Mechanical Standards for Class C Heat
                                         Exchangers (for Commercial Coolers)

                  OSHA Regulation No.    Crane Lifts; Factor of Safety
                  1910.179-1995
</TABLE>

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    10.2   Other Codes and Standards of Practice

                  In the event conflicts arise between the codes and standards
                  of practice described herein and codes, laws, rules, decrees,
                  regulation, standards, etc., of the Owner and/or country where
                  the equipment is to be installed, the codes and standards of
                  practice described herein will govern. If the Owner desires
                  other codes and standards of practice to be utilized by GE or
                  its Suppliers, they will be subject to negotiation and mutual
                  agreement between the Owner and GE.

                                              WARNING
                                              -------

                         Manufactured with 1.1.1-trichloroethane, CFC-113 and
                         TCA and contains Halon-1301, HCFC-22 and Freon-113,
                         substances which harm public health and environment by
                         destroying ozone in the upper atmosphere.

                                            Codes and Standards        Page 10.4
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Proposal   91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                  g
                                GE Power Systems
---------------------------------
                  11. Data Sheets
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    11.1   Technical Data

                  The following technical data is typical for the size and type
                  of unit proposed and except for that information specifically
                  identified as being guaranteed, this data is preliminary in
                  nature and subject to change based on final equipment design
                  and component selection.

           11.1.1 Gas Turbine

                      Measurement                           Value

                  Type                                 Heavy duty
                  Stages                               3
                  Configuration                        Single shaft, 2 bearing
                  Operating speed                      3600 rpm
                  Critical speeds
                     First rpm
                        Lateral                         1154
                        Torsional                       1309
                     Second rpm
                        Lateral                         1212
                        Torsional                       7403
                     Third rpm
                        Lateral                         2066
                        Torsional                       10305
                     Fourth rpm (lateral)              3044
                     Fifth rpm (lateral)               3162
                  Maximum tip speed                    1615 fps
                  Trip speed
                     Electrical                        3960 rpm
                  Maximum temperature                  2420(degree)F
                  First stage rotor bucket material
                     Metal                             *DS-GTD-111
                     Coating                            GE proprietary coating

    GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                Page 11.1
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Proposal   91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  Second stage rotor bucket material
                     Metal                              DS-GTD-111
                     Coating                            GE proprietary coating
                  Third stage rotor bucket material
                     Metal                              GTD-111
                     Coating                            GE proprietary coating
                  Stator nozzle material
                     First                              FSX-414
                     Second and third                   GTD-222
                  Rotor wheel material                  IN-706

                  * Directionally solidified casting with serpentine cooling
                    passages

         11.1.2   Compressor

                        Measurement                          Value
                  Type                                  Axial flow
                  Stages                                18
                  Ratio                                 15.3 (ISO)
                  Maximum tip speed                     1269 fps
                  Inlet guide vanes                     Variable-modulating
                  Inlet guide vane material             C-450
                  Rotor blade material
                     Stages 0 through 8                 C-450
                     Stages 9 through 17                AISI-403
                  Stator blade material
                     Stages 0 through 8                 C-450
                     Stages 9 through 17                AISI-403
                  Rotor material
                     Stages 0 through 14                Ni Cr MoV
                     Stages 15 through 17               Cr Mo V

         11.1.3      Bearings

                        Measurement                            Value
                  Radial type (2)                       Tilt Pad
                  Thrust type (1)                       Tilt pad

    GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                Page 11.2
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Proposal   91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

         11.1.4   Combustion

                       Measurement                        Value

                  Type                             Can annular reverse flow
                  Number of chambers               14
                  Materials
                     Liners                        Hastelloy X and HS-188
                     Transition pieces             Nimonic 263
                  Igniters (quantity)              2
                  Flame detectors (quantity)       4

         11.1.5   Water Injection

                       Measurement                        Value

                  Required inlet pressure          0-20 psig
                  Maximum inlet temperature        110(degree)F
                  Minimum inlet temperature        35(degree)F

                  Refer to GEK-101944, Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in
                  Gas Turbines in the Reference Document Chapter for water
                  injection quality.

         11.1.6   Natural Gas Fuel

                       Measurement                        Value
                  Pressure required
                     * Maximum                     475 psig
                     * Minimum                     site specific
                  Fuel gas temperature (minimum)   50(degree)F of superheat

                  * Fuel gas supply pressure is measured at the inlet connection
                  to the gas fuel valve module, and the pressure value at this
                  point is referenced to site conditions. For typical gas fuel
                  quality information, refer to GEI-41040, Process Specification
                  Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines in the
                  Reference Document Chapter.

         11.1.7   Liquid Fuel

                  For typical liquid fuel quality information, refer to GEI
                  41047, Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications in the Reference
                  Document Chapter.

    GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                Page 11.3
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Proposal   91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          11.1.8     Distillate Fuel Forwarding Skid
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                               <C>                                     <C>
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Measurement                                  Value
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Distillate fuel oil flow range             208 - 301 gpm per turbine
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     AC pump motor size                         50 hp
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          11.1.9     Lubrication and Hydraulic Control Oil

                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Measurement                                  Value
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Configuration (turbine and generator)      Common supply
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Oil type                                   Mineral oil

                                                                Reference GEK-32568
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Retention time                             5 minutes
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Bearing supply pressure nominal            25 psig
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Bearing supply temperature (nominal)       130(degree)F
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Main oil pump
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Type                                    Centrifugal
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Driver                                  AC motor
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Auxiliary oil pump
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Type                                    Centrifugal
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Driver                                  AC motor
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Emergency oil pump
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Type                                    Centrifugal
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Driver                                  DC motor
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Lube filter effectiveness                  Beta 17 = 200
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Lube cooler                                Plate and frame (stainless) water
                                                                cooled
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          11.1.10    Inlet Air

                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Measurement                                Value
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Air filter
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Normal pressure loss                    4.0 in. H2O
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                    Page 11.4
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          11.1.11    Exhaust System
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>                                     <C>
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Measurement                                    Value
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     External duct shell and stiffeners          A36 carbon steel
                     Internal flow liner                         Duct walls: 409 stainless steel
                                                                 Silencer panels (if provided): ASTM/A176 TY
                                                                 409 stainless steel perforated sheet
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     External duct primer                        Inorganic zinc
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          11.1.12    Fire Protection

                              Measurement                                    Value
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Type                                        Low presssure CO2
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     System                                      Multi-zone
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Detector                                    Fixed type temperature sensors
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Detector manufacturer                       Fenwal or equal
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Number of detectors                         22
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          11.1.13    Cooling Water Module

                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Measurement                                    Value
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Nominal heat duty*                          200,000 to 317,000 Btu/min
                                                                 (211 to 334 MJ/min)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Supply temperature (maximum)                120(degree)F (49(degree)C)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Supply pressure (maximum)                   125 psig (862 KPag)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Expected system pressure drop               45 psid (310 KPad)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     * Actual value depends on site configuration and conditions.

          11.1.14    Starting System

                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Measurement                                    Value
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Configuration                                Generator static start
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Manufacturer                                 GE
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Type                                         Load commutating inverter (LCI)
                                                                  frequency drive
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                    Page 11.5
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          11.1.15    Controls
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                               <C>                                                  <C>

                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Measurement                                      Value
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Manufacturer                                             GE
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Model                                                    SPEEDTRONIC(TM)Mark VI
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Type                                                     Triple Modular Redundant (TMR)
                                                                              Microprocessor based
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Display                                                  Color graphics (CRT)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Operator input                                           Keyboard and cursor positioning
                                                                              device
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Control panel supply                                     125 Vdc
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Auxiliary power supply                                   120 Vac
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Enclosure                                                NEMA Class I
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator control panel manufacturer                     GE
                     (includes protective relays and synchronizing
                     equipment)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Auxiliary panel manufacturer                             GE
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     MCC
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     AC                                                       480Vac, 3 phase, 60 Hz
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     DC                                                       125 Vdc
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Air conditioning and heating                             240 Vac, 1 phase, 60 Hz
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Convenience outlets and lighting                         120 Vac
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          11.1.16    Battery and Accessories

                     Battery System Features                 Description
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Battery Type                            56 Cell 125Vdc nominal calcium-alloyed flooded
                                                             lead/acid type
                                                             Floated at 129Vdc (2.30 volts/cell)
                                                             Equalized at 135Vdc (2.41 volts/cell)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Shipping                                Batteries shipped in special shipping
                                                             containers to the site for installation.
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Installation                            Mounted in the control compartment
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Charger Type                            Single phase 35 amp charger
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Charger Redundancy                      Second single phase battery charger capable of
                                                             load sharing with the primary battery charger
                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

----------
(TM)A trademark of the General Electric Company

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                    Page 11.6
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          11.1.17    Generator Panel Specifications
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                   <C>                                         <C>

                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Measurement                                        Value
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Overall Dimensions Of Standard Panel          54 in. W x 20 in. D x 90 in. H
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Shipping Weight                               2500 lbs
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Installation:                                 Indoor Free Standing
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Enclosure:                                    Standard NEMA 1
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Voltage Range :                               10%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Rated AC Voltage:                             120Vac
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Rated DC Voltage:                             125Vdc
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Battery Load (Typical):                       300VA
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Max Duration Of Battery Interruption:         200ms
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     PT Burden (Maximum):                          150 VA
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     CT Burden (Maximum):                          50VA
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Operating Temperature:                        -20 to 40(degree)C
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Storage Temp:                                 -30 to 55(degree)C
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Max Humidity:                                 95% non-condensing
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Panel Seismic Rating:                         Currently meets Zone 2B
                                                                   requirements
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Fast Transient Rating:                        Most Devices Meet Class IV (IEC
                                                                   255-22-4)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Electrostatic Discharge Rating:               Most Devices Meet Class IV (IEC
                                                                   255-22-2)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Insulation Test For The Panel:                2400 VOLT 60 Hz HI POT TEST
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Radio Interference Supp. Class:               5 Watts (27/153/462 MHz) at 1
                                                                   meter Distance with door closed
                                                                   causes no alarms or trip
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Industrial Certification                      UL, CSA. (CE Pending)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

          11.1.18    Generator Panel Typical Electrical Loading Chart

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                <C>                 <C>        <C>
                                Function                          Burden               Watt       Volt
                                                                  (PT,CT)              Loss       Range
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Digital Generator Protection            0.4 VA, 0.022 @ 5 A        25         20%
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Synchronizing Undervoltage Relays       13.2 VA, 0                            20%
                     (27BS-1,2)
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     WATT Transducer (96GW-1)                0.6VA, 0.4VA               5          15%
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     WATT/VAR Transducer(96GG-1)             0.6VA, 0.4VA               5          15%
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                    Page 11.7
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                              <C>                               <C>           <C>      <C>
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     DC Blown Fuse Detection (74)            N/A                  7.8     N/A
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Digital Meter (DMM)           0.1VA, 0.1VA         6       20%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     System Backup Distance (21) (SLY)       0.4, 0.028 @ 5 A     20      10%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Inadvertent Energization protection     2.25 VA              4.5
                     (50RE) MDPA730000BA
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------

          11.1.19    Generator Panel Meter and Transducer Accuracies

                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Meter Function                                Accuracy
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator DMM (VM, AM)                                0.35%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator DMM (MW, MVAR, MVA)                         0.5%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator DMM (PF)                                    1.0%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator DMM (FM)                                    0.02Hz
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     96GW-1 & 96GG-1 Transducers                           0.2%
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

          11.1.20    Digital Static Exciter
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                   <C>                                    <C>

                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Measurement                                  Value
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     General
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Excitation System Type                      Digital Static Potential Source
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Performance (per IEEE std 421.2)
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Response                                       High Initial Response
                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Standard Response                         2.0 Response Ratio and 160% VFFL
                                                                    ceiling @ generator terminal
                                                                    voltage = 1.0 per unit based on a
                                                                    field winding temperature of
                                                                    100(degree)C (Per IEEE 421)
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Compliant Standards
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        ANSI/IEEE                                   ANSI C37.2, C37.18, C37.20, C57.9x
                                                                    series, IEEE 383, 421, 421A, 421B, 421.1
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        NEMA/ICS                                    AB1, ICS1-111, ICS6-110, SG3, WC7
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        CSA                                         All applicable standards
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        NEC                                         All applicable guidelines
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        UBC                                         Meets Zone 4 Requirements
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Rectifier Bridge
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Type                                        6 SCR, Full-wave
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Fuses                                       Fast-acting, Current-Limiting, one per leg
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Input Control Power Requirements
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        From Preferred Station Service              120 Vac Single Phase (quantity 2 for
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                    Page 11.8
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                              <C>                                                   <C>
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    redundant exciters)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     125 Vdc/250 Vdc Station Battery
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Control Power with redundant                5.00 amperes continuous
                     control
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Environmental (Enclosure)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Operating Temperature Range                 0C to +30C (32F to 86F)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Storage Temperature Range                   -40C to +70C (-40F to +158F)
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Humidity                                    5% to 95% non-condensing
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Heat Dissipation                            18,000 W @ 1900 ADC. Linear
                                                                    relationship for other currents.
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Line filter module                             Not required for PPT secondary Voltages
                                                                    (less than)250 Vac
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Dimensions                                  13 in. H x 19 in. D x 22 in. W
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Weight                                      Approximately 50 lbs
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Mounting Requirements                       When height restrictions prevent this
                                                                    module from being mounted on top of the
                                                                    main enclosure, it must be mounted within
                                                                    a 15 foot wire run of the main enclosure.
                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

          11.1.21    Estimated Power Consumption of Electrical Auxiliaries at
                     ISO Conditions
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>     <C>      <C>         <C>
                                Auxiliary                      Start         Start    Ops     Ops      Standby
                                                               (kw)          (kw)     (kw)    (kw)      (kw)
                                                               Gas           Dist     Gas     Dist
                                                               Fuel          Fuel     Fuel    Fuel
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Static start                             7140          7140
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Lube oil pump                              83            83      83       83          83
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Hydraulic oil pump                         50            50      50       50          50
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Exhaust frame blowers                      62            62      62       62
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Turning gear motor                                                                     6
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Atomizing air compressor                                414              414
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Turbine compt vent fans                    17            17      17       17
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Liquid fuel skid vent fan                   4             4       4        4
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Load coupling compt vent fan                4             4       4        4
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Accessory compt vent fan                    4             4       4        4
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Lube oil heater                            45            45                           45
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Control system                             50            50      50       50          50
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION              Data Sheets                    Page 11.9
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Proposal       91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                  <C>                     <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Generator/GTE/collector anti-                                                   9
                    condensation space heaters
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Turbine/accessory/liquid fuel/gas                                              19
                    valve compt anti-condensation space
                    heaters
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    H2 auxilliary seal oil pump                                                     8
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Water injection pump                                                  207
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Water injection skid space heater         10       10       10         10      10
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Cooling water pump                       124      124      124        124
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Cooling water fans                       132      132      132        132
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Distillate fuel forwarding pump                    41                  41      41
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Water Wash Pump                                                                17
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Water wash skid space heater              10       10       10         10      10
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Air conditioning - PEECC                  36       36       36         36      36
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Air conditioning - LCI                    30       30       30         30      30
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.2   Component Weights and Dimensions

                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Item                         Length           Width         Height        Weight
                                                  (Ft)             (Ft)          (Ft)          (Lbs)
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Accessory compartment        31.00           11.50          13.83         80000
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Turbine compartment          29.33           13.25          14.00        377000
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Generator                    37.20           12.08          13.80        540000
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION          Data Sheets                       Page 11.10
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                                       g

_____________________________________GE Power Systems

                             12. Technical Comments

                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Customer specifications have not been submitted.

                                    Technical Comments                 Page 12.1
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Proposal           91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                                       g

________________________________GE Power Systems

                              13. Customer Drawings and Documentation

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               As soon as practicable after the work is started,
                               a distribution list will be established to
                               dispatch to the Owner one (1) reproducible and
                               six (6) prints of drawings, diagrams and material
                               lists.

                               The Owner's engineer may approve the mechanical
                               outline and one-line electrical diagram before
                               their use is permitted. Errors detected in any
                               drawings submitted will be corrected. A
                               distribution list for dispatching to the Owner's
                               engineer one (1) reproducible and two (2) prints
                               of drawings and diagrams will be established as
                               soon as practicable after the design work is
                               started. The above approval will not be cause for
                               waiver of any responsibility for discrepancies
                               and errors made by others, but not detected in
                               the examination.

                               The approval time-cycle will be consistent with
                               those periods allotted on the project schedule.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.1 Gas Turbine Drawings

                    13.1.1     Gas Turbine Drawing Schedule

                               In a typical project, the drawings are released
                               in accordance with the schedule indicated below.
                               Modifications to the schedule for any drawings
                               affected by changes in the definition of the
                               equipment or open Owner options will be available
                               ten (10) working days after receipt of resolution
                               of the change or option. One change or option may
                               affect several drawings. Any drawings returned to
                               GE with comments and/or changes will be reissued,
                               if appropriate, within thirty (30) calendar days
                               after receipt by GE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                            <C>                                                                 <C>
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                GE                 Drawing Title                                * Weeks
                               Item                                                           6B/7EA/7FA
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               0040      Schematic Diagrams                                        12
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               0301      Outline, Gas Turbine Package                              16
                                         Connections - Electrical
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               0302      Outline, Purchaser Mounted Devices                        16
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               0306      Outline, Mechanical - Gas Turbine and Load                14
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               0313      Outline, Gas Turbine Package Connection Piping            16
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.1
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                 <C>                                <C>                                 <C>
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0314     Note, Gas Turbine Package Connections Outline - Piping        16
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0323     Outline, Foundation Interface                                 16
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0326     Outline, Foundation Interface,                                20
                             Off-Base - Mechanical Equipment
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0330     Outline, Foundation Interface, Off-Base Electrical            16
                             Equipment
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0408     Weight and Center of Gravity, Gas Turbine Package             16
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0414     Device Summary                                                13
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0438     Document List                                                 8
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0444     One-Line Diagram                                              13
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    0463     Cable Summary                                                 14
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    1603     Foundation Bolting Arrangement                                16
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                     * Elapsed weeks between Order Definition Meeting (ODM) and
                     drawing release

          13.1.2     Gas Turbine Drawing Descriptions

                     Owner design drawings provided by GE allow a Owner to
                     design foundations, make station layouts, order long-lead
                     Owner supplied equipment and prepare an installation bid
                     package or plan. Following are definitions of each drawing
                     including its purpose and information presented:

                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                    Item #                     Drawing Title
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0040   Schematic Diagrams - These diagrams are functional
                            representations of all packaged power plant fluid
                            systems, such as lubrication oil, coolant system,
                            fuel and fuel forwarding. They contain information
                            regarding flow rates, pressures and temperature
                            requirements at Owner connection points and identify
                            system capacity to determine initial fill
                            requirements.

                            The purpose is to provide information to allow the
                            Owner to determine station interconnecting piping
                            design requirements, location of off- base skids and
                            the amount of lubrication oil and coolant required
                            for operation of the power plant. The schematics
                            also act as source documents for generation of the
                            device summary.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0301   Outline, Gas Turbine Package Connections-Electrical
                            - This drawing provides the necessary information to
                            determine cable trenches and conduit needs for GE
                            supplied cable/wiring connecting to gas turbine and
                            generator equipment. In addition, the drawing
                            provides suggested foundation cable routing and the
                            location and details of GE supplied junction boxes.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0302   Outline, Purchaser Mounted Devices - This drawing
                            describes
                    ------------------------------------------------------------

                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.2
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                            equipment such as the gas fuel flow measurement
                            system and exhaust duct pressure switch package
                            which interface with the gas turbine and are shipped
                            separately from the major pieces, i.e., turbine and
                            generator, for installation by the Owner. Included
                            for each item is an outline drawing, pertinent
                            information for proper installation and a wiring
                            diagram, if applicable.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0306   Outline, Mechanical - Gas Turbine and Load - The
                            mechanical outline provides dimensional data
                            (length, width and height) of the gas
                            turbine-generator package and all other major pieces
                            of GE supplied equipment.

                            The purpose of this drawing is to define space
                            requirements for station layout, show generator
                            rotor removal dimensions, cooler tube bundle and
                            lubrication oil filter removal dimension, vertical
                            centerlines for major pieces and outline dimensions
                            of the pieces of equipment extending beyond the
                            perimeter of the gas turbine-generator package.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0313   Outline, Gas Turbine Package Connection Piping -
                            This drawing shows the outline of the gas turbine
                            package with detailed dimensions for Owner supplied
                            field piping connections with interface dimensions
                            for points that must be connected to a station sump
                            or drain. The purpose is to define the location of
                            field piping connections for GE supplied loose
                            piping and components, as well as Owner supplied
                            piping.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0314   Note, Gas Turbine Package Connections
                            Outline-Piping - The Owner's piping connection notes
                            provide piping interface data including thread and
                            flange sizes and ratings. Descriptive information is
                            provided for connections normally plugged and/or
                            connected to the station sump. The purpose is to
                            define piping connections shown on the Owner's
                            Piping Connection Outline.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0323   Outline, Foundation Interface - This drawing
                            contains foundation interface information for the
                            main gas turbine and generator foundation including
                            pad locations and loadings for embedded sole plates.
                            Embedded conduit locations and sizes within the gas
                            turbine foundation are defined. The purpose is to
                            provide information to aid design of the foundation
                            for the gas turbine components located on the unit
                            centerline.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0326   Outline, Foundation Interface, Off-Base - Mechanical
                            Equipment - This drawing depicts the arrangement of
                            off-base mechanical components supplied by GE. It
                            also includes equipment envelope dimensions and
                            piping.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0330   Outline, Foundation Interface, Off-Base - Electrical
                            Equipment - This drawing shows electrical connection
                            points for off-base electrical components supplied
                            by GE.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     0408   Weight and Center of Gravity, Gas Turbine Package -
                            This drawing contains the location of package unit
                            weights and center of gravity for
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.3
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                            the control compartment, accessory and turbine
                            compartment, generator, generator line side cubicle
                            (if supplied), inlet compartment, inlet and exhaust
                            systems and on-base coolant water module. The
                            purpose is to provide suggested slinging
                            arrangements and to assist the Owner in determining
                            lifting requirements for heavier pieces of
                            equipment.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0414   Device Summary - The Device Summary defines the
                            functional characteristics for all mechanical and
                            electrical devices on the gas turbine-generator and
                            their associate components. It is developed from all
                            the schematic drawings and forms the basis for the
                            cable block diagram and connection outlines.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0438   Document List - This drawing is intended to provide
                            a list of commonly required specifications and
                            recommendations for equipment or commodities
                            supplied by the Owner.
                            The following is provided as applicable:
                            Owner documentation index
                            Coolant recommendations for closed cooling system
                            Fuel oil specification
                            Fuel gas specification
                            Lubrication oil recommendations
                            Welding symbol interpretation
                            Cable installation data
                            Drafting symbols
                            Insulation recommendations
                            The purpose is to provide information to allow the
                            Owner to determine requirements for the
                            aforementioned items.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0444   One-Line Diagram - This drawing contains a
                            simplified electrical schematic of the power system
                            from generator ground to the Owner's high voltage
                            bus including protective relaying, excitation system
                            and synchronizing system. Also shown on this drawing
                            are auxiliary power systems with schematic display
                            of distribution panels. A location key is used to
                            indicate component locations. Device nomenclature
                            follows the IEEE standard for electrical switchgear.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     0463   Cable Summary - This drawing contains information
                            for interconnecting cables and wires to GE supplied
                            equipment. It indicates "from/to" information, cable
                            size for GE supplied cables and voltage level
                            requirements, information for the Owner to supply
                            interconnecting cable/wire not furnished by GE and
                            prepare bid specifications for quotation on
                            installation of all required cable/wire. The purpose
                            is to define requirements for GE and Owner supplied
                            cables/wires and necessary information for
                            installation bids.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     1603   Foundation Bolting Arrangement - This drawing
                            depicts the arrangement of the bolting of the gas
                            turbine, generator, GE supplied components located
                            on the gas turbine centerline, inlet and exhaust
                            ducts to the main foundation. The material required
                            for leveling and
                    ------------------------------------------------------------

                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.4
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                            bolting the components to the foundation and the
                            shims, keyways and keys required for alignment of
                            the gas turbine are defined and the materials
                            supplied by GE are identified.
                            The purpose of this drawing is to supplement the
                            information presented on the Foundation Interface
                            drawing and to define the material supplied by GE.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.2 Generator Drawings
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                    <C>                            <C>                                <C>

          13.2.1     Generator Drawing Schedule
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     GE Item                      Drawing Title                         Weeks*
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       C900       Exciter Model                                           12
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       C901       Generator Cooler Performance Data                       10
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       C902       Generator Data and Curves                               10
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       C903       Test Report                                            10**
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       C907       Generator Requisition Summary Sheets                     8
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------

          13.2.1.1   Additional Generator Drawing Schedule for Hydrogen Cooled
                     Units
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      GE Item                   Drawing Title                          Weeks*
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        G1D0           Outline, Liquid Detector Assy                     12
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        G2FA           P&ID, Generator Auxiliary Systems                 12
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        G2RS           Specification, H2/CO2 Piping                      12
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        G4JX           Outline, BDE Loop Seal                            12
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        SDH            Station Designer's Handbook                       12
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

          13.2.1.2   Generator Drawing Notes

                     * Elapsed weeks between Order Definition Meeting (ODM) and
                     drawing release

                     ** After unit shipment

                     Generator drawings are normally provided unless the same
                     information has already been presented in gas turbine
                     drawings. Drawings which are not listed here may be
                     provided if additional optional equipment is included in
                     the scope of supply.

                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.5
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          13.2.2     Generator Drawing Descriptions

                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Item #                 Drawing Title
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     C900   Excitation Model - Mathematical transformer and
                            constant representation of exciter hardware.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     C901   Generator Cooler Performance Data - Flow, material,
                            connection and water requirements for generator
                            coolers.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     C902   Generator Data and Curves - Estimated generator
                            performance data and curves typically include
                            reactive capability, excitation V, synchronous and
                            saturation impedance and generator output as a
                            function of cold air, gas or liquid temperature.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     C903   Test Report - A manufacturing report that summarizes
                            data measured on each customer's generator.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     C907   Generator Requisition Summary Sheets - Summary of
                            what GE has interpreted as the customer's scope of
                            supply.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

          13.2.2.1   Additional Generator Drawing Descriptions for Hydrogen
                     Cooled Units

                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Item #                   Drawing Title
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     G1D0   Outline, Liquid Detector Assy - Shows the interface
                            dimensions and special features.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     G2FA   P&ID, Generator Auxiliary Systems - Shows
                            interconnecting piping with scope split.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     G2RS   Specification, H2/CO2 Piping - Provides instructions
                            for the installation of the H2 system equipment.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     G4JX   Outline, BDE Loop Seal - Shows the portion of the
                            lube system, which consists of the generator lube
                            oil ports, their interface points, and any lube oil
                            piping supplied by GE. This schematic may not be
                            provided with every job because this information may
                            be on the turbine lube oil schematic.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     SDH    Station Designer's Handbook - Provides critical
                            installation, operation and maintenance information.
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.3    Typical Drawings and Documentation for Gas Turbine-
        Generator Owners

                     This section describes the documentation GE provides to
                     support the Owner's efforts to design, install, operate and
                     maintain the GE gas turbine-generator packaged power plant.
                     This documentation is divided into three (3) categories
                     which coincide with the progression of the project:

                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.6
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o            Advance Owner interface documents

                     o            Owner design drawings

                     o            Startup and operation documents

          13.3.1     Advance Owner Interface Documents

                     In addition to the Owner design drawings formally issued
                     for construction, GE can upon request, provide advance
                     information suitable for use in: (a) project planning and
                     estimating the scope and cost of a project; and/or (b) the
                     initiation and development of the design of equipment,
                     systems and/or civil works that interface with GE furnished
                     equipment. This information is furnished on an informal
                     basis. The following definitions are provided for
                     clarification:

          13.3.1.1   Typical Drawings

                     Typical drawings consist of either drawings previously
                     developed for a different project or drawings for a
                     reference unit for purposes of information and/or
                     illustration. These drawings are suitable for use in
                     project planning and for estimating the scope and cost of a
                     project. Typical drawings, however, lack the prerequisite
                     detail and/or project-specific features necessary to permit
                     their use to develop designs for equipment, systems and/or
                     civil works that interface with GE furnished equipment. The
                     use of typical drawings for such design development is
                     strictly at the risk of the Owner.

                     Please note: typical drawings can be augmented by
                     preliminary design information furnished by GE at the Order
                     Definition Meeting (ODM). Preliminary design information
                     provided at that meeting normally consists of a one-line
                     diagram and mechanical outline drawing, but can be extended
                     upon request to include foundation interface information.

          13.3.1.2   Preliminary Design Information

                     This information may consist of typical drawings, marked-up
                     drawings or any other material in either graphic or
                     descriptive format used to convey non-finalized design
                     information on GE furnished equipment. This information is
                     sufficiently detailed to permit initiation and development
                     of the design of equipment, systems and/or civil works
                     interfacing with GE furnished equipment. This information,
                     however, may be subject to changes that impact equipment,
                     systems and/or civil works by others that interface with GE

                              Customer Drawings and Documentation      Page 13.7
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     furnished equipment. The use of preliminary design
                     information as a basis for the issue of final drawings by
                     others is at their risk.

            13.3.1.3 Order Definition Meeting

                     To meet stated drawing and equipment scheduling
                     commitments, agreement must be reached on options,
                     alternatives and technical details within a limited time
                     period. After receipt of an order, GE will promptly conduct
                     an "Order Definition" meeting with the Owner's
                     representatives to finalize the required design and scope
                     of supply. Options and alternatives not finalized at this
                     meeting will be documented with a schedule to resolve each,
                     so as to minimize the impact on the shipment and price.
                     Drawings affected by the lack of final definition will be
                     identified during the "Order Definition" meeting and a
                     schedule for drawing transmittals established upon receipt
                     of the final data.

              13.3.2 Startup and Operation Documents

                     Documentation associated with the checkout, initial startup
                     and routine operation of a GE gas turbine-generator
                     packaged power plant will be provided in the English
                     language and include the following:

                     o Consolidated Service Manuals; available 12 weeks after
                       unit shipment
                     o Turbine Control Specification; available at
                       time of unit shipment
                     o Elementary Diagrams; available at
                       time of unit shipment
                     o Startup Report; available after initial operation of the
                       unit

                     In addition, previously supplied functional drawings such
                     as the one line, schematic piping, device summary and
                     elementary diagrams are heavily utilized during the
                     functional checkout and initial startup operations.

            13.3.2.1 Service Manuals

                     The Service Manuals consist of Operation and Maintenance
                     manuals and Parts manuals. The manuals are enclosed in
                     heavy duty three inch binders with a coated canvas outer
                     covering and post style mechanism. Ten sets are provided
                     for each station.

                     Manuals are optionally available on CDROM. Each CD is unit
                     specific with search capabilities and can be downloaded to
                     the customer's internal computer network.

                       Customer Drawings and Documentation          Page 13.8
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     Optional features included in this proposal are as follows:

                     o   The manuals are printed on standard 8.5 x 11 in./11 x
                         17 in. paper

            13.3.2.2 Operation and Maintenance Manual

                     The Operation and Maintenance Manuals contains site
                     specific information on turbine-generator operation. Normal
                     operating sequences are described, together with normal
                     running inspections for all supplied equipment and systems.
                     Trouble shooting and diagnostic recommendations are also
                     included. Special notes, and cautionary and warning
                     statements are included and highlighted throughout the
                     instruction book to enable easy recognition of special
                     procedures and techniques which must be followed to ensure
                     correctness and safety for equipment and personnel.
                     Operating information is also included for all components
                     and systems that are standardized in their design.

                     These manuals provide information for inspection and
                     maintenance of the turbine, its accessories and auxiliary
                     systems over the life of the equipment. Recommended
                     procedures for scheduling inspections and planning
                     maintenance outages, including recommended spares, tools
                     and equipment are provided. Standard practices for
                     disassembly, component inspection and reassembly are
                     described in detail. Copies of the necessary reporting
                     forms are provided by the local GE representative.

            13.3.2.3 Parts Manual

                     This volume includes all necessary turbine accessory and
                     auxiliary system drawings and bills of material to allow
                     ordering of replacement and expendable materials, parts,
                     components, and assemblies for all routine inspection and
                     maintenance activities. It is organized along the same
                     lines as the model list, or master parts list used to
                     manufacture the turbine in the factory and is specific to
                     the Owner unit.

           13.3.2.4 Service Manuals Schedule

                     Service Manual completion and shipment will occur in two
                     phases as listed below:

                     o   Service Manuals shipment - twelve weeks after the
                         shipment of the last major component (for example, lube
                         oil skid)

                       Customer Drawings and Documentation         Page 13.9
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Follow-up shipment - Twelve weeks after Manual
                         shipment, to include any shortage material received
                         after the Manual shipment (for example, drawings,
                         vendor documentation)

            13.3.2.5 Turbine Control Specification

                     The turbine control specification provides all recommended
                     turbine control panel settings, control system calibration
                     procedures and turbine operating sequences. It is a unit
                     specific document, and together with the device summary and
                     generator elementary, provides information on field
                     settable control and protective equipment.

            13.3.2.6 Elementary Diagrams

                     Elementary diagrams are provided for the gas turbine and
                     generator controls, including the excitation system. The
                     turbine control elementary diagram is primarily functional,
                     and although some hardware representation is included where
                     appropriate, it concentrates on a pictorial representation
                     of the turbine and auxiliary system sequencing and control
                     and protection algorithms implemented in the panel
                     software. The turbine control panel is also supported for
                     checkout purposes by a hardware connection diagram
                     depicting internal hardware connections.

                     The generator and power system elementary diagram is also
                     functional; however, since control, protection and
                     sequencing are accomplished with hardware elements, it is
                     more representative of the actual system hardware
                     configuration. The same is also true of the motor control
                     centers for electrically powered auxiliaries.

            13.3.2.7 Startup Report

                     The startup report is prepared by the field startup
                     engineer after completion of the initial operation of the
                     unit. It provides an indication of the initial settings and
                     startup control characteristics for the gas turbine,
                     generator and auxiliary systems. It is useful for
                     anticipating trouble and performing diagnostic work at
                     least through the first inspection period, and in many
                     cases, over the life of the installation.

                       Customer Drawings and Documentation         Page 13.10
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                        g
-----------------------------------GE Power Systems

                         14. Technical Advisory Services
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   14.1 Installation Support

                               GE offers a full range of turnkey and field
                               installation services. In addition to the supply
                               of equipment and technical direction, GE's
                               experience includes thousands of world-wide
                               turnkey and installation projects. The process
                               begins with GE project management involvement
                               with the Purchaser during the conceptual and
                               proposal stage of the project to develop the
                               scope and establish the project baseline which
                               provides a solid foundation for the execution of
                               the project, on time, and with a minimum of scope
                               changes. Below is an outline of these additional
                               services.

                        14.1.1 Technical Direction of Installation

                               Technical Direction is an active, on-site service
                               to provide engineering and technical guidance,
                               advice, and counsel, based upon GE's current
                               engineering, manufacturing, installation, and
                               operating practices as related to work performed
                               by others. The objective is to install
                               GE-supplied equipment in a technically correct,
                               high quality, safe manner, and to achieve a
                               timely startup and reliable operation.

                               It is the act of recommending the correct course
                               of action based upon good engineering,
                               manufacturing and operation practices for the GE
                               equipment involved. Such services may also
                               include testing, adjusting, programming and other
                               similar services.

                               Technical Direction of Installation Services
                               exclude any supervision, management, regulation,
                               arbitration and/or measurement of the owner
                               personnel, agents or contractors and work related
                               thereto. Technical Direction of Installation
                               Services do not include any responsibility for
                               planning, scheduling, monitoring or management of
                               the work.

                        14.1.2 Technical Direction of Installation
                               Representative(s)

                               The Company will provide technical direction
                               services on straight time, forty hours per week,
                               during the first eight hours of each shift, five
                               days per week, Monday through Friday per the
                               equipment contract and in accordance the period
                               identified in Installation and Period Charges
                               below. This service will be provided by one or
                               more Technical Direction of Installation
                               Representatives as deemed necessary by the
                               Company. The Technical Direction of Installation
                               Representative shall:

                       Technical Advisory Services                 Page 14.1
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            14.1.2.1 Lead Technical Advisor

                     Company's Technical Direction for Installation Team will be
                     headed by an experienced turbine installation Technical
                     Advisor whose functions and responsibilities will include
                     the following:

                     1. Participate in a pre-installation meeting to provide the
                        Purchaser and his installation contractor with technical
                        direction necessary for establishing the installation
                        planning, scheduling, methods and responsibilities to
                        be used and followed throughout the
                        installation.

                     2. The effective guidance and counseling of the other
                        Company more Technical Direction of Installation
                        Representatives to provide for broader utilization of
                        their skills.

                     3. The integration of the assigned service work with the
                        Purchaser representatives to assist in meeting
                        scheduled completion, starting and operation dates.
                        This will include participation in on-site job progress
                        meetings as the chief representative of Company.

                     4. The reporting of pertinent facts on failure of
                        equipment warranted by GE to the proper GE personnel to
                        permit prompt and equitable settlement of warranty
                        claims.

                     5. The submittal of timely reports on job progress and
                        problems.

                     6. The planning, organization, and direction of the other
                        Company personnel for the installation, start-up,
                        testing, and warranty implementation of the GE-supplied
                        equipment.

                     7. The maintenance of installation records and a job log
                        book.

            14.1.2.2 Gas Turbine Installation Team

                     The Gas Turbine Installation Team will be composed of
                     Technical Direction of Installation Representatives skilled
                     in one or more of the following areas: mechanical erection
                     of gas turbine-generators, electrical equipment
                     installation and testing, and SPEEDTRONIC(TM) MK-VI Control
                     System checkout, calibration, and unit start-up. Their
                     principal functions and responsibilities will be to provide
                     Technical Advisory Services during:

                     1. Inspection and unloading of the gas turbine major
                        components at the installation site and their placement
                        on the foundation.

                     2. Setting of the sole plates or fixators.

                     3. Setting of necessary shims between Purchaser-supplied
                        sole plates and the gas turbine.

                       Technical Advisory Services                  Page 14.2
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                               4.  Removal of shipping supports on the gas
                                   turbine.

                               5.  Installation of the gas turbine and generator
                                   packages to the proper centerline and
                                   elevation.

                               6.  Alignment of the gas turbine and generator.

                               7.  The assembly, clearance and alignment, of all
                                   major parts to the extent that the same can
                                   be accomplished without dismantling.

                               8.  Installation of the gas turbine air inlet
                                   system and exhaust plenum and exhaust
                                   ducting.

                               9.  Checkout of piping, control wiring, and
                                   instrumentation lines between the gas turbine
                                   and other GE-supplied gas turbine equipment.

                               10. Checkout and initial operation of the base
                                   mounted gas turbine starting equipment.

                               11. Sequencing and checkout of the gas turbine
                                   SPEEDTRONIC(TM) MK-VI Control Panel.

                               12. Installation and checkout of the generator
                                   and excitation/electrical systems.

                               13. Start-up of the gas turbine unit with Owner's
                                   operating personnel.

                               14. Instruct the Purchaser's installation and
                                   operating personnel, at the site at the time
                                   of the work activity in accordance with the
                                   installation schedule, in the:
                                   -- Conduct of such component and operating
                                      tests as the Technical Direction of
                                      Installation Representative shall specify.
                                   -- Initial starting and placing the equipment
                                      in good operating condition.
                                   -- Company's recommended procedure for
                                      regularly starting, operating, and
                                      shutting down the equipment.

                               15. Mark-up of two sets of GE drawings, per
                                   standard GE practices, to reflect the
                                   as-built condition of the gas
                                   turbine-generator equipment. One set for site
                                   records and one set to be returned to GE
                                   Customer Service.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.2 Installation Period and Charges

                               A.  The period of Technical Direction of
                                   Installation at the site shall commence on
                                   the date agreed upon by the parties for
                                   setting the sole plates or fixators and shall
                                   continue until the technical direction,
                                   inspection and instruction per the equipment
                                   contract has expired as mutually agreed upon.
                                   It is recommended that Technical Direction of
                                   Installation coverage be continued until the
                                   installation is complete (normally 24 hours
                                   after

                       Technical Advisory Services                  Page 14.3
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                   attaining full load) except for the times
                                   during which no installation work on the
                                   equipment is scheduled or performed by the
                                   Purchaser.

                               B.  The price quoted includes the equivalent of
                                   technical direction services for 594 manweeks
                                   composed of the first 8 hours of each shift,
                                   5 days per week, Monday through Friday, for a
                                   prescribed number of manweeks.

                               C.  In the event the Purchaser interrupts,
                                   extends, or accelerates the work, so as to
                                   require technical direction service at times
                                   other than provided in (B) above, the Company
                                   reserves the right to render additional
                                   billing as follows:

                                   -- If the normal work schedule exceeds eight
                                      hours per day, Monday through Friday, or
                                      forty hours per week, the premium due the
                                      Company will be 1.5 hours for each hour
                                      worked. The premium will be deducted from
                                      the purchased manweeks. In the event that
                                      the purchased manweeks are exceeded, the
                                      Purchaser will be invoiced at the
                                      published rates in effect at the time the
                                      work is performed.

                                   -- If the work schedule is interrupted, or
                                      extended beyond that established in the
                                      pre-installation meeting, or if other
                                      services of the Technical Direction of
                                      Installation Representative are required
                                      and not specifically provided for herein
                                      such as, but not limited to, using special
                                      equipment when handling the gas turbine
                                      during transit, storage, or installation,
                                      or when the service is required during
                                      delays caused by the Purchaser or others,
                                      or when the service is required during
                                      periods when work on the equipment is
                                      being performed by a labor force of less
                                      than adequate size and composition,
                                      commensurate with Paragraph A of
                                      "Purchasers Responsibilities" below, such
                                      services provided at times as provided in
                                      paragraph (B) above will be charged to the
                                      Purchaser's purchased manweeks for
                                      Technical directions.

                                   -- If the installation schedule is extended
                                      to exceed the manweeks of Technical
                                      Direction provided in (B) above, then
                                      services in excess of stated manweeks will
                                      be billed to the Purchaser at the
                                      Company's published rates in effect at the
                                      time the work is performed.

                                   -- If Technical Direction of Installation
                                      Representative(s) is/are released from the
                                      site by the Purchaser while the
                                      installation is in progress, the same
                                      Technical Direction of Installation
                                      Representative may not be available to
                                      return but will be replaced with a
                                      qualified Technical Direction of
                                      Installation Representative within two
                                      weeks after Company's receipt of written
                                      request from the Purchaser for a Technical
                                      Direction of Installation Representative.

                       Technical Advisory Services                  Page 14.4
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                                   -- Company retains the option to replace the
                                      Technical Direction of Installation
                                      Representative at GE's expense, with
                                      proper overlap to ensure orderly transfer
                                      of responsibilities.

                                   -- Transfer to Subsidiary or Affiliated
                                      Company: This Proposal and all resulting
                                      contracts may be assigned or novated, in
                                      part or in whole, by Seller to one of
                                      Seller's wholly owned subsidiaries upon
                                      written notice to Purchaser setting forth
                                      the effective date of such assignment or
                                      novation. Upon the effective date of this
                                      assignment or novation, all of the rights
                                      and obligations of Seller under this
                                      Proposal and all resulting contracts shall
                                      vest solely in Seller's subsidiary. SELLER
                                      GUARANTEES THE PERFORMANCE OF ITS
                                      SUBSIDIARY AFTER THE ASSIGNMENT OR
                                      NOVATION TAKES EFFECT.

                               D.  Purchaser will not be invoiced for Technical
                                   Direction of Installation Services for work
                                   associated with warranty and/or documented
                                   and agreed upon backcharges.

                          14.3 Purchaser's Responsibilities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               A.  Furnish qualified labor including necessary
                                   foremen and superintendents for its
                                   supervision. The size and composition of the
                                   labor force shall be agreed upon by the
                                   parties prior to the start of installation
                                   and shall consist of the necessary crafts or
                                   trade to obtain optimum schedules.
                               B.  Provide all tools and test equipment,
                                   equipment facilities (including a suitable
                                   office area with electricity, trailer,
                                   shelter or section of the construction
                                   housing area where drawings, special tools,
                                   and other Company equipment can be kept and
                                   referred to or worked upon) and devices
                                   required for the safe handling, storage and
                                   installation of the equipment.
                               C.  Provide the equipment and suitable materials
                                   and supplies not furnished as part of the
                                   equipment which are required for
                                   installation, such as foundation bolts, sole
                                   plates, shims, grouting forms, grouting,
                                   piping beyond the points designated on the
                                   Company's outline drawings, wiring between
                                   pieces of equipment, paint, etc.
                               D.  Provide, as required, operating personnel,
                                   compressed air, fuel, electric power,
                                   lubricant oil and supplies for starting,
                                   operating, and testing the equipment.
                               E.  Consult the Technical Direction of
                                   Installation Representative in advance with
                                   respect to the scheduling of all installation
                                   work and to carry out such work so as to
                                   furnish the Technical Direction of
                                   Installation Representative adequate
                                   opportunity to inspect the work in progress
                                   during his regular working hours.

                       Technical Advisory Services                  Page 14.5
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                               F.  Unload, transport and place the equipment on
                                   its foundations. If required, provide
                                   suitable storage space, transport, store, and
                                   protect the equipment.

                               G.  Purchaser will take all necessary
                                   precautions, at all times, for the safety of
                                   Company personnel at site. This includes, but
                                   is not limited to, indoctrination of
                                   Purchaser's safety practices,
                                   energization/de-energization of all power
                                   systems (electrical, mechanical, pneumatic
                                   and hydraulic) using a lock-out tag
                                   procedure, and conducting periodic safety
                                   meetings during construction and start-up.

                               H.  Climate-controlled and secure office and
                                   storage space adjacent to the work area at
                                   the Site. Purchaser will supply phone lines,
                                   phone and fax service as required, in the
                                   office space. Site sanitary facilities
                                   (bathroom, washroom) will be supplied by the
                                   Purchaser.

                              Technical Advisory Services              Page 14.6
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                             g
-----------------------------------GE Power Systems

                              15. Training
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     15.1 Summary

                               A one week basic familiarization training program
                               is conducted for a selected number of Owner's
                               engineers, operations and maintenance personnel.
                               The training will be conducted at the Owner's job
                               site.

                               The Owner's personnel assigned for training must
                               have prior general knowledge of power plant
                               systems operation.

     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
     15.2 Gas Turbine Familiarization

                        15.2.1 Objective

                               To familiarize operators and supervisory
                               personnel to safely and properly operate a gas
                               turbine-generator unit.

                               Emphasis is placed on the operator's
                               responsibilities with regard to the auxiliary
                               systems, operational data taking, and data
                               evaluation. Operators are also instructed in how
                               to interpret fault annunciation and how to
                               determine if the annunciated fault can be
                               remedied by operator action or by the assistance
                               of instrumentation and/or maintenance personnel.

                               The course focuses on starting, loading, and
                               specific operator checks of the various turbine
                               support and auxiliary systems to
                               ensure safe and reliable operation of the turbine
                               unit.

                        15.2.2 Content

                               The typical Gas Turbine Familiarization course
                               covers the following areas:

                               o    Unit Arrangement
                                    -- Gas Turbine, Generator

                               o    General Description
                                    -- Gas Turbine and Generator Major
                                       Components

                       Training                                     Page 15.1
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                               o    Support Systems
                                    -- Lube Oil
                                    -- Hydraulic and Control
                                    -- Cooling Water
                                    -- Cooling and Sealing Air
                                    -- Fuel(s)
                                    -- Starting
                                    -- Heating and Ventilation
                                    -- Fire Protection
                                    -- Generator Systems

                               o    Control System

                                    -- Control Panel Arrangement
                                    -- Basic Control Functions and Operating
                                       Sequences
                                    -- Basic Protection Functions

                               o    Turbine Generator Operation
                                    -- Startup
                                    -- Operating Parameters
                                    -- Emergency Procedures

                               o    Operator Responsibilities
                                    -- Data Taking and Evaluation
                                    -- Operating Limits and Required Operator
                                       Action on Various Annunciator Indications
                               o    Unit Documentation

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.3 Training Material and Related Conditions (On-Site Training)

                               o    Classes run daily (five days/week) and are
                                    limited to six (6) hours. The actual class
                                    time, a.m. and p.m. hours, is dictated by
                                    the availability of the equipment and the
                                    students per the normal work schedule. Each
                                    class time period should be agreed to by the
                                    Owner's management and GE's instructor(s) at
                                    the beginning of the program. The six (6)
                                    hour class limitation will allow ample time
                                    for the instructor(s) to prepare the next
                                    session's work plan.

                               o    A maximum of twelve (12) students per class
                                    can be accommodated.

                       Training                                     Page 15.2
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                               o    English-speaking instructor(s) will be
                                    furnished for the course duration.

                               o    Each student will be furnished a suitable
                                    bound course instruction handbook in
                                    English; shipment costs have been included
                                    in the firm price quoted herein. Any
                                    materials furnished are exclusively for the
                                    use of the Owner's personnel. This material
                                    is not for resale or to be distributed to
                                    third parties, nor is it to be copied or
                                    reproduced without GE's prior written
                                    permission.

                               o    Any audio or video recording of GE's lecture
                                    material is prohibited unless GE grants
                                    permission in writing in advance of the
                                    training program.

                               o    The instructor(s) will retain all visual
                                    aids such as 35mm slides and transparencies
                                    used to conduct the course.

                               o    The power plant equipment should preferably
                                    be operable and available to support this
                                    course of study.

                               o    GE shall be responsible for the instructors
                                    travel and living expenses during the
                                    training period.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.4 Training Schedule

                               After engineering design has been finalized,
                               training is conducted during a mutually-agreeable
                               time.

                               Training                                Page 15.3
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Proposal                91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          g
-------------------------------GE Power Systems

                             16. Mechanical Outline
-----------------------------------------------------------------

                              Later

                             Mechanical Outline                        Page 16.1
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                             Proposal                  91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          g
-------------------------------GE Power Systems

                        17. Electrical One-Line Diagram
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

                       One-Line Diagram                  Later

                               Electrical One-Line Diagram   Page 17.1
                               ---------------------------------------
                               Proposal     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
          g
-------------------------------GE Power Systems

                              18. Experience List
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       Experience List                              Page 18.1
                       ------------------------------------------------------
                       Proposal                     91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MS7001FA         4/12/2000 6:07:32 PM

SHIP YR    CUSTOMER                              COUNTRY   MODEL D     MODEL     NP MWSEGM       FUEL  CYCLE  STATION

<S>        <C>                                   <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>   <C>    <C>
   2000    BUCKSPORT ENERGY/CHAMPION INTL        USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     DA    CC     BUCKSPORT ENERGY

   2000    CONOCO GLOBAL/DUPONT                  USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPG     NG    CC     CONOCO-SABINE

   2000    CONOCO GLOBAL/DUPONT                  USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPG     NG    CC     CONOCO-SABINE

   1999    DUKE ENERGY                           USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     HIDALGO

   1999    DUKE ENERGY                           USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     HIDALGO

   1999    DUKE ENERGY                           USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     MAINE INDEPENDENCE

   1999    DUKE ENERGY                           USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     MAINE INDEPENDENCE

   1999    DUKE FD/LAMAR POWER PARTNERS          USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     PANDA ENERGY/ERCOT 1

   1999    DUKE FD/LAMAR POWER PARTNERS          USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     PANDA ENERGY/ERCOT 1

   1999    DUKE FD/LAMAR POWER PARTNERS          USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     PANDA ENERGY/ERCOT 1

   1999    DUKE FD/LAMAR POWER PARTNERS          USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     PANDA ENERGY/ERCOT 1

   1999    EMI                                   USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     RUMFORD

   1999    GREGORY POWER PARTNERS, LG&E          USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     GREGORY

   1999    GREGORY POWER PARTNERS, LG&E          USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     NG    CC     GREGORY

   1999    HOUSTON INDUSTRIES                    USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     DA    CC     CARDINAL ENERGY/SHELL

   1999    HOUSTON INDUSTRIES                    USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     DA    CC     CARDINAL ENERGY/SHELL

   1999    HOUSTON INDUSTRIES                    USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 IPP     DA    CC     CARDINAL ENERGY/SHELL

   1999    SAN ANTONIO TEXAS, CITY OF            USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 EUPG    NG    CC     BRAUNIG

   1999    SAN ANTONIO TEXAS, CITY OF            USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 EUPG    NG    CC     BRAUNIG

   1999    TALLAHASSEE FL, CITY OF               USA       MS7001FA    MS7241FA   169.90 EUPG    DA    CC     PURDOM 8
   1999    TIVERTON POWER ASSOCIATES             USA       MS7001FA               169.90 IPP     DA    CC     TIVERTON
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>      <C>                                   <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>   <C>     <C>
1998     FRONTERA GENERATION LTD PTNR          USA      MS7001FA    MS7231FA   167.80 IPP    NG    CC      CSW-FRONTERA (MERCHANT)

1998     FRONTERA GENERATION LTD PTNR          USA      MS7001FA    MS7231FA   167.80 IPP    NG    CC      CSW-FRONTERA (MERCHANT)
1998     OCCIDENTAL CHEMICAL CORP              USA      MS7001FA               167.00 IPG    NG    CC      INGLESIDE 1 (MERCHANT)
1998     OCCIDENTAL CHEMICAL CORP              USA      MS7001FA               167.00 IPG    NG    CC      INGLESIDE 2 (MERCHANT)

1996     COGENTRIX/CLARK COUNTY, WA            USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   167.80 IPP    DA    CC      RIVER ROAD, CLARK COUNTY

1995     HERMISTON GENERATING L.P.             USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      HERMISTON 1, OR

1995     HERMISTON GENERATING L.P.             USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      HERMISTON 2, OR
1994     CMS GENERATING                        USA      MS7001FA               159.00 IPP    NG    CC      DEARBORN

1994     ENERGY NATIONAL INC.                  USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      CROCKETT COGEN

1994     PORTLAND GENERAL ELECTRIC             USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 EUPG   NG    CC      COYOTE SPRINGS

1993     SITHE ENERGIES/INDEPENDENCE           USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      INDEPENDENCE, SCRIBA

1993     SITHE ENERGIES/INDEPENDENCE           USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      INDEPENDENCE, SCRIBA

1993     SITHE ENERGIES/INDEPENDENCE           USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      INDEPENDENCE, SCRIBA

1993     SITHE ENERGIES/INDEPENDENCE           USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    NG    CC      INDEPENDENCE, SCRIBA

1993     TIGER BAY COGEN                       USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 IPP    DA    CC      FORT MEAD, TIGER BAY

1992     FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY         USA      MS7001FA    MS7231FA   159.00 EUPG   NG    CC      MARTIN 3

1992     FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY         USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 EUPG   NG    CC      MARTIN 3

1992     FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY         USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 EUPG   NG    CC      MARTIN 4

1992     FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY         USA      MS7001FA    MS7221FA   159.00 EUPG   NG    CC      MARTIN 4

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                        g                GE Power Systems
------------------------------------------

      19. Quality
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     19.1     GE Power Generation Quality ............................  19.2
     19.2     Quality Services Overview ..............................  19.6
     19.3     Gas Turbine Quality Services ........................... 19.10
     19.4     Generator Quality Services ............................. 19.11
     19.5     Purchased Equipment Quality Services ................... 19.11
     19.6     Standards and Procedures ............................... 19.12
     19.7     Customer Review of GE Documentation .................... 19.14
     19.8     Customer Observation Points ............................ 19.14

                              Quality                                  Page 19.1
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.1 GE Power Generation Quality

                     GE Power Generation (GEPG) is committed to setting the
                     industry standard of excellence for customer satisfaction.
                     Inherent in this objective is our continuing determination
                     to perform every function, every process, to the highest
                     quality standards--from the way we develop and apply
                     technologies to the way we manufacture products and provide
                     services.

             19.1.1  Company Policy Statements

                     The quality standards for the GE corporation are set in GE
                     Policy 20.1, Company-Wide Quality and GE Policy 20.11,
                     Customer Satisfaction. The highlights of Policy 20.1 are:

                     o   Company-Wide Quality, as a corporate objective, means
                         attaining a level of overall performance and attitude
                         that makes GE the natural choice of customers and earns
                         the respect of all those affected by the company's
                         activities.

                     o   Company-Wide Quality, as an individual objective, is
                         achieved by employees who aspire to be better than the
                         best. GE is committed to assisting employees in their
                         pursuit of excellence by providing them with the
                         leadership, cooperative climate, training, facilities
                         and materials consistent with the overall company quest
                         for quality.

                     Policy 20.11 highlights are:

                     o   It is the policy of GE to understand its customers'
                         needs for products and services, as well as all related
                         requirements, and to put its best effort into
                         responding to those customer needs before, during and
                         after every sales transaction.

                     o   GE shall make commitments to its customers which
                         reflect GE's true ability to serve and to make every
                         effort to meet those commitments.

             19.1.2  Power Generation Philosophy

                     "To provide our valued customers with the highest quality
                     products, parts and services with unparalleled customer
                     service, while effectively utilizing every employee and
                     partner working together in an environment of mutual
                     respect, dignity and unyielding integrity."

                              Quality                                  Page 19.2
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            19.1.2.1 Objective

                     The objectives of the Quality Policy are based on the
                     premise that, in striving for excellence in every facet of
                     our operations, we will assure the highest level of
                     customer satisfaction and the fulfillment of their
                     objectives through the products and services Power
                     Generation has provided. Integral to this are the following
                     key elements:

                     o   Customers are both internal and external.

                     o   Quality measurements must be customer oriented.

                     o   Complete understanding of customer requirements and
                         expectations is essential.

                     o   Quality is to be achieved by designing and building
                         quality and reliability into our products and services,
                         optimizing our processes and minimizing or eliminating
                         inspections, waste and rework.

                     o   Business processes and procedures instrumental in the
                         achievement of the Quality Policy are to be defined,
                         documented and controlled.

                     o   Continuous process improvement efforts will focus
                         around process simplification, variation reduction and
                         cycle time compression, utilizing when able, "Best
                         Practices" as models and examples.

                     o   Timely and effective corrective and preventive action
                         will be the key to the continuous improvement process.

                     o   Management involvement plays a critical role in the
                         achievement of the quality objectives.

                     o   The Power Generation Quality System will be based on
                         the International Standard ISO 9001.

            19.1.2.2 Implementation

                     It is the responsibility of the President and CEO, GE Power
                     Systems, and his management teams at all levels, to ensure
                     the understanding and implementation of this policy
                     throughout the business and to provide the necessary
                     processes, practices, procedures and resources necessary to
                     achieve that end.

                              Quality                                  Page 19.3
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            19.1.2.3 Measurement

                     To ensure the success of the Quality Policy, appropriate
                     and meaningful measurements will be identified, developed
                     and reviewed at all levels and functions to ensure that
                     appropriate corrective and preventive action needs are
                     identified and addressed in a timely and effective manner.
                     The type and degree of such measurements will be of a
                     nature to evaluate the performance to the objectives
                     implied in the quality policy and consistent with the
                     continuous improvement philosophy of the business.

                     Such measurements may include, but not be limited to:

                     o   Customer satisfaction measurements

                     o   Internal and external failures

                     o   Audit results

                     o   Process and product quality trends

                     o   Organizational performance data

                     o   Product performance data

                     o   Statistical analysis techniques

                     o   Related cost data

            19.1.2.4 References

                     This policy is intended to support the objectives
                     established in Company Policy 20.1 "Company Wide Quality"
                     and Company Policy 20.11 "Customer Satisfaction".

            19.1.2.5 Review

                     The Quality Policy will be reviewed annually by Executive
                     Management in order to assure its continued applicability
                     and objectives.

                              Quality                                  Page 19.4
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              19.1.3 ISO 9000 Certification

                     The desire for customer satisfaction drives world class
                     quality. Customers throughout the world are not only
                     demanding a high level of quality, they are requiring this
                     quality be assured through the application of a
                     comprehensive quality program. The ISO 9000 program and
                     certification provide customers with a globally recognized
                     Quality Management system.

                     In order to be more responsive to our customer's needs GE
                     took this customer requirement and made it a top priority.
                     Our Sales, Engineering, Sourcing and Manufacturing
                     functions worked diligently to accomplish ISO
                     certification. GE takes great pride and pleasure in the
                     fact that we were the first power generation supplier to
                     obtain broad scope ISO certification. Lloyd's Register
                     Quality Assurance has assessed and approved GE's quality
                     management system standards of ISO 9001:1994, EN ISO
                     9001:1994 and ANSI/ASQC Q9001-1994.

                     GE has focused on this quality issue, with customer
                     satisfaction being the top priority. The driving force
                     behind our total quality system is to achieve total
                     customer satisfaction by minimizing variances and
                     completing the product or services correct the first time.
                     We established our quality measurements and targets based
                     on the most demanding of our customers' perspective. To
                     satisfy this high level of demand, we focused on our
                     "process" quality, not just the end-products and services.
                     To achieve this we have directly involved our employees,
                     our customers and suppliers in these process improvements.

                     What really counts is our customers' perception of how well
                     we meet their quality requirements and goals. Therefore,
                     our quality measurements and procedures are being
                     constantly monitored and evaluated against both our own
                     high standards and our customers' needs.

              19.1.4 Total Quality Plan

                     GEPG has an integrated total quality plan which addresses
                     all processes, involves all employees and is driven by top
                     management leadership. The principles of total quality are
                     based on achieving total customer satisfaction by
                     minimizing variances and doing the right thing the first
                     time. These principles are:

                     o   Total commitment to quality at every salaried and
                         hourly level

                     o   Assure understanding of customer requirements and
                         expectations

                              Quality                                  Page 19.5
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Directly involve our customers and suppliers in process
                         improvements

                     o   Assign ownership for process design and control to
                         empowered Workout/Continuous Improvement teams

                     o   Focus on "process" quality - not just end-products and
                         services

                     o   Set our quality measurements/targets from the most
                         demanding customer's perspective

                     o   Define the key measures needed to assess variances in
                         process performance

                     o   Apply Continuous Improvement methods to reduce
                         variances and cycle times to progressively improve
                         overall performance

                     o   Train employees and maintain a cadre of leaders

                     o   Implement tracking and reporting systems to monitor
                         progress and results

                     o   Monitor all elements of Cost Of Quality (COQ),
                         including prevention, appraisal, and internal and
                         external failure, plus the impact of "lost
                         opportunities" on net operating income

                     o   Identify and progressively eliminate the source of all
                         avoidable COQ

                     o   Identify, recognize, and reward exceptional individual
                         and team performance

                     GEPG recognizes that ISO 9001 certification covers the
                     basic fundamentals of a quality system. To attain total
                     quality, GEPG has created a comprehensive Quality Manual
                     which meets the requirements of the most demanding customer
                     and sets the total quality guidelines.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.2 Quality Services Overview

              19.2.1 Terms and Definitions for Quality Services

            19.2.1.1 Acceptance Criteria

                     The specific set of measurements and criteria including
                     judgment by which a part, a component, or the whole product
                     is accepted or rejected. The acceptance criteria
                     established by GE (as designer of the equipment) will
                     prevail in all cases.

                              Quality                                  Page 19.6
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            19.2.1.2 Audit Typical

                     A customer examination of typical parts or factory
                     inspection practices (such as NDT, dimensional checks) in a
                     specific area such as turbine wheel UT examination. The
                     "audit typical" is frequently conducted in lieu of a
                     witness point when the parts or components of interest are
                     at a stage of production where the part does not have
                     customer assignment.

            19.2.1.3 Materials Shipped Direct (MSD)

                     Materials or equipment within the GE scope of supply but
                     manufactured by a sub-supplier and shipped directly from
                     the subsupplier to the installation site.

            19.2.1.4 Observe

                     Advance notice of an observation point is provided to the
                     customer and updated as the event nears. Production
                     sequences are followed and the event is not delayed or
                     rescheduled to accommodate customer schedules.

            19.2.1.5 Observation Point

                     A specific test or event in the production cycle observed
                     by the customer or his representative, as an option,
                     without interrupting the normal production flow. Advance
                     notification will be provided to the customer for
                     contractually specified observation points and updated as
                     the event nears. Production sequences will be followed and
                     the event will not be delayed or rescheduled to accommodate
                     customer schedules.

            19.2.1.6 Quality Control Reports (QCR)

                     The reporting form used to identify and track manufacturing
                     nonconformances. The customer representative may review any
                     QCR pertaining to his equipment.

            19.2.1.7 Records Review

                     A joint Customer-Quality representative review of
                     Manufacturing and Quality documentation applicable to or
                     typical of the customer's unit.

                              Quality                                  Page 19.7
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            19.2.1.8 Rights of Acceptance

                     The contractually agreed and stated ultimate power to
                     accept a product or portion of product. Contract documents
                     define the limits of customer rights of acceptance;
                     otherwise, the manufacturer retains the rights.

              19.2.2 Arrangements and Access Guidelines

                     Customer representatives will be provided reasonable access
                     to manufacturing facilities for purposes of obtaining
                     information on production progress, determining status, and
                     observing inspections and tests with respect to the
                     customer ordered power generation equipment. All customer
                     contacts with GE during the manufacturing phase are
                     scheduled in advance through designated personnel in
                     Project Management, Project Engineering and/or
                     Manufacturing.

                     Access will be available at the manufacturing facilities
                     during normal working hours and on an off-hours basis where
                     appropriate or necessary for observation of contractually
                     agreed upon production points. The main manufacturing
                     locations are Greenville, SC and Schenectady, NY.

              19.2.3 Suppliers

                     GE Power Generation maintains a high quality global
                     supplier base. These suppliers are subject to rigorous
                     approval, qualification and surveillance processes to
                     maintain this high level of quality. GE will make additions
                     and deletions from time to time to the current supplier
                     list in an effort to improve quality and delivery while
                     maintaining the ability to provide our customer's equipment
                     at competitive prices.

              19.2.4 Quality Systems Manual

                     GE Power Generation has and maintains controlled Quality
                     Manuals in accordance with good quality practices and
                     established standards.

                     The Quality Manuals are primarily a tool to be used by
                     personnel and components in their pursuit of quality. The
                     manuals provide information to integrate the quality
                     system. All quality related instructions are referenced to
                     permit ready access to pertinent information on any portion
                     of the quality system.

                              Quality                                  Page 19.8
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     The Quality Manuals address the following elements:
                      1.    Management Responsibility
                      2.    Quality System
                      3.    Contract Review
                      4.    Design Control
                      5.    Document Control
                      6.    Purchasing
                      7.    Purchaser Supplied Product
                      8.    Product Identification and Traceability
                      9.    Process Control
                     10.    Inspection and Testing
                     11.    Control of inspection, measuring and test equipment
                     12.    Inspection and Test Status
                     13.    Control of Non-Conforming Material
                     14.    Corrective and Preventive Action
                     15.    Handling, Storage, Packaging, Preservation and
                            Delivery
                     16.    Quality Records
                     17.    Internal Quality Audits
                     18.    Training
                     19.    Servicing
                     20.    Statistical Techniques

              19.2.5 Monitoring and Diagnostics

                     At GE's discretion, a Monitoring and Diagnostics (M&D)
                     system may be utilized by GE to perform quality management
                     during the warranty period of a new unit. The system
                     enables GE's turbomachinery experts located at the M&D
                     Center in Schenectady, NY to remotely monitor trends and
                     detect anomalies that may lead to more serious problems if
                     left uncorrected.

                     The system requires installation of a non-intrusive,
                     proactive GE proprietary computer called the On Site
                     Monitor (OSM) at the customer site to receive and store
                     data from sensors in the unit. The M&D Center, which
                     operates 24 hours per day, seven days a week, periodically
                     accesses the OSM via a phone modem. At the end of the
                     warranty, the OSM may be removed from the customer site.

                              Quality                                  Page 19.9
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.3 Gas Turbine Quality Services

                     The following quality assurance services are available for
                     the Gas Turbine:

              19.3.1 Quality Systems Manual (Review)

                     The GE Gas Turbine Quality Manual and related quality
                     system documentation may be reviewed in detail by the
                     customer with a quality organization representative at the
                     gas turbine manufacturing facilities.

              19.3.2 Quality Program Review (Pre-Inspection Meeting)

                     A one day project-oriented review can be conducted by
                     manufacturing quality professionals at the manufacturing
                     facility. The customer's representatives are exposed to the
                     quality system, manufacturing facilities, quality control
                     methods and records system. A shop tour is conducted,
                     specific customer required quality services are reviewed
                     and any contract-level quality issues are identified.

              19.3.3 Progress and Quality Topics (Review)

                     An informal one day review guided by customer interests and
                     hosted by manufacturing Quality personnel can be held at
                     the manufacturing facility. Specific manufacturing progress
                     is observed, Quality documentation checked, and other
                     customer special interest quality topics discussed.

                     Typical events or activities include:

                     o Audit rotor or stator materials certifications

                     o Audit rotor balance procedures and records

                     o General Factory Tour

                     o Audit typical forging NDT practices

                     o Review typical unit records file

                              Quality                                 Page 19.10
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              19.3.4 Comprehensive Product Quality Report

                     Gas Turbine personnel will supply on CD ROM the
                     Comprehensive Product Quality Report (CPQR) containing
                     images of the unit certification sheet, rotor assembly and
                     balance data, unit assembly data, and final gas turbine
                     factory test data (when required). The CD ROM will contain
                     all files, programs, and instructions to allow its use on
                     any IBM Compatible personal computer with a CD ROM drive in
                     a Windows environment. The software provides easy
                     identification and retrieval of any item or image.

                     Three (3) copies of the CD ROM will normally be available
                     four weeks after unit shipment. Quality Records personnel
                     will prepare the CD ROM with data from quality records
                     files.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.4 Generator Quality Services

                     The following quality assurance services are available for
                     generator.

              19.4.1 Quality Systems Manual (Review)

                     The Generator Quality Systems Manual and related quality
                     systems documentation may be reviewed in detail by the
                     customer with a quality representative at the manufacturing
                     facilities.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.5 Purchased Equipment Quality Services

                     These services are provided for the major vendor purchased
                     material and equipment required for the turbine-generators.

              19.5.1 Supplier Quality System

                     GE Power Systems utilizes the following three step process
                     for selecting and controlling the quality of the products
                     received from our suppliers:

                     o   Supplier Approval--An approved supplier is one that has
                         been authorized by functional representatives to
                         receive a GE Power Generation Purchase Order.
                         Additional suppliers are selected for potential
                         approval on an on-going basis to maintain high quality,
                         cost effective suppliers.

                              Quality                                 Page 19.11
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     o   Supplier Qualification--Product specific reviews,
                         inspections and qualifications are performed once a
                         purchase order has been placed to assure the supplier
                         complies with the customer requirements. A qualified
                         supplier is one that has proven its ability to
                         manufacture a component to satisfactorily meet all GE
                         requirements.

                     o   Supplier Surveillance--Inspections and quality audits
                         are performed where required to assure conformance to
                         customer requirements.

              19.5.2 Supplier Quality System Review

                     GE Sourcing (purchasing) personnel or a GE representative
                     will arrange for and accompany where necessary the
                     customer's representative on quality-oriented visits to
                     subsuppliers. Emphasis is placed on equipment to be shipped
                     direct to the customer site (MSD equipment). The customer's
                     representative may review the subsupplier's quality
                     program, the GE quality plan for the subject equipment and
                     the status and condition of the equipment designated for
                     their unit. This visit should be coordinated with specific
                     supplier production cycle events or tests as applicable.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.6 Standards and Procedures

              19.6.1 General

                     GE has traditionally designed and manufactured its products
                     in accordance with GE standards, specifications and
                     procedures which are based on U.S. National Codes and
                     Standards applicable to the product. Depending on product
                     needs, the GE standards may fully meet or exceed the
                     corresponding National Code (ASME, NEC, QWS), or deal with
                     state-of-the-art materials, or govern a new proprietary
                     process, or address a special foreign code requirement or
                     meet GE design requirements.

                     The customer or his representative may review and discuss
                     the standards at the manufacturing facilities but copies
                     will not be provided and contents will not be altered.

                     GE specifications, standards, and procedures are also
                     applied to all purchased materials for the GE supplied
                     equipment.

                              Quality                                 Page 19.12
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              19.6.2 Non-Destructive Testing (NDT)

                     The non-destructive testing practices are based on ASTM
                     standards and ASNT recommended practices as deemed
                     appropriate for the manufacture of the equipment. NDT
                     personnel training is guided by SNT-TC-1A and the necessary
                     process specifications are in place to direct NDT
                     activities including:

                     o   Radiographic (X-Ray)

                     o   Liquid Penetrant (Red Dye)

                     o   Fluorescent Penetrant (i.e., Zyglo)

                     o   Ultrasonic

                     o   Eddy Current

                     o   Magnetic Particle

                     o   Bore Etch and Spin

                     o   Hydrostatic Testing

                     o   Kerosene and Whiting

                     o   Red and Blue Surface Contact

              19.6.3 Rights of Approval and Acceptance

                     GE reserves all rights of acceptance/rejection for
                     components or characteristics except where specifically
                     defined in the GE/Customer contract documentation.

                     Customer reviews or observations of factory tests and
                     inspections do not constitute a waiver of requirements to
                     meet the specified operating conditions, nor does customer
                     inspection relieve GE of its responsibilities.

              19.6.4 Drawings and Records

                     Drawings and records are available for review and
                     discussion on a specific case basis at the manufacturing
                     facility. Copies will not be provided except for normal
                     purchaser drawings and where specifically required in the
                     contract.

                              Quality                                 Page 19.13
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.7 Customer Review of GE Documentation

                     A customer may review whatever quality control plans,
                     procedures, drawings or records are necessary for
                     operations/tests/inspections performed on his parts. (Under
                     certain conditions when his parts may not be available,
                     `typical' documentation, may be reviewed to demonstrate
                     examples.) Due to the fact that such documentation usually
                     contains information considered proprietary, copies are not
                     provided.

                     All documentation reviews will be conducted with an
                     authorized representative, such as the area Quality and
                     Process Engineer. This is necessary as such documentation
                     is usually of a "working" nature and will need
                     interpretation by a knowledgeable individual.

                     Since the review of documentation and data will usually
                     involve in-process product and activities, certain types of
                     documentation may not be made available for customer review
                     until after full resolution and/or implementation of
                     related issues.

                     Advance submittals of specifications, procedures and
                     manufacturing quality plans are not provided.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.8 Customer Observation Points

                     The customer, by previous arrangements, can be notified in
                     advance of significant events in the manufacturing cycle
                     for his major hardware. The normal practice is to provide
                     the customer with a monthly "milestone" schedule of key
                     activities for each of the customer's units.

                     If specific observation points have been contracted,
                     advance notification (usually 5 days) of observation points
                     will be provided with confirmation of 24 - 48 hours.
                     Production work, testing and equipment delivery will not be
                     delayed to accommodate the inspector.

                     Supplied equipment and parts are manufactured under a
                     production and inventory control system. Many parts are
                     produced for "inventory" and are not assigned to a specific
                     customer until time of shipment. Thus, except for certain
                     large components and major serialized parts, it may not be
                     possible to provide an observation point on the actual
                     parts a customer will receive. In such cases, GE recommends
                     that a customer observe the test or inspection on similar
                     parts to assure that the procedures and processes are being
                     followed that will assure a quality part.

                              Quality                                 Page 19.14
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     The following tests and inspections are performed in the
                     manufacturing facilities and are optional observation
                     points. This list should not be taken to mean that any one
                     such test will be performed on a particular part. These
                     points have been developed by GE based upon considerable
                     past experience of what some of our customers have wanted
                     to observe.

            19.8.1   Gas Turbine Tests and Inspections

            19.8.1.1 Rotor Final Balance (Observe) - Optional

                     The customer representative is invited to observe the
                     normal production operation of final rotor balance on the
                     rotor designated for his unit. The completed rotor is set
                     up in the balance machine and stabilized. Unbalance
                     readings are taken in two planes at low speed (300 to 500
                     rpm) and balance correction is applied to one or more
                     planes by weight addition or removal. Final balance
                     readings and mathematical checks are performed to assure an
                     acceptable rotor.

                     Final rotor balance is a single operation on the entire
                     unit for MS6001B, MS6001F, MS7001F, MS9001F gas turbine
                     models (two bearing designs). The MS7001E and MS9001E
                     models, (three bearing designs), have separate balance
                     operations for the compressor section rotor and the turbine
                     section rotor. Manufacturing methods and priorities are
                     such that the customer should plan on separate visits where
                     multiple balancing operations are to be observed.

                     Since GT rotors are considered rigid and are made up of
                     individually balanced, geometrically-controlled components,
                     the low speed balancing operation adequately ensures low
                     vibration levels in the operation unit.

            19.8.1.2 Turbine Factory Final Test

                     There is no factory test as part of the order.

                      However, factory testing of gas turbines will be performed
                     on an audit basis as determined by GE. If a customer's
                     specific machine is scheduled for testing, the customer or
                     his representative(s) may be

                     invited to directly observe operation of his gas turbine
                     during its normal final fire testing.

            19.8.1.3 Unit Ready for Shipment (Observe) - Optional

                     Consisting of up to two (2) distinct inspection points
                     depending on the machine and the customer objectives, this
                     option starts with a walk around

                              Quality                                 Page 19.15
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                     inspection of the unit in the final stages of preparation
                     for shipment. This inspection is after final painting but
                     before the bolting of batten strips which secure the side
                     panels and prevent internal access for machines with
                     on-base lagging. During this inspection the customer may
                     review overall workmanship, completeness of assembly,
                     adequacy of prime painting, application of flange blanking
                     plates, preservation techniques and general shipping
                     practices.

                     Next the customer may desire to see his unit on the rail
                     car ready for shipment. The unit is fully enclosed, if an
                     on-base lagging design, is secured to the car and
                     appropriately marked. It is then shipped by rail, either to
                     location or to port.

          19.8.2     Generator Test and Inspections

          19.8.2.1   Generator Stator

          19.8.2.1.1 Final Electrical Test (Observe)

                     The typically two (2) to four (4) hour inspection includes
                     the following:

                     o   General visual inspection of the fully assembled stator

                     o   Winding Resistance Measurement--The dc resistance of
                         each phase is measured with a low resistance ohm meter
                         along with the winding temperature.

                     o   Insulation Resistance Measurement--Prior to the final
                         winding high potential test, the insulation resistance
                         over a ten minute period is measured with a 500 volt dc
                         insulation tester.

                     o   High-Potential Test--The windings of the armature are
                         tested by grounding two phases and applying a 60 Hz
                         voltage whose RMS value is twice the machine's rated
                         voltage plus 1000 volts. This test is repeated for each
                         phase. This test is done per GE standard which meets or
                         exceeds IEEE 115 and ANSI C50.10.

          19.8.2.2   Generator Field

          19.8.2.2.1 Overspeed and Balance (Observe)

                     Overspeed Test - The overspeed test is intended to expose
                     the components of the field assembly to forces higher than
                     normal and demonstrate the ability of

                              Quality                                 Page 19.16
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     the field assembly to withstand such forces. The field is
                     set up in the high speed balance facility, it is held for
                     three minutes at a speed 20% above the rated speed of the
                     unit.

                     High Speed Balance - The generator field will undergo a
                     high speed balance. The primary objective of precision
                     balancing is to reduce the residual unbalance of the field
                     to the lowest possible level. The approach used in
                     balancing fields is called modal balancing. Each mode of
                     vibration, or critical speed, is balanced in turn, starting
                     with the lowest speed, on first mode. The process proceeds
                     to each critical in turn from the first to the highest
                     critical within the operating speed range. After all
                     criticals are balanced to a small residual vibration level,
                     balance at rated speed is evaluated.

          19.8.2.2.2 Final Electrical Test (Observe)

                     o   Winding Resistance Measurement--The dc resistance of
                         each phase is measured with a low resistance bridge.
                         The winding temperature is also measured.

                     o   Insulation Resistance Measurement--Prior to the final
                         winding high potential test, the insulation resistance
                         over a ten minute period is measured with a 500 volt dc
                         insulation tester.

                     o   High-Potential Test--The windings of the field are
                         tested by applying 10 times the rated field voltage but
                         not less than 1500 volts ac between the field winding
                         and ground for field voltages of 500 volts or less. For
                         fields rated greater than 500 volts, the test voltage
                         is twice the rated voltage plus 4000 volts ac. This
                         test is done per GE standard which meets or exceeds
                         IEEE 115 and ANSI C50.10.

                              Quality                                 Page 19.17
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                        G            GE Power Systems
----------------------------------------

20. Reference Documents
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Document Title                                       Number
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Process Specification Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-            GEI-41040F
Duty Gas Turbines
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications                               GEI-41047H
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Recommendations for Storage of Liquid Fuels                          GEK-28163
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cooling Water Recommendations for Closed Cooling System              GEI-41004G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in Gas Turbines                  GEK-101944
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas Turbine Evaporative Coolers - Design Considerations for          GEK-107158
Water Supplies
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compressor Cleaning                                                  GEK-107122A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Field Performance Testing Procedure                                  GEK-28166A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Standard Field Testing Procedure for NOx Emission                    GEK-28172F
Compliance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas Turbine and Accessory Equipment Preservation                     GEK-28156C
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lubricating Oil Recommendations for Gas Turbines with                GEK-32568E
Bearing Ambients above 500(degree)F (260(degree)C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Heavy Duty Gas Turbine Operating and Maintenance                     GER-3620F
Considerations
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Quality                                 Page 20.1
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                        G            GE Power Systems
----------------------------------------

21. Spare Parts Recommendation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 Later

                              Spare Parts Recommendation               Page 21.1
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Proposal                 91578AG (05/00) Rev. 0 rb<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.61

                     SPECIAL TERMS & CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE

ARTICLE SC.1 PURCHASE ORDER DOCUMENTS

The following documents shall comprise the Purchase Order, and shall together be
referred to as the "Purchase Order Documents":

(a)  Purchase Order (any printed terms and conditions on the face or reverse of
     such Purchase Order are null and void);
(b)  Special Terms & Conditions of
     Purchase ("SC");
(c)  General Terms & Conditions of Purchase ("GC"); and
(d)  Seller's Technical Proposal

In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Purchase Order Documents,
the provisions of the document first listed above shall prevail.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given
to them in the General Conditions of this Purchase Order.

ARTICLE SC.2 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

GE shall design, manufacture, and supply four (4) combustion turbine generators
and associated equipment as set forth in GE's July, 2000 Proposal No. 92746AG -
Sections 7 through 8 (collectively the "Equipment"). The scope of supply shall
also include two hundred fifty 250 manweeks of technical advisory services and
one (1) class week of gas turbine familiarization training (collectively known
as "Services"). The technical advisory services included herein are based on a
single shift per day, eight (8) hours per shift, five (5) days per week,
straight-time basis.

ARTICLE SC.3 PRICE AND PAYMENT

The Purchaser shall pay the Seller, the firm price Eighty two million seven
hundred and eight thousand dollars ($82,708,000) (the "Purchase Order Price")
for such Equipment and Services. Payment shall be made in accordance with the
Payment Schedule in Schedule A and as set forth in GC.2.

The firm price (excluding taxes) for the Equipment and Services as set forth
herein Eighty two million seven hundred and eight thousand dollars ($82,708,000)
 . The price set forth above includes freight to the Destination Point (VA or MD)
and reflects the making of progress payments in accordance with the Payment
Schedule A. The initial non-refundable payment of ten percent (10%) of the above
price, as required by the Payment Schedule herein, will be made by ODEC, not
later than three (3) business days following the execution of this contract.
Payment by ODEC will be by wire transfer of funds in the amount of $ Eight
million two hundred and eight thousand eight hundred dollars $8,270,800.

                                       Page 1

<PAGE>

PITTSBURGH NATIONAL BANK
5TH & WOOD STREETS
PITTSBURGH, PA 15265
BANK ROUTING # 0430 000 96
GE ACCOUNT # 215-5583

Please reference IPS # 92746 in Wire Transfer transmittal.

ARTICLE SC.4 SHIPMENT

Unless excused elsewhere in this Purchase Order, the Shipment Date for the
Equipment (i.e., both Units) provided herein shall be for two (2) units no later
than October 31, 2002, one (1) unit by no later than November 30, 2002, and one
(1) unit by no later than December 31, 2002.

ARTICLE SC.5 DELAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

a)     Delay Liquidated Damages - Drawings
       if an individual drawing as indicated below is submitted after the
       Scheduled Drawing Submittal Date for reasons attributable to Seller and
       not excused elsewhere in the Purchase Order Documents, the Seller shall
       pay as liquidated damages ("Drawing Liquidated Damages") and not as a
       penalty, a sum calculated in accordance with the table below until such
       drawing is submitted:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             ------------- -----------------------------------
                 Days        Liquidated Damages per Drawing
             <S>           <C>
             ------------- -----------------------------------
                 1-30        $100 / day with 1,000 / day cap
             ------------- -----------------------------------
               Over 30       200 / day with 2,000 / day cap
             ------------- -----------------------------------
</TABLE>

Seller understands that drawings submitted by Seller will be final by the dates
indicated in the Conformed Technical Proposal. Seller shall pay to Purchaser,
within 30 days after Purchaser's demand, Liquidated Damages in the amount of one
hundred dollars ($100) for up to thirty (30) calendar days late with a one
thousand dollar ($1000) per day cap. Beyond thirty (30) days, this amount shall
increase to $200 with a two thousand dollar ($2000) per day cap.

The total aggregate liability for such Drawing Liquidated Damages shall not
exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000). Drawing Liquidated Damages
shall apply to the individual drawings identified as such in Seller's Technical
Proposal as 0306, 0323, 0326, 0330, and 1603

b) Delay Liquidated Damages -Shipment of Major Components

(1) Seller shall ship the Major Components of each Unit, FOB ex-works for two
(2) units no later than October 31, 2002, one (1) unit by no later than November
30, 2002, and one (1) unit by no later than December 31, 2002.
("Scheduled Major Component Shipment Date"). In the event any of the Major
Components of

                                       Page 2

<PAGE>

a Unit is shipped after the Scheduled Major Component Shipment Date for reasons
attributable to Seller and not excused elsewhere in the Purchase Order, the
Seller shall pay as liquidated damages ("Shipment Liquidated Damages") and not
as a penalty, a sum calculated in accordance with the table below until the last
Major Component of the Unit is shipped. The Shipment Liquidated Damages below
are on a per Unit basis and are not on a Major Component basis. GE will ship the
Equipment on or before dates stated above with freight prepaid and allowed to
the Destination Point. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GE shall remain
responsible for transportation and risk of loss of the Equipment until the
Equipment is delivered to the Destination Point. "Destination Point" shall mean
the delivery free on board carrier to the nearest commercially accessible rail
siding to ODEC's project site for all rail shipments and free on board carrier
to the nearest accessible common carrier point to ODEC's project site for all
truck shipments.

The following is a graduated scale for offered schedule liquidated damages for
delay in shipment of Major Components (gas turbine, generator, accessory base,
Inlet filter and PEECC) if such components are shipped after Shipment Dates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
           Shipment     Liquidated Damages on last of Major Components in delay
         ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
         <S>           <C>
           0-7 days                            $5000/day
         ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
           8-15 days                           8,000/day
         ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
          16-30 days                           10,000/day
         ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
           30+ days                            15,000/day
         ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     The above Equipment shipping commitment is contingent upon GE having the
     Project Specific Definition (defined below) by no later than July 1, 2001.
     In the event GE does not receive the Project Specific Definition within the
     time frame specified above, GE, at its option, shall be entitled to release
     the Equipment based on the contractual definition. Changes in scope after
     such a release will be handled under the change provision as set forth in
     the contract.

     The purchaser will make commercially reasonable effort to promptly off load
equipment and release rails. Project Specific Definition shall mean (i)
configuration changes, if any, to the base configuration (i.e., acceptance or
rejection of any and all equipment options); (ii) site conditions and fuel
analysis (oil analysis and gas analysis through C14), (iii) environmental
requirements; and (iv) state, local and other regulatory or code requirements
(including seismic and wind loading design requirements).

c) Delay Liquidated Damages (Drawings and Shipment of Major Components)

     The Seller's aggregate liability hereunder for a) Drawing Liquidated
     Damages and b) Shipment Liquidated Damages (collectively known as "Delay
     Liquidated Damages") shall

                                       Page 3

<PAGE>

     not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price of unit in Delay. The
     Delay Liquidated Damages paid by Seller for such delay shall be Purchaser's
     exclusive remedy and Seller's sole obligation.

ARTICLE SC.6  PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

The Seller guarantees the performance of each Unit ("Performance Guarantees") as
set forth in Tab 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 of Seller's Technical Proposal. Subject to
GC.17, if a Unit fails to achieve the Performance Guarantees, the Seller shall
pay to the Purchaser as liquidated damages ("Performance Liquidated Damages")
and not as a penalty, a sum calculated in accordance with the table below.

For Simple Cycle Applications:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     ------------------ ------------------------ -----------------------
         Criterion        Gas Guaranteed Value     Liquidated Damages
     ------------------ ------------------------ -----------------------
<S>                       <C>                      <C>
         Net Output                 kW                   $400/kW
     ------------------ ------------------------ -----------------------
       Net Heat Rate             Btu/kWh             5,000 $/BTU/kWh
     ------------------ ------------------------ -----------------------
</TABLE>

If when first tested the Equipment fails to achieve the guaranteed output or
heat rate, Seller shall be afforded a period of 180 days during which it can
correct and adjust the Equipment (the "Correction Period"). If, when re-tested
at the end of the Correction Period, the Equipment again fails to achieve the
guaranteed output or heat rate, Seller shall pay to Buyer as liquidated damages
and not as a penalty a sum calculated in accordance with the table above. The
liquidated damages payable in respect of deficiencies in performance shall not
exceed ten percent10% of the Contract Price of the unit that fails to achieve
the guaranteed output or heat rate. The liquidated damages shall be Seller's
sole and exclusive liability for performance deficiencies.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the performance of any Unit exceeds
any of its performance guarantees (on natural gas or distillate), a credit shall
be given using the same dollar value by which the liquidated damage is
calculated for such performance guarantee. GE's performance credit or
performance liability shall be the net calculation. It is expressly understood
that in the event GE's performance credits exceed performance liabilities, ODEC
shall pay GE, as a bonus, fifty percent (50%) of the dollar value by which the
liquidated damage is calculated but only on the portion of performance credits
which are in excess of performance liabilities. The performance bonus payable in
respect of exceeding performance standards shall not exceed five 5% of the
Contract Price. Performance LD's will be paid on only one fuel.

ARTICLE SC.7  TOTAL AGGREGATE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

The Seller's overall aggregate liability hereunder for both Performance
Liquidated Damages and Delay Liquidated Damages shall not exceed ten percent
(10%) of the Contract Price. The

                                       Page 4

<PAGE>

Liquidated damages will be paid purchaser and cannot be assigned to EPC.

ARTICLE SC.8  GOVERNING LAW

This Purchase Order shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York, USA.

ARTICLE SC.9  FACTORY TESTING AND SITING

GE, at its sole discretion, shall determine the extent of factory testing to be
conducted on the Equipment. Upon request, factory test data / reports will be
made available solely at GE's option. If Purchaser's unit is FSNL tested
Seller's project manager will make reasonable effort to accommodate this event
as a witness point.

SITING
GE's pricing as provided herein applies to all four units being installed at any
one site located in Virginia or Maryland.

ARTICLE SC.10 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE:
              ---------------------------

If ODEC should cancel this contract prior to title transfer of the Equipment,
ODEC shall pay GE a termination fee in accordance with the Termination Schedule
B.

ARTICLE SC.11  ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Purchase Order represents the entire agreement between the Parties and
supersedes in its entirety all prior agreements concerning the subject matter
hereof, and no modification, amendment, revision, waiver, or other change shall
be binding on either Party unless consented to in writing by the Party's
authorized representative. Any oral or written representation, warranty, course
of dealing, or trade usage not contained or referenced herein shall not be
binding on either Party. Each Party agrees that it has not relied on, or been
induced by, any representations of the other Party not contained in this
Purchase Order.

                                       Page 5

<PAGE>

                                               Schedule A/B

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Cumulative           Gas Turbine
    Months Prior                                      Payment          Payment             Termination
       To Ship               Event                    Schedule         Schedule              Schedule
       -------               -----                    --------         --------              --------
    <S>                   <C>                       <C>              <C>                 <C>
                            Order Award/ Signed        10.0%            10.0%                 10.0%
                           Contract Down payment
                                                                        10.0%                 10.0%
                                                                        10.0%                 10.0%
                                                                        10.0%                 10.0%
         24                                             2.0%            12.0%                 12.0%
         23                                             2.0%            14.0%                 14.0%
         22                                             2.0%            16.0%                 16.0%
         21                                             2.0%            18.0%                 18.0%
         20                                             2.0%            20.0%                 20.0%
         19                                             2.0%            22.0%                 22.0%
         18                                             2.0%            24.0%                 24.0%
         17                                             2.0%            26.0%                 26.0%
         16                                             2.0%            28.0%                 28.0%
         15                                             2.0%            30.0%                 30.0%
         14                                             3.0%            33.0%                 32.0%
         13                                             3.0%            36.0%                 34.0%
         12                                             3.0%            39.0%                 36.0%
         11                                             3.0%            42.0%                 38.0%
         10                                             3.0%            45.0%                 40.0%
          9                                             3.0%            48.0%                 40.0%
          8                                             3.0%            51.0%                 40.0%
          7                                             3.0%            54.0%                 40.0%
          6                                             3.0%            57.0%                 40.0%
          5                                             3.0%            60.0%                 40.0%
          4                                             3.0%            63.0%                 40.0%
          3                                             4.0%            67.0%                 40.0%
          2                                             4.0%            71.0%                 40.0%
          1                                             4.0%            75.0%                 40.0%
          0                  Available to Ship         20.0%            95.0%                 40.0%
          0                Shipment                                                          100.0%
         -1                    30 Days After            5.0%           100.0%                100.0%
                                 Shipment
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial payment due upon Order Award, NET 3 days, via Wire Transfer.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remaining payments due NET 30 days from receipt of invoice via Wire Transfer.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Buyer may terminate this contract at any time upon written notice and
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
payment of termination charges in accordance with the schedule set forth above.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title to any terminated gas turbine-generator equipment remains with the Seller.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The termination exposure for any equipment for which title has transferred is
100%.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     Page 6

<PAGE>

                       GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SALE

1.  DEFINITIONS...............................................                3

2.  PAYMENTS..................................................                4

3.  SECURITY..................................................                5

4.  TAXES.....................................................                5

5.  CHANGES...................................................                5

6.  INSPECTION AND FACTORY TESTS..............................                6

7.  TITLE TRANSFER, RISK OF LOSS, SHIPMENT TO STORAGE.........                6

8.  EXCUSABLE DELAYS..........................................                7

9.  WARRANTY..................................................                7

10. PATENTS...................................................                8

11. INSURANCE.................................................                9

12. INDEMNIFICATION...........................................                9

13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY...................................               10

14. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.....................................               11

15. FINAL COMPLETION..........................................               11

16. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES....................................               11

17. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.....................................               12

18. SELLER'S PROPRIETARY INFORMATION..........................               13

19. GLOBAL SOURCING...........................................               13

20. ASSIGNMENT................................................               13

21. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, CODES, AND STANDARDS................               14

                                       Page 1

<PAGE>

22. NOTICE TO PROCEED..........................................              14

23. SUSPENSION.................................................              15

24. DISPUTE RESOLUTION.........................................              15

25. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS...................................              15

                                       Page 2

<PAGE>

ARTICLE GC.1 DEFINITIONS

A. "Affiliate" shall mean any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is
under common control with, either Party, or, regardless of control or ownership,
that is set up solely for fiduciary purposes to own or operate the Units for the
benefit of a Party.

B. "Change Order" shall mean a written change order describing the change and
setting out adjustments, if any, in the Contract Price, and any other provision
of this Agreement which is affected and shall be entered into and signed by the
Parties in order for the change to be effective.

C. "Contract Documents" shall mean the Agreement, Special Terms & Conditions,
General Terms & Conditions of Sale, and Seller's Technical Proposal

D. "Contract Price" shall be the total firm price as stated in the Agreement for
the Equipment and Services to be provided in accordance with the terms of the
Contract Documents

E. "Day" or "Days," shall mean a calendar day or days of twenty four (24) hours
each.

F. "Delay Liquidated Damages" shall mean the Purchaser's sole remedy and
Seller's sole obligation for Seller's failure to deliver the Major Components of
the Unit by the Scheduled Major Component Delivery Date.

G. "Delivery Date" shall mean the date the last Major Component (gas turbine,
generator, accessory base, Inlet filter and PEECC) is delivered to the Delivery
Point or is shipped to storage as set forth in Article GC.7.

H. "Delivery Point" shall mean the delivery free on board carrier ("FOB") to the
nearest accessible rail siding to the Project Site for all rail shipments and
free on board carrier to the nearest accessible common carrier point at the
Project Site for all truck shipments.

I. "Equipment" or "Unit" shall mean the gas turbine generator and associated
accessories as set forth in Seller's Technical Proposal.

J. "Final Completion" shall have the meaning as set forth in Article GC.15.

K. "Major Components" shall have the meaning of the gas turbine, generator,
accessory base, Inlet filter, and PEECC.

L. "Order Definition Meeting" shall mean a project kick-off meeting between the
Seller's project execution team and Purchaser's project representatives as set
forth in Article GC.22.

M. The term "Parties" shall mean the Purchaser and Seller, collectively, and
"Party" shall mean the Purchaser or Seller, individually.

                                       Page 3

<PAGE>

N. "Performance Guarantees" shall mean the Seller's output and heat rate
guarantees for the Unit as set forth in Seller's Technical Proposal.

O. "Performance Liquidated Damages" shall mean the Purchaser's sole remedy and
Seller's sole obligation for Seller's failure to achieve the Performance
Guarantees.

P. "Purchaser" shall mean Old Dominion Electric Cooperative, a Virginia utility
aggregation cooperative, having it's primary place of business at 4201 Dominion
Boulevard, Glen Allen, Virginia, 23060.

Q. "Technical Proposal" shall mean Seller's Technical Proposal 92746AG dated
July 2000.

R. "Seller" shall mean the General Electric Company, a New York corporation
acting through its Power Generation Business having a primary place of business
at One River Road, Schenectady, New York 12345.

S. "Services" shall mean the training and installation support to be furnished
by Seller under this Agreement.

T. "Site" or "Project Site" shall mean the Marsh Run Project Site or such other
site in the mainland of Virginia or Maryland as designated by the Purchaser

U. "Subcontractor(s)" or "Supplier(s)" shall mean any corporation, partnership,
or individual having a contract with Seller to supply material, equipment,
labor, goods, or services to Seller in

V. Ship Dates for the 4 units will be at notice of readiness to ship from the
factory. These dates are two (2) units no later than October 31, 2002, one (1)
unit by no later than November 30, 2002, and one (1) unit by no later than
December 31, 2002.

ARTICLE GC.2 PAYMENTS

Payments shall be made in accordance with the Payment Schedule referenced in and
incorporated into the Agreement (Schedule A). Initial payment due upon Order
Award, Net 3 days remitted via wire transfer. Remaining payment terms are net
ten (30) days from receipt of invoice, remitted via wire transfer. Wire transfer
instructions shall be provided on each invoice. Late payments shall be subject
to an interest charge equal to two percent in excess of the prime rate as
published in the Wall Street Journal, at that time.

If a change in the Unit results in a change in the Contract Price, all
installments shall be adjusted accordingly. However, if the change results in a
decrease in the Contract Price, then the payments previously made shall be
retained by Seller and applied to subsequent payments as they become due.

For those payments which are tied to milestones, it is understood and agreed
that if Seller completes the milestone in advance of what is indicated on the
Payment Schedule, in no event

                                       Page 4

<PAGE>

shall the Purchaser be required to make payment for such milestone prior to
sixty (60) days from the milestone date identified on the Payment Schedule.

ARTICLE GC.3 SECURITY

At the time of shipment of the last Major Component of the Unit, Seller will
provide a Surety Retention Bond (the "Bond"), substantially in the form attached
hereto, in the amount of 4.0% of the Contract Price against satisfaction of
Seller's duties, covenants, and obligations hereunder. After the initial
performance test, the Bond shall be reduced to amount equal to 125% of the
value of the mutually agreed upon punch list items but in no event greater than
2.0% of the Contract Price. The Surety Retention Bond will be in a form and
substance acceptable to both Parties. The Surety Retention Bond shall expire
upon completion of the mutually agreed upon punch list.

ARTICLE GC.4 TAXES

The Contract Price includes all applicable corporate and individual taxes that
are measured by net income or profit imposed by any governmental authority of
any country on Seller, its employees or Subcontractors due to the execution of
this Contract. The Contract Price also includes all taxes, import duties, and
fees required by any governmental authority of any country necessary to import
and to deliver the foreign manufactured Equipment to the Project Site.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contract Price does not include any sales,
use, excise, value added, gross receipts, consumption, franchise, property, or
similar taxes imposed by any federal, state, or local government in the United
States of America. Purchaser shall pay all such taxes.

ARTICLE GC.5 CHANGES

Purchaser shall have the right to request that Seller make changes to the Unit,
whether such Change request be for modifications, alterations or additions.
Seller shall prepare a written description of the proposed Change for the
Purchaser's review and approval. All changes under this contract shall be
subject to mutual agreement. Seller shall not be obliged to proceed with any
Change until mutual agreement has been reached.

In the event Purchaser contemplates making a Change, Purchaser shall so advise
Seller. Within ten (10) days (unless otherwise extended by mutual agreement)
following written receipt of such advice, Seller shall advise Purchaser of the
possibility of performing the requested Change, and shall submit to Purchaser a
lump sum firm price relating to the proposed Change, including:

(i)     a technical description of the proposed Change in such detail as the
Purchaser may reasonably require,

                                       Page 5

<PAGE>

(ii)    a lump sum firm price adjustment (increase or decrease) in the Contract
Price, if any, caused by the proposed Change,

(iii)   all potential effect(s), if any, such Change has on the project
schedule, or any other schedule or dates for performance by Seller hereunder,
and

(iv)    all potential effect(s), if any, such Change has on Seller's ability to
comply with any of its obligations hereunder, including Seller's warranties and
performance guarantees.

Purchaser shall then have ten (10) days from the date of receipt of such
information to either approve or disapprove, in writing, the proposed Change, or
to request additional time to consider the proposed Change. If Purchaser
approves such Change, Purchaser shall direct Seller, in writing, to perform the
Change and Purchaser and Seller shall then execute a Change Order which shall
operate as an amendment to this Contract. Upon the execution of the Change
Order, Seller shall immediately proceed to perform as set forth in the Change
Order.

For Seller initiated changes, the Seller shall submit to the Purchaser a written
description of the proposed Change and follow the same procedure as set forth
above for Purchaser initiated changes.

ARTICLE GC.6 INSPECTION AND FACTORY TESTS

Upon Purchaser's request and Seller's prior written consent, Purchaser's
representative shall be provided access to Seller's facilities to obtain
information on production progress and make inspections. Such access will be
limited to areas concerned with the Unit(s) and shall not include restricted
areas where work of a proprietary nature is being conducted. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary, the Seller shall, at its sole discretion, determine
the extent of Purchaser access to Seller's facilities and the extent of factory
testing to be conducted on the Equipment.

Subject to the conditions set forth in this Article GC.6, the Seller will make
reasonable efforts to obtain for Purchaser's access to Subcontractors'
facilities for the purposes described above.

Purchaser's inspection of the Unit or its failure to inspect does not relieve
Seller of its obligation to fulfill the requirements of this Agreement, nor is
it to be construed as acceptance by the Purchaser.

ARTICLE GC.7 TITLE TRANSFER, RISK OF LOSS, SHIPMENT TO STORAGE

Title to the Equipment or materials to be shipped from within the United States
shall pass to Purchaser when made available for shipment from the manufacturer's
factory. Title to the Equipment or materials to be shipped from a country other
than the United States shall pass to Purchaser at the port of export immediately
after the Equipment or materials have been cleared

                                       Page 6

<PAGE>

for export. Title to Services shall pass to Purchaser as performed.
Notwithstanding passage of title, Seller shall remain responsible for risk of
loss or damage to the Equipment and materials incorporated therein until
delivered to the agreed upon Delivery Point or delivery to storage.

If any part of the Equipment cannot be shipped to Purchaser when ready due to
any cause not attributable to Seller, Seller may ship such Equipment to storage.
If such Equipment is placed in storage, including storage at the facility where
manufactured, the following conditions shall apply: (i) title and risk of loss
shall thereupon pass to Purchaser if it had not already passed; (ii) any amounts
otherwise payable to Seller upon delivery or shipment shall be payable upon
presentation of Seller's invoice(s) and certification of cause for storage;
(iii) all expenses incurred by Seller, such as for preparation for and placement
into storage, handling, inspection, preservation, insurance, storage, removal
charges and any taxes shall be payable by Purchaser upon submission of Seller's
invoice(s); (iv) the Services provided herein shall be subsequently changed to
the rate prevailing at the time of actual use and Purchaser shall pay the net
increase; and (v) when conditions permit and upon payment of all amounts due
hereunder, Seller shall resume delivery of the Equipment to the Delivery Point.

ARTICLE GC.8 EXCUSABLE DELAYS

Seller shall not have any liability or be considered to be in breach or default
of its obligations under this Contract to the extent that performance of such
obligations is delayed or prevented, directly or indirectly, due to: (i) causes
beyond its reasonable control; or (ii) acts of God, acts (or failures to act) of
governmental authorities, fires, severe weather conditions, earthquakes, strikes
or other labor disturbances, floods, war (declared or undeclared), epidemics,
civil unrest, riots, delays in transportation, or car shortages; or (iii) acts
(or omissions) of Purchaser including failure to promptly: (a) provide Seller
with information and approvals necessary to permit Seller to proceed with work
immediately and without interruption, or (b) comply with the terms of payment,
or (iv) shipment to storage under Article GC.7. Seller shall notify Purchaser of
any such delay. The date of delivery or of performance shall be extended for a
period of time necessary to overcome the effect of such excusable delay. If
Seller is delayed by acts or omissions of Purchaser, or by the prerequisite work
of Purchaser's other contractors or suppliers, Seller shall also be entitled to
an equitable price adjustment.

ARTICLE GC.9 WARRANTY

Seller warrants to Purchaser that (i) the Equipment to be delivered hereunder
shall be designed and fit for the purpose of generating electric power when
operated in accordance with Seller's specific operation instructions and, in the
absence thereof, in accordance with generally accepted operation practices of
the electric power producing industry and shall be free from defects in
material, workmanship and title; and (ii) Services shall be performed in a
competent, diligent manner in accordance with any mutually agreed
specifications.

                                       Page 7

<PAGE>

The foregoing warranties (except as to title) for the Equipment shall apply to
defects which appear during the Warranty Period which shall expire upon the
first to occur of the following: (a) 12 months from Initial Synchronization of
the applicable Unit or (b) 24 months following the Delivery Date of the
applicable Unit.

If the Equipment delivered or Services performed hereunder do not meet the above
warranties during the Warranty Period, Purchaser shall promptly notify Seller in
writing and make the Equipment available for correction. Seller shall thereupon
correct any defect by, at its option, (i) reperforming the defective Services,
(ii) repairing the defective part of the Equipment or (iii) by making available
necessary replacement parts F.O.B. factory, freight prepaid to the Site. Seller
shall provide Technical Advisory Services reasonably necessary for any such
repair of the Equipment, but Seller shall not be responsible for removal or
replacement of structures or other parts of the facility. If a defect in the
Equipment or part thereof cannot be corrected by Seller's reasonable efforts,
the Parties will negotiate an equitable adjustment in price with respect to such
Equipment or part thereof. The condition of any tests shall be mutually agreed
upon and Seller shall be notified of and may be represented at, all tests that
may be made.

Any reperformed service or repaired or replacement part furnished under this
warranty shall carry warranties on the same terms as set forth above, except
that the warranty period shall be for a period of one year from the date of such
reperformance, repair or replacement. In any event the warranty period and
Seller's responsibilities set forth herein for such repaired or replacement part
shall expire upon the first to occur of the following: (a) 24 months from
initial synchronization of the applicable Unit or (b) 36 months following the
Delivery Date of the applicable Unit.

Seller does not warrant the Equipment or any repaired or replacement parts
against normal wear and tear, including that due to environment or operation,
including excessive operation at peak capability, frequent starting, type of
fuel, detrimental air inlet conditions or erosion, corrosion or material
deposits from fluids. The warranties and remedies set forth herein are further
conditioned upon (i) the proper storage, installation, operation, and
maintenance of the Equipment and conformance with the operation instruction
manuals (including revisions thereto) provided by Seller and/or its
subcontractors, as applicable and (ii) repair or modification pursuant to
Seller's instructions or approval. Purchaser shall keep proper records of
operation and maintenance during the Warranty Period. These records shall be
kept in the form of logsheets and copies shall be submitted to Seller upon its
request.

The preceding paragraphs of this Article set forth the exclusive remedies for
all claims based on failure of or defect in the Equipment and Services provided
under this Contract, whether the failure or defect arises before or during the
Warranty Period and whether a claim, however instituted, is based on contract,
indemnity, warranty, tort (including negligence), strict liability or otherwise.
The foregoing warranties are exclusive and are in lieu of all other warranties
and guarantees whether written, oral, implied or statutory. NO IMPLIED STATUTORY
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE SHALL APPLY.

                                       Page 8

<PAGE>
ARTICLE GC.10 PATENTS

Seller agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser from any rightful claim
of any third party that any Equipment manufactured by Seller and furnished
hereunder infringes any registered patent, copyrights, and trademarks. If
Purchaser notifies Seller promptly of the receipt of any such claim, does not
take any position adverse to Seller regarding such claim and gives Seller
information, assistance and exclusive authority to settle and defend the claim,
Seller shall, at its own expense and option, either (i) settle or defend the
claim or any suit or proceeding and pay all damages and costs awarded in it
against Purchaser, or (ii) procure for Purchaser the right to continue using the
Equipment, or (iii) modify the Equipment so that it becomes non-infringing, or
(iv) replace the Equipment with non-infringing Equipment; or (v) remove the
infringing Product and refund the price. If, in any suit arising from such a
claim, the continued use of the Equipment for the purpose intended is forbidden
by any court of competent jurisdiction, Seller shall at its option take one or
more of the actions under (ii), (iii); (iv) or (v) above. The foregoing states
the entire liability of Seller for patent infringement of any Equipment.

The above paragraph shall not apply to (i) any Equipment which is manufactured
to Purchaser's design or (ii) the use of any equipment furnished under this
Contract in conjunction with any other apparatus or material. As to any
Equipment or use described in the preceding sentence, Seller assumes no
liability whosoever for patent infringement.

ARTICLE GC.11 INSURANCE

This article GC.11 covers any of Seller liabilities anywhere related to this
contract.

The Seller and each of its Subcontractors shall furnish and maintain
Comprehensive General Liability insurance with limits of not less than
$1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury or death, and $1,000,000 per
occurrence property damage plus Contractual Liability coverage.

The Seller and each of its Subcontractors shall furnish and maintain automobile
liability insurance with limits of not less than $1,000,000 for each person,
$1,000,000 for each occurrence and $1,000,000 for property damages.

The Seller and each Subcontractor shall furnish to the Purchaser certificates
evidencing compliance with all federal and state workers compensation or similar
laws which might impose any charge or liability on the Purchaser in connection
with the Work under this Contract. Employers liability insurance with a limit of
$1,000,000 per accident and $1,000,000 in the annual aggregate.

Before the Seller or its Subcontractors shall do any work under this Contract,
they shall furnish the Purchaser with the aforementioned certificates and
certificates of insurance evidencing that

                                       Page 9

<PAGE>

insurance has been provided to meet the above requirements. Such certificates
shall state that no material change or cancellation can be effected without
thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Purchaser

Seller shall be included on Purchaser's Builder's Risk Insurance Policy as an
additional insured, with a waiver of subrogation with respect to Seller's
on-Site activities.

ARTICLE GC.12 INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the provisions of Article GC.13, Seller agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless Purchaser from any physical damage to the property of third parties or
injury to persons, including death, to the extent resulting directly from the
negligence of Seller or its officers, servants, agents, employees, and/or
assigns while engaged in activities under this Contract. For purposes hereof,
third parties shall not include Purchaser, Operator, or their subsidiaries,
parents, affiliates, agents, successors or assigns, or any party with (a) any
equity interest in the foregoing entities or (b) a security interest of any
nature in any such entity's assets or property, which party also claims or seeks
to claim any of the rights, powers or privileges of under this Contract or
claims or seeks to claim as a third party beneficiary of Purchaser under this
Contract. Purchaser shall likewise indemnify and hold harmless Seller from any
physical damage to property of third parties or injury to persons, including
death, to the extent resulting directly from the negligence of Purchaser, its
officers, servants, agents, employees, and/or assigns, while engaged in
activities relating to this Contract. For purposes hereof, third parties shall
not include Seller, or any subcontractor, vendor or supplier, or their
subsidiaries, parents, affiliates, agents, successors or assigns, or any party
with (a) any equity interest in the foregoing entities or (b) a security
interest of any nature in any such entity's assets or property, which party also
claims or seeks to claim any of the rights, powers or privileges of under this
Contract or claims or seeks to claim as a third party beneficiary of Seller
under this Contract. In the event such damage or injury is caused by the joint
or concurrent negligence of Seller and Purchaser, the loss shall be borne by
each Party in proportion to its negligence.

ARTICLE GC.13 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

The total liability of either Party, on all claims of any kind, whether in
contract, warranty, indemnity, tort (including negligence), strict liability, or
otherwise, arising out of the performance or breach of the Contract or use of
any Equipment shall not exceed the Contract Price, except for the cost of
performing the Seller's scope of work or the Purchaser's payment obligation. All
liability under this Contract shall terminate four (4) years after the shipment
of the last Major Component of the Unit giving rise to the claim.

In no event, whether as a result of breach of contract, warranty, indemnity,
tort (including negligence), strict liability, or otherwise, shall Seller or its
Subcontractors or Suppliers be liable for loss of profit or revenues, loss of
use of the Equipment or any associated equipment, cost of

                                       Page 10

<PAGE>

capital, cost of substitute equipment, facilities, services or replacement
power, downtime costs, claims of Purchaser's customers for such damages, or for
any special, consequential, incidental, indirect or exemplary damages and
Purchaser shall indemnify Seller against such claims of Purchaser's customers.

Purchaser covenants and agrees that in the event it seeks to transfer or assign
the Equipment and Services to any other third party that it shall, as a
condition to such transfer or assignment, cause such third party to acknowledge
and accept the restrictions and limitations afforded under this Contract for the
benefit of Seller and it's Subcontractors, including the provisions of this
Article GC.13.

If Purchaser cannot obtain for Seller from any subsequent purchasers the
protections specified in this Article GC.13, Purchaser shall indemnify, defend
and hold Seller harmless from and against any and all claims made by any
subsequent purchasers of the Equipment or Services against Seller for loss or
damage arising out of the performance or non-performance of the Equipment or
Services provided under this Contract.

If Seller furnishes Purchaser with advice or assistance concerning any products,
systems or work which is not required pursuant to the Contract Documents, the
furnishing of such advice or assistance will not subject Seller to any
liability, whether in contract, warranty, indemnity, tort (including
negligence), strict liability or otherwise.

For the purposes of this Article GC.13, the term "Seller" shall mean Seller, its
affiliates, Subcontractors and Suppliers of any tier, and their respective
agents and employees, whether individually or collectively.

The provisions of this Article GC.13 shall prevail over any conflicting or
inconsistent provisions contained in any of the documents comprising this
Contract, except to the extent that such provisions further restrict Seller's
liability.

ARTICLE GC.14 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE GC.15 FINAL COMPLETION

Final Completion shall occur once (i) Seller has successfully achieved the
Performance Guarantees or has paid all Liquidated Damages due and owing
including, as applicable, all Performance Liquidated Damages hereunder, and (ii)
completion of the mutually agreed upon punch list.

                                       Page 11

<PAGE>

ARTICLE GC.16 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

Seller guarantees the performance of the Unit as set forth in the Contract
Documents. A performance test shall be run to demonstrate that Seller's
Performance Guarantees have been achieved. This test shall be performed using
the Seller's testing protocol (GEI-41067D) and shall be conducted immediately
following the start-up period after Seller has conducted final check-out of the
Unit. If Seller's Performance Guarantees have not been achieved, Seller shall
pay Performance Liquidated Damages as indicated in the Agreement. However,
Seller will be allowed a cure period of 180 days immediately following the
initial performance test during which Performance Liquidated Damages will be
deferred, and Seller shall make all repairs, replacements, or other corrections
as required for the Unit to meet the Performance Guarantees. During the cure
period, Purchaser shall make the Unit available to Seller for such corrective
action. At the end of the cure period, if the Unit does not meet Seller's
Performance Guarantees, Seller shall then pay Purchaser the appropriate
Performance Liquidated Damages. Seller may at any time during the cure period,
at its option, pay Purchaser the appropriate Performance Liquidated Damages.

The initial performance test shall be performed by Purchaser at its cost. The
Seller shall be notified of, and shall be represented at all such tests. If a
re-test is required and to the extent Seller was the cause of such re-test, the
actual cost of the retest will be borne by the Seller. The actual cost of the
re-test shall mean (i) cost of special test personnel or special operating
personnel provided by the Purchaser, (ii) cost of special instrumentation and
equipment (including rental cost) and including required calibration of the
instrumentation, and (iii) Seller's personnel cost, but in no event whatsoever
will Seller be responsible for the cost of fuel, normal operating personnel, or
any other such other cost associated with the conducting of such re-test unless
specifically noted above.

In conducting the initial performance test or re-tests, the performance of the
Unit shall not be adjusted for degradation until such Unit has operated in
excess of one hundred (100) hours. The Seller's degradation curve shall be used
to determine the adjustment for Unit output and Unit heat rate.

The Seller shall be allowed ninety (90) days from first roll of the Unit to
complete Unit checkouts, including adjustments or corrections to make the Unit
ready for testing prior to the initial performance test.

In the event Seller is liable to Purchaser for liquidated damages in accordance
with the provisions herein for the failure to meet any performance guarantee ,
the calculation of such liquidated damages shall include a credit when any
performance guarantee of any Unit is demonstrated to have been better than the
guarantee values. Seller's credit or liability shall be the net calculation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Seller is liable for Performance
Liquidated Damages on both natural gas and distillate oil fuels, the Seller
shall only be obligated to pay the Performance Liquidated Damage on the fuel
which results in the greater compensation to the Purchaser.

                                       Page 12

<PAGE>
ARTICLE GC.17 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE:

Purchaser shall have the right to terminate this Contract for cause in the event
of the following:

(i)     Seller becomes insolvent, Seller makes an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or a receiver or trustee is appointed for the benefit of Seller's
creditors, or Seller makes a filing for protection from creditors under any
bankruptcy or insolvency laws;

(ii)    Seller substantially breaches and fails to comply or perform its
material obligations hereunder (but only with respect to a material obligation
for which this Contract does not provide exclusive remedies);

Prior to termination for breach, Purchaser shall provide Seller with written
notice of the nature of such breach and Purchaser's intention to terminate for
Seller's default subject to reasonable opportunity for Seller to cure such
breach. If Seller fails: (i) to commence and diligently to pursue a cure of such
failure within ten (10) business days after receipt of such notice or within
such extended period as is considered reasonable by the Parties, or (ii) to
provide reasonable evidence that such default does not in fact exist, Purchaser
may terminate the Contract.

If Purchaser fails to fulfill any payment conditions as set forth in the
Contract, Seller shall have the right to suspend all work on the Unit after
twenty (20) days of non-payment of undisputed amounts and any cost incurred by
Seller in accordance with such suspension (including storage costs) shall be
payable by Purchaser upon submission of Seller's invoice(s). Performance of
Seller's obligations shall be extended for a period of time to overcome the
effects of such suspension. If Purchaser does not correct such failure within
sixty (60) days, Seller shall have the right to terminate this Contract for
cause in respect to the portion of the Unit which title has not passed.

If Seller terminates this Contract for Purchaser's breach as provided above,
Seller's termination charges shall be paid by Purchaser as set forth in Schedule
B of the Agreement. If Purchaser terminates this Contract for Seller's breach,
Purchaser will not pay any termination charges and Seller will promptly refund
any down payment or progress payments and Purchaser will make all shipped
equipment available for return.

ARTICLE GC.18 SELLER'S PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

At the time of furnishing confidential or proprietary information, Seller will
expressly designate by label, stamp, or other written communication that the
information or documentation furnished is confidential. Purchaser agrees (i) to
treat such information as confidential, (ii) to restrict the use of such
information to matters relating to Seller's performance of the Contract, and
(iii) to restrict access to such information to employees of Purchaser and its
agents whose access is necessary in the implementation of the Contract.
Confidential information will not be reproduced without Seller's prior written
consent, and all copies of written information will be

                                       Page 13

<PAGE>

returned to Seller upon request except to the extent that such information is to
be retained by Purchaser pursuant to the Contract.

The foregoing restrictions do not apply to information which: (i) is contained
in a printed publication which was released to the public by Seller prior to the
date of the Contract; (ii) is, or becomes, publicly known otherwise than through
a wrongful act of Purchaser, its employees, or agents; (iii) is in possession of
Purchaser, its employees, or agents prior to receipt from Seller, provided that
the person or persons providing the same have not had access to the information
from Seller; (iv) is furnished to others by Seller without restrictions similar
to those herein on the right of the receiving party to use or disclose; (v) is
approved in writing by Seller for disclosure by Purchaser, its agents or
employees to a third party; or (vi)for the purpose of financing or project
approval, must be provided to a private financing or governmental agency,
department, commission or other governmental authority. In disclosing such
confidential or proprietary information to governmental authorities, the
Purchaser shall cooperate with the Seller in minimizing the amount of such
contract information that is furnished. The Purchaser and receiver of
information will endeavor to secure and maintain the confidentiality of
specified portions of such confidential and proprietary information.

ARTICLE GC.19 GLOBAL SOURCING

Seller reserves the right in its discretion to obtain, source, subcontract,
manufacture, fabricate and assemble the Equipment and any of its components and
systems outside the United States or from non-domestic concerns, or both; it
being understood that the quality standards and warranties of the Seller under
the Contract shall be adhered to in all cases irrespective of source and all
sourcing shall be consistent with all applicable laws and regulations.

ARTICLE GC.20 ASSIGNMENT

The Parties shall not delegate or assign any or all of their duties or rights
under this Contract without prior written consent from the other Party; such
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the terms of this
provision, the Parties may delegate or assign their duties or rights to any
Affiliate or subsidiary, provided that, with respect to Purchaser's delegate or
assignee, such delegate or assignee shall own or operate the Units for the
purposes of generating electric power for revenue to an electrical power
generation grid. Such assignment shall in no way relieve the assigning Party of
its obligations under this Contract.

ARTICLE GC.21 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, CODES AND STANDARDS

The Contract Price is based on Seller's design, manufacture and delivery of the
Equipment and performance of the Services pursuant to (i) its design criteria,
manufacturing processes and procedures and quality assurance program, (ii) those
portions of industry specifications, codes and standards in effect as of the
date of Seller's proposal to Purchaser, which Seller has deemed

                                       Page 14

<PAGE>

applicable to the Equipment and the Services, and (iii) the United States
Federal, State and local laws and rules in effect on the date of Seller's
proposal to Purchaser.

The Contract Price will be equitably adjusted to reflect additional costs
incurred by Seller resulting from (i) a change in standards and regulations
described in items (ii) or (iii) above after the date of Seller's proposal to
Purchaser which affect the Equipment and Services and (ii) changes required to
comply with regulatory or industrial requirements in the location where the
Equipment will be installed and the Services performed. Purchaser shall advise
Seller of requirements affecting the Equipment or Services performed by Seller
resulting from the applicability of any laws, rules or regulations in the
location where the Equipment will be installed and the Services performed.
Reasonable adjustments will be made to the project schedule as may be
appropriate to comply with the foregoing. If Seller determines that a change is
not possible, Seller will so notify Purchaser and Purchaser may terminate this
Contract in accordance with the Schedule B of the Agreement or direct completion
without change and assume responsibility for obtaining any necessary waivers.

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs, no modification in price will be made
as a result of any general change in the manufacturing facilities of Seller
resulting from the imposition of any requirements by any Federal, State or local
governmental entity.

ARTICLE GC.22 ORDER DEFINITION MEETING

The Order Definition Meeting ("ODM") shall mean a project kick-off meeting
between the Seller's project execution team and Purchaser's project
representatives.

Seller shall have no obligation to proceed with any activities related to the
design, engineering (including drawings), or manufacture of the Equipment until
the ODM. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall assist Purchaser in its
endeavors relating to the air permitting of the Project and cooperate by
providing information and support during any hearings in the process of
obtaining the permits. In undertaking such assistance, Seller shall not be
obligated to incur out-of-pocket costs and expenses without reimbursement from
Purchaser.

Subject to Seller receiving the Project Specific Definition as set forth below,
the ODM shall be conducted by no later than twelve months prior to the ship date
of the first Unit.

It is understood and agreed to by the Parties that Purchaser shall provide, in
writing by no later than July 1, 2001) the following information (collectively,
the "Project Specific Definition"): (i) configuration changes if any to the base
configuration (i.e., acceptance or rejection of any and all Equipment options),
(ii) fuel analysis (oil analysis and gas analysis through C14), (iii)
environmental requirements (i.e., air and noise emissions), (iv) state, local
and other regulatory or code requirements (including seismic and wind loading
design requirements) and the exact location of the Site within mainland Virginia
or Maryland. In the event Seller does not receive the Project Specific
Definition by the time frame stated above, the Seller shall be entitled to an
equitable adjustment in the ODM date and shall be entitled to an equitable
adjustment Purchase Order Price or an extension in the Equipment delivery
schedule, or both.

                                       Page 15

<PAGE>
ARTICLE GC.23 SUSPENSION

It is expressly understood by the Parties that the Purchaser shall have no right
of suspension under this Agreement.

ARTICLE GC.24 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Any controversy, dispute or difference between the Parties to this Contract, if
not amicably settled by the Parties with thirty (30) days following notice of
dispute, shall be referred to senior management of the Parties for resolution.
In the event the dispute has not been resolved within forty five (45) days
following referral to senior management, or such longer period as the Parties
may mutually agree, then either Party may then pursue their legal remedies.

ARTICLE GC.25 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Except as provided in the Article entitled "Limitation of Liability", these
provisions are for the benefit of the Parties hereto and not for any other third
party. Waiver by either Party of any right under this Agreement shall not be
deemed a waiver by such Party of any other right hereunder.

This Contract represents the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes
in its entirety all prior agreements concerning the subject matter hereof, and
no modification, amendment, revision, waiver, or other change shall be binding
on either Party unless consented to in writing by the Party's authorized
representative. Any oral or written representation, warranty, course of dealing,
or trade usage not contained or referenced herein shall not be binding on either
Party. Each Party agrees that it has not relied on, or been induced by, any
representations of the other Party not contained in this Contract.

The invalidity in whole or in part of any part of this Contract shall not affect
the validity of the remainder of the Contract.

The following Articles shall survive termination of this Contract: Article
(Taxes); Articles (Compliance With Laws, Codes, & Standards); Article
(Warranty), Article (Patents), Article (Limitation of Liability), Article
(Seller's Proprietary Information), Article (Indemnification) and Article
(Miscellaneous Clauses).

                                       Page 16

<PAGE>

                 g

                                   GE Power Systems
____________________________________

     GE Power Systems
     Equipment Only Proposal

     for

     Four PG7121(EA) 60 Hertz
     Combustion Gas Turbines

     to

     Old Dominion Electric Cooperative

     for

     Rock Springs

                                                       Firm Proposal No: 92746G1
                                                               Dated: July, 2000

 GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION appears on all pages in the Data Sheet, Performance
   Specification, Equipment Scope of Supply, and Commercial Sections of this
                                   proposal.

<PAGE>

                               Table Of Contents

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>
Proposal Summary
                Introduction ...............................................   1
                General Plant Description ..................................   2
                Performance Data ...........................................   3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Performance and Operation
                Performance Curves .........................................   4
                Plant Operating Philosophy .................................   5
                Test Philosophy ............................................   6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description of Equipment
                GE Scope of Supply .........................................   7
                Turbine-Generator ..........................................   8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Design Basis
                Customer Scope of Supply ...................................   9
                Codes and Standards ........................................  10
                Data Sheets ................................................  11
                Technical Comments .........................................  12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Services
                Customer Drawings and Documentation ........................  13
                Technical Advisory Services ................................  14
                Training ...................................................  15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drawings and Diagrams
                Mechanical Outline .........................................  16
                Electrical One-Line Diagram ................................  17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendices
                Quality ....................................................  18
                Reference Documents ........................................  19
</TABLE>

                        Table of Contents                                Page ii
                        --------------------------------------------------------
                        Firm Proposal                  92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               g

                             GE Power Systems
_____________________________

              1. Introduction

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1.1  Why Choose GE?

              When you select a GE heavy duty gas turbine you also gain the
              resources of the world's largest gas turbine manufacturer. From
              corporate resources, to manufacturing, to plant service, GE
              resources are unsurpassed.

              GE uses a design philosophy based on proven technology and reduced
              unit maintenance, is the leader in reliability and availability,
              has packaged designs for fast installation and low cost, can meet
              demanding low emissions requirements, and has unmatched
              operational experience. These are the reasons to select GE.

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1.2  Corporate Resources

              GE is the only company in the world that designs and manufactures
              heavy duty gas turbines, aircraft engines, and steam turbines.
              Drawing on the technology and experience of these related
              products, along with development programs at the GE Corporate
              Research and Development Center, GE's heavy duty gas turbines have
              achieved an operating record that is unmatched by the competition.

              Developments at GE Aircraft Engines and Corporate Research &
              Development have provided a basis for enhancements to heavy duty
              gas turbines in advanced cooling techniques, improved sealing
              methods, patented high-strength alloys, and superior
              high-temperature coatings. State-of-the-art technology is also
              utilized in the 18-stage axial flow compressor, the can-annular
              combustion system, the turbine nozzles and buckets, and the
              accessory packaging.

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1.3  Manufacturing

              GE's heavy duty gas turbine manufacturing operation employs
              industry-leading techniques at the world's largest gas turbine
              factory, located in Greenville, SC, USA. The 1 million square feet
              (92,000 square meters) Greenville facility, along with GE business
              associate plant resources totaling 6.5 million square feet
              (600,000 square meters), provide GE with manufacturing capacity
              unequaled in the industry.

                               Introduction                             Page 1.1
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.4  Service and Plant Support

              GE provides full-time support of the largest localized service
              network in the world, through 192 service support centers located
              around the globe. GE service is full scope, extending from unit
              order through unit retirement. GE field engineers are available to
              assist with installation and start-up and also with planned and
              emergency maintenance, with capabilities to perform diagnostics,
              performance assessments, craft labor coordination, repairs,
              overhauls, and upgrades.

              Backing up these field service engineers is a worldwide network of
              GE service centers as shown on the following map. In addition to
              19 service centers in the United States, GE also provides expert
              repair service through centers in Puerto Rico, Venezuela, England,
              Saudi Arabia, and Singapore. Whether for routine maintenance or
              emergency repairs, spare parts are available from warehouses and
              manufacturing centers all over the world.

                               [MAP APPEARS HERE]

                               Introduction                             Page 1.2
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5  Design Philosophy - Using Proven Technology

              The reliability of the GE heavy duty gas turbines results from a
              design philosophy centered on the principle of geometric scaling.
              Under this principle, the geometric similarity of components is
              maintained while units are scaled up or down in operating speed
              and output. Because of this, operating factors such as
              temperatures, pressures, blade angles and stresses are kept
              constant, while critical cycle parameters of pressure ratios and
              efficiency are maintained. In this way, all new machines build on
              the proven reliability and performance of their predecessors.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.6  Reliability and Availability

              GE heavy duty gas turbines lead the industry in reliability and
              availability statistics. One key factor in the unmatched
              reliability of GE's gas turbines is the redundancy built into GE's
              state-of-the-art gas turbine control system. Because this
              microprocessor-based turbine control system employs a distributed
              processor and a redundant architecture, its overall performance is
              unmatched in the industry. The control system uses independent
              digital controllers to achieve the reliability of triple
              redundancy for the turbine control and protective functions.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.7  Prepackaged for Rapid Installation

              The MS7001(EA) is prepackaged to assure fast installation with
              minimum installation cost. The gas turbine and accessory
              compartments contain the turbo machinery as well as the mechanical
              and electrical support equipment for starting, operation and
              shutdown. With the packaging concept, the majority of the
              supporting equipment is skid-mounted and the locations
              standardized.

              A unique accessory packaging concept features an improved "split
              base" design. The "split base" design maximizes factory piping and
              wiring, requiring less assembly work in the field. The arrangement
              of components also reduces site interconnection requirements and
              provides easier access to accessory components during operation
              and maintenance.

              The MS7001(EA) generator is designed for compactness and ease of
              maintenance. Like the gas turbine, it features maximum packaging
              and proven reliability resulting in low installation and
              maintenance costs.

                           Introduction                                 Page 1.3
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Firm Proposal               92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.8  Reduced Maintenance Costs

              When assessing improvements to gas turbine equipment, GE maintains
              a strict adherence to key design parameters affecting maintenance.
              The advantage of analysis and feedback from the largest fleet of
              gas turbines enables GE to develop design improvements and better
              maintenance procedures.

              To keep customers informed of such new technology, GE conducts Gas
              Turbine User and Maintenance Seminars and issues technical
              publications to GE customers. The operating data from the vast
              fleet of gas turbines in service, coupled with an evolutionary
              design philosophy, enable GE to keep customers abreast of the
              latest advances and know-how in servicing and supporting their
              units.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.9  Emissions

              GE's gas turbine technology has been developed to meet the ever
              lower emissions levels required in today's applications.
              Can-annular combustors with film and impingement cooling meet the
              environmental requirements for applications throughout the world
              and provide reliable operation at high firing temperatures. GE is
              the world's most experienced supplier of Dry Low NOx, diluent
              injected, and SCR (selective catalytic reduction) systems that
              meet today's demanding emissions requirements.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.10 Experience

              GE is the world's leading supplier of gas turbines with four times
              the installed base of its nearest competitor. GE's heavy duty gas
              turbines are in service in countries all over the world in diverse
              climates and operating conditions.

              With this kind of record, GE is able to continuously build in
              technology improvements, maintenance advancements, and cost
              reduction strategies for the life of each new plant.

              The MS7001(EA) builds on a tradition of technological leadership
              that has made GE gas turbines the standard by which all others
              have been measured for over four decades. Today, GE's gas turbine
              product line is the most efficient, most reliable, and most proven
              in the market.

                               Introduction                             Page 1.4
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               g

                              GE Power Systems
_______________________________

                 2.  General Plant Description

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2.1 Design Conditions

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Characteristic                            Specification
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  <S>                                              <C>
                  Duty cycle                                       Base Load
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Elevation                                        0 Ft / 0 m
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Design ambient temperature                       59(degree)F / 15(degree)C
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Minimum ambient temperature                      0(degree)F / -17(degree)C
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Maximum ambient temperature                      104(degree)F / 40(degree)C
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Design relative humidity                         60 %
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Minimum relative humidity                        60 %
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Maximum relative humidity                        60 %
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Wind speed                                       98 mph / 159 km/h
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Wind applicable Code                             UBC 1997
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Wind importance factor                           Non-Essential
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Salt classification                              Inland
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Dust level                                       Light
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Snow load                                        18 lb/ft/2// 92 kg/m/2/
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Seismic Zone                                     4; 2A for Inlet/Exhaust
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Seismic importance factor                        Non-Essential
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Customer specified vertical acceleration         0 g
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Customer specified horizontal acceleration       0 g
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2.2 Equipment Overview

         2.2.1   Gas Turbine

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Feature                                   Specification
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  <S>                                              <C>
                  Primary Fuel                                     Natural Gas
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Starting Means                                   Electric Motor
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Air Filtration                                   Self-Cleaning
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Inlet Air Cooling                                Evaporative Cooler
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Compressor/Turbine Cleaning                      On and Off-line Compressor
                                                                   Water Wash
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION   General Plant Description                  Page 2.1
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                             Firm Proposal             92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Exhaust System             Side and Up Exhaust
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Emissions Control          Gas - Dry Low NOx
                ----------------------------------------------------------------

        2.2.2   Generator

                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                     Feature                        Specification
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Model                      Packaged Air-Cooled
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Cooling                    Totally Enclosed Water-to-Air Cooled
                                           (TEWAC)
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Frequency                  60 Hz
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Power Factor (pf)          0.85 Lagging
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Power Factor (pf)          Capability to 1.00 Leading
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Terminal Voltage           13.8 kV
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Generator Excitation       EX2000BR - Rotating Brushless
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Outdoor Enclosure          Load Compartment
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Acoustic Barrier Wall      Exhaust Plenum and Load
                                           Compartment
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Cooling System             Closed H2O to Air
                ----------------------------------------------------------------

        2.2.3   Control Systems

                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                     Feature                        Specification
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Turbine-Generator          SPEEDTRONIC(TM) Mark V (TMR)
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Generator Breaker          Included in Switchgear Compartment
                ----------------------------------------------------------------

________________________________________________

(TM) A trademark of the General Electric Company

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION   General Plant Description                  Page 2.2
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                             Firm Proposal             92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            g

                            GE Power Systems
_____________________________

                   3.  Performance Data

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     3.1  Guarantees

          3.1.1    Guaranteed Performance on Natural Gas Fuel

                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                               Measurement                            Value
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                    Output (base) - evaporative cooler on         86,200 kW
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                    Heat rate (base) - evaporative cooler on      10,370 kJ/kWh
                   -------------------------------------------------------------

          3.1.1.1  Design Basis

                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                               Measurement                            Value
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                    Elevation                                     0 ft
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                    Ambient temperature                           59(degree)F
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                    Relative humidity                             60 %
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                    Inlet system pressure drop                    4.5 in. H2O
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                    Exhaust system pressure                       5.5 in. H2O
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                    Natural gas fuel heating value (LHV)          21,515 Btu/lb
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                    Combustion system type                        DLN 1
                   -------------------------------------------------------------

                   The following also apply to the performance guarantees:

                   . Performance is measured at the generator terminals and
                     includes allowances for excitation power and the
                     shaft-driven equipment normally supplied.

                   . Guarantees are based on new and clean condition of the gas
                     turbine. If more than 100 fired hours have elapsed before a
                     performance test is to be conducted, a GE representative
                     shall have the right to inspect the unit to assure that the
                     power plant is in new and clean condition.

                   . Guarantees are based on a site test conducted as described
                     in the Reference Documents chapter and per the Terms and
                     Conditions of this offer.

                   . Performance curves for both the turbine and generator are
                     included in the Performance Curves section of this
                     proposal. From these curves it is possible to determine
                     estimated performance at ambient temperatures, percent
                     loads, and barometric conditions differing from those
                     listed in the above design basis table. These curves are
                     used during the site

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION         Performance Data                     Page 3.1
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                      performance test to correct performance readings back to
                      the site conditions at which the performance guarantee was
                      provided.

3.1.2            Emissions Guarantees

                 ---------------------------------------------
                      Measurement             Natural Gas
                                      (value/load range)
                 ---------------------------------------------
                  NOx @ 15% O2 (ppmvd)          9 / 100%
                 ---------------------------------------------

                 Notes:

                 For NOx emission compliance, refer to Standard Field Testing
                 Procedure in the Reference Documents chapter of this proposal.

     3.1.3       Acoustics Guarantees

     3.1.3.1     Near Field Noise Values

                 The near field sound pressure level (SPL) contribution from the
                 GE supplied equipment is guaranteed not to exceed 85 dBA (ref.
                 20 micropascals) when measured 3 feet (1 meter) in the
                 horizontal plane and at an elevation of 5 feet (1.5 meters)
                 above machine base line or personnel platforms with the
                 equipment operating at base load in accordance with contract
                 specifications.

     3.1.3.1.1   Basis of Guarantee

                 The following also apply to the above guarantee:

                 .    Testing methodology shall be based on the latest version
                      of ANSI/ASME PTC 36. The final result shall be the
                      arithmetic average of the SPL's measured around the
                      equipment after background and other corrections have been
                      applied. The equipment shall be in compliance if the final
                      result does not exceed the noise limit(s) specified above.

                 .    Equipment shall be operated in a new and clean condition
                      as intended by the designers when measurements are taken.
                      All access compartments, doors, panels and other temporary
                      openings shall be fully closed; all silencing hardware
                      shall be fully installed; all systems designed to be
                      airtight shall be sealed.

                 .    If the above guaranteed SPL exceeds the measured
                      background noise by 10 dBA, no correction shall be
                      necessary. Otherwise, corrections to the measured SPL
                      shall be made per ANSI/ASME PTC 36 procedures.

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION      Performance Data                        Page 3.2
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Firm Proposal          92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                 Background noise is defined as the noise measured with all GE
                 supplied equipment off and all other plant equipment on.

               . Intermittent noises such as steam safety blow off valves and
                 filter pulse noise are not included in the above guarantee.

               . Measurements shall be taken 3 feet (1 meter) away from the
                 outermost surfaces of equipment, including piping, conduit,
                 framework, barriers and personnel protection devices if
                 provided.

               . Measurements shall not be taken in any location where there is
                 an airflow velocity greater than 5 feet per second (1.5 meters
                 per second), including nearby air intakes or exhausts.

               . Free field conditions must be prevalent at measurement
                 locations. Testing and for and corrections to a free field
                 shall be per ANSI/ASME PTC 36.

               . Testing shall be done according to a test plan agreed to by
                 both the customer and GE. Such a plan shall be submitted to
                 both the customer and GE at least 30 days prior to noise
                 compliance testing. The test results shall be submitted in the
                 form of a test report that shall be made available to both the
                 customer and GE.

               Measurement responsibility shall be stated in the contract. If
               the customer has responsibility for the compliance measurements,
               GE reserves the right to audit or parallel these measurements.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.2  Estimated Performance

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION         Performance Data                     Page 3.3
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

Old Dominion/ Rock Springs
ESTIMATED PERFORMANCE PG7121(EA)
--------------------------------

Load Condition                                 BASE          BASE

Ambient Temp.                   Deg F.         59.           59.
Evap. Cooler Status                            On            Off
Evap. Cooler Effectiveness      %              85
Fuel Type                                      Methane       Methane
Fuel LHV                        Btu/lb         21,515        21,515
Fuel Temperature                Deg F          365           365
Output                          kW             86,200.       84,360.
Heat Rate (LHV)                 Btu/kWh        10,370.       10,400.
Heat Cons. (LHV) X l0/6/        Btu/h          893.9         877.3
Exhaust Flow X l0/3/            lb/h           2386.         2355.
Exhaust Temp.                   Deg F.         994.          999.
Exhaust Heat (LHV) X l0/6/      Btu/h          565.8         556. 1

EMISSIONS
---------

NOx                             ppmvd @ 15% 02 9.            9.
NOx AS NO2                      lb/h           33.           32.
CO                              wmvd           25.           25.
CO                              lb/h           54.           54.
UHC                             wmvw           7.            7.
UHC                             lb/h           9.            9.
VOC                             wmvw           1.4           1.4
VOC                             lb/h           1.8           1.8
Particulates                    lb/h           5.0           5.0
     (PM10 Front-half Filterable Only)

EXHAUST ANALYSIS                % VOL.
----------------

Argon                                          0.89          0.91
Nitrogen                                       74.73         74.91
Oxygen                                         13.83         13.90
Carbon Dioxide                                 3.14          3.12
Water                                          7.41          7.17

SITE CONDITIONS
---------------

Elevation                       ft.            0.0
Site Pressure                   psia           14.7
Inlet Loss                      in Water       4.5
Exhaust Loss                    in Water       5.5 @ IS0 Conditions
Relative Humidity               %              60
Application                                    TEWAC Generator
Combustion System                              9/42 DLN Combustor

Emission information based on GE recommended measurement methods. NOx emissions
are corrected to 15% 02 without heat rate correction and are not corrected to
IS0 reference condition per 40CFR 60.335(c)(l). NOx levels shown will be
controlled by algorithms within the SPEEDTRONIC control system.

Output contingent upon generator water at adequate temperature, pressure, and
flow

<PAGE>
________________________________________________________________________________

3.3  Generator Performance Specifications

     3.3.1     Performance Rating Conditions

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>

               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Measurement                                            Value
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Elevation                                               0 ft
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Stator insulation                                       Class F
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Rotor insulation                                        Class F
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Cold gas temperature                                    40(degree)C
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Required cooling water flow                             1520 gpm
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Required temperature of inlet cooling water             95(degree)F maximum
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Coolant type                                            66% water, 33% ethylene
                                                                          glycol
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Fouling factor                                          0.0005
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Rating standards                                        ANSI
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     3.3.2     Performance Rating, Synchronous Generator
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Note                                              Design
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Following values based on generator design number                   D265P51
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Measurement                                   Base
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  kVA                                                        101,000
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Power Factor                                               0.85
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  KW                                                         85,850
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  rpm                                                        3600
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Number of poles                                            2
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Number of phases                                           3
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Frequency (Hz)                                             60
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Voltage                                                    13.8 kV
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Amperes                                                    4,226
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Connection                                                 WYE
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Short Circuit Ratio                                        0.54
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                    Performance Data                   Page 3.4
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal     92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Temperature Rating                                        Value
             (total temperature at base load, with temp stabilized)
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Armature coils (by temperature detector)                       110(degree)C
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Collector (by thermometer)                                     125(degree)C
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Field coils (by resistance)                                    125(degree)C
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Dielectric Tests                               Value
               (between coils and frame, ac voltage for 1 minute)
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Armature                                                       28,600 V
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Field                                                          3,000 V
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Excitation (maximum required)                        Value
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           KW                                                             258
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Voltage                                                        300
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Calculated Generator Reactances (base load)                 Value
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Xdi                                                            2.021
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           X'di                                                           0.289
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           X'dv                                                           0.215
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           X"dv                                                           0.149
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           X2V                                                            0.143
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           X0I                                                            0.116
          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                    Performance Data                   Page 3.5
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal     92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                          GE Power Systems
___________________________________________

                       4. Performance Curves
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        4.1  Turbine and Generator Performance Curves

             4.1.1     Turbine Curves

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Curve                                          Number              Date
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       <S>                                                             <C>                  <C>
                         Estimated Single Unit Performance, Base                         522HA282            8/17/98
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Estimated Single Unit Performance, Peak                         522HA710            8/21/98
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Compressor Inlet Temperature Corrections, Base                  522HA283            8/17/98
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Compressor Inlet Temperature Corrections, Peak                  522HA709            8/21/98
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Modulated Inlet Guide Vane Effects                              522HA284            8/17/98
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Altitude Correction Factor for Turbine                          4l6HA662B           6/30/99
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Humidity Effects Curve                                          498HA697B           10/10/89
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

             4.1.2     TEWAC Generator Curves

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Curve                                                 Number
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       <S>                                                                      <C>

                         Estimated Saturation and Synchronous Impedance Curve                   D265P51-1
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Estimated Generator Reactive Capability Curve, Base                    D265P51-2A
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Estimated Excitation V Curve                                           D265P51-3
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Generator Output as a Function of Cold Air Temperature                 D265P51-7A
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Generator Output as a Function of Cold Liquid Temperature              D265P51-7B
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                   Performance Data                 Page 4.1
                                   -----------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal    92745G (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                  General Electric Model PG7121EA Gas Turbine

              Estimated Performance - Configuration: DLN Combustor

         Compressor Inlet Conditions 59 F (15 C), 60% Relative Humidity

                   Atmospheric Pressure 14.7 psia (1.013 bar)

   Fuel:                                       Natural Gas       Distillate
   Design Output           kW                     84360           82890
   Design Heat Rate (LHV)  Btu/kWh  (kJ/kWh)      10480 (11050)   10570 (11150)
   Design Heat Cons (LHV)  Btu/h    (kJ/h)x10*6   884.1 (932.5)   876.1 (924.2)
   Design Exhaust Flow     lb/h     (kg/h)x10*3    2361  (1071)    2368  (1074)
   Exhaust Temperature     deg. F   (deg. C)        998 (536.7)     999 (537.2)
   Load                                            Base            Base

Notes:
1. Altitude correction on curve 416HA662 Rev A.
2. Ambient temperature correction on curve 522HA283 Rev 2.
3. Effect of modulating IGV's on exhaust temperature and flow on curve 522HA284
   Rev 2.
4. Humidity effects on curve 498HA697 Rev. B - all performance calculated with a
   constant specific humidtiy of .0064 or less as not to exceed 100% relative
   humidity.
5. Plant Performance is measured at the generator terminals and includes
   allowances for the effects of inlet bleed heating, exitation power, shaft
   driven auxiliaries, and 3.5 in H2O (7.29 mbar) inlet and 5.5 in H2O
   (13.70 mbar) exhaust pressure drops and a DLN Combustor.
6. Additional inlet and exhaust pressure loss effects:

                                      % Effect on         Effect on
                                    Output Heat Rate     Exhaust Temp.

   4 in Water (10.0 mbar) inlet       -1.40    0.42       1.9F (1.0C)
   4 in Water (10.0 mbar) exhaust     -0.42    0.40       1.8F (1.0C)

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

*Denotes Roof tops in the Table.

<PAGE>

                   General Electric Model PG7121EA Gas Turbine
              Estimated Performance - Configuration: DLN Combustor

         Compressor Inlet Conditions 59 F (15 C), 60% Relative Humidity
                   Atmospheric Pressure 14.7 psia (1.013 bar)

Fuel:                                        Natural Gas
Design Output             kW                     91180
Design Heat Rate (LHV)    Btu/kWh (kJ/kWh)      10460(11035.8)
Design Heat Cons (LHV)    Btu/h   (kJ/h)x10*6    953.7(1006.2)
Design Exhaust Flow       lb/h    (kg/h)x10*3    2362(1071.4)
Exhaust Temperature       deg. F  (deg. C)       1063(572.8)
Load                                             Peak

Notes:
1. Altitude correction on curve 416HA662 Rev A.
2. Ambient temperature correction on curve 522HA709 Rev 1.
3. Base Load performance on curve 522HA282 Rev 2.
4. Humidity effects on curve 498HA697 Rev. B - all performance calculated with a
   constant specific humidtiy of .0064 or less as not to exceed 100% relative
   humidity.
5. Plant Performance is measured at the generator terminals and
   includes allowances for the effects of inlet bleed heating, exitation power,
   shaft driven auxiliaries, and 3.5 in H2O (7.29 mbar) inlet and 5.5 in H2O
   (13.70 mbar) exhaust pressure drops and a DLN Combustor.
6. Additional inlet and exhaust pressure loss effects:

                               % Effect on           Effect on
                              Output Heat Rate      Exhaust Temp.
4 in Water (10.0 mbar) inlet   -1.40     0.42        1.9F (1.0C)
4 in Water (10.0 mbar) exhaust -0.40     0.40        1.8F (1.0C)

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

* Denotes roof tops in the Table.

<PAGE>

                  GENERAL ELECTRIC MODEL PG7121EA GAS TURBINE

                   Effect of Compressor Inlet Temperature on
               Output, Heat Rate, Heat Consumption, Exhaust Flow
              And Exhaust Temperature at Base Load and 100% speed.

Configuration: DNL Combustor

Fuel: Natural Gas

Design Values on Curve 522HA282Rev2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

Configuration: DNL Combustor

Fuel: Natural Gas

Design Values on Curve 522HA283Rev2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

<PAGE>

                 GENERAL ELECTRIC MODEL PG7121(EA) GAS TURBINE

     Effect of Compressor Inlet Temperature on Output, Heat Rate, Heat
Consumption, Exhaust Flow And Exhaust Temperature at Peak Load and 100% speed.

Configuration: DNL Combustor

Fuel: Natural Gas

Design Values on Curve 522HA710Rev1

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

Configuration: DNL Combustor

Fuel: Natural Gas

Design Values on Curve 522HA709Rev1

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

<PAGE>

                  GENERAL ELECTRIC MODEL PG7121EA GAS TURBINE

           Effect of Inlet Guide Vane on Exhaust Flow and Temperature
            As a Function of Output and Compressor Inlet Temperature

Fuel: Natural Gas

Design Values on Curve 522HA282Rev2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

Fuel: Natural Gas

Design Values on Curve 522HA284Rev2

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

<PAGE>

                          GENERAL ELECTRIC GAS TURBINE
                           ALTITUDE CORRECTION CURVE

                        ALTITUDE VS ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
                                      AND
                         ALTITUDE VS CORRECTION FACTOR
           FOR GASTURBINE OUTPUT, FUEL CONSUMPTION, AND EXHAUST FLOW

NOTES:
1. Exhaust Temperature, Heat Rate, and Thermal Efficiency are not affected by
   attitude.
2. Correction Factor = P(atm)/1A.7

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

06/30/99                                                      Curve no. 416#A622
                                                                           Rev-B

<PAGE>

             General Electric MS6001, MS7001 And MS9001 Gas Turbines

                      Corrections To Output And Heat Rate
                    For Non-Iso Specific Humidity Conditions

                     For Operation At Base Load On Exhaust
                           Temperature Control Curve

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

10/10/89                                                      Curve no. 498HA697
                                                                           Rev B

<PAGE>

             ESTIMATED SATURATION AND SYNCHRONOUS IMPEDANCE CURVES
                 101000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 13800 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                    300 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD AIR - 0 FT ALT

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

                                                             Curve no. D265P51-1
                                                                  Date 25-AUG-99

<PAGE>

                      ESTIMATED REACTIVE CAPABILITY CURVES
                 101000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 13800 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                    300 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD AIR - 0 FT ALT

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

                                                            Curve no. D265P51-2A
                                                                  Date 25-AUG-99

<PAGE>

                          ESTIMATED EXCITATION V CURVES
                 101000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 13800 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                    300 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD AIR - 0 FT ALT

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

                                                             Curve no. D265P51-3
                                                                  Date 25-AUG-99

<PAGE>

             GENERATOR OUTPUT AS A FUNCTION OF COLD AIR TEMPERATURE
                 101000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 13800 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                    300 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD AIR - 0 FT ALT

                              [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

                                                            Curve no. D265P51-7A
                                                                  Date 25-AUG-99

<PAGE>

           GENERATOR OUTPUT AS A FUNCTION OF COLD LIQUID TEMPERATURE
                 101000 KVA - 3600 RPM - 13800 VOLTS - 0.85 PF
                    300 FLD VOLTS - 40 C COLD AIR - 0 FT ALT

                             [GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

                                                            Curve no. D265P51-7B
                                                                  Date 25-AUG-99

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                          5. Plant Operating Philosophy
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.1     Introduction

                          This section describes the startup, on-line operation
                          and shutdown of a simple-cycle power plant. The
                          following paragraphs briefly describe the general
                          operating philosophy and operator's responsibilities
                          for simple-cycle operation. The description is of a
                          general nature. Specifics may vary pending detail
                          design definition.

        5.1.1             Simple-Cycle Mode of Operation

                          The gas turbine power plant can be started from the
                          control panel of the gas turbine control system. Plant
                          permissive circuits must be satisfied that the unit is
                          capable of coming to full speed and synchronizing to
                          the system. Systems must be placed in the ready to
                          start mode:

                          . MCC breakers set in automatic mode

                          . Cooling water module local disconnect switches
                            closed

                          . Fuel systems made ready

                          . Gas turbine/generator permissive to start systems
                            ready

        5.1.2             Starting and Loading

                          All starting is done automatically, with the operator
                          given the opportunity to hold the startup sequence at
                          either the crank (pre-ignition) or fire
                          (post-ignition, pre-accelerate) points of the startup.
                          An "Auto" mode selection results in a start without
                          any holds. Either before issuing a start command, or
                          during the start, the operator may make the following
                          selections.

                          . Select or disable the automatic synchronization
                            capability of the gas turbine control system. Auto
                            synch utilizes the proven microsynchronizer first
                            introduced in the SPEEDTRONIC(TM) Mark II
                            generation. The microsynchronizer provides extremely
                            accurate and repeatable breaker

_____________________________

(TM)(TM) A trademark of the General Electric Company

                                     Plant Operating Philosopy          Page 5.1
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07100) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                 closures based on phase angle, slip, the slip's rate of change
                 and the response time of the breaker which is stored in the
                 system memory.

               . Selection of Preselected (Intermediate) Load or Base Load. If a
                 selection is made, the unit will automatically load to the
                 selected point and control there. If no selection is made, the
                 unit will load to a low load referred to as "Spinning Reserve"
                 after synchronization. The turbine governor is automatically
                 regulated to maintain the megawatt setting assigned to
                 "Spinning Reserve".

     5.1.3     Operating

               Once the unit is on line, it may be controlled either manually or
               automatically from the gas turbine control system operator
               interface.

               Manual control is provided by the governor raise/lower control
               displayed on the operator interface screen. Automatic operation
               is switched on when the operator selects load points (preselect
               or base) from the turbine control interface.

               For a fully automatic start with automatic loading to base load,
               the operator selects the "Auto" operating mode, enables auto
               synchronization and selects "Base" load. Given a "Start" signal,
               the unit will then start, synchronize and load to Base load with
               no further input on the part of the operator.

     5.1.4     Shutdown

               On shutdown, the system will automatically unload, coast down and
               initiate slow speed rotation until proper wheelspace cooldown
               temperatures are reached.

                                      Plant Operating Philosophy        Page 5.2
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07100) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                               6. Test Philosophy

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.1 Simple-Cycle Power Plant Performance Test Philosophy

    6.1.1            General

                     Performance guarantees for the power plant include
                     electrical output and heat rate. Compliance with these
                     guarantees is determined by an input/output test for the
                     plant. The test includes measurements of additional
                     parameters required to assure that the plant is operating
                     at contract conditions and to enable correction of measured
                     performance to the basis for guarantee conditions.

                     The performance guarantees apply to equipment in new and
                     clean condition.

                     This test must be conducted as soon as possible after the
                     initial startup. The compressor is cleaned per the
                     Compressor Cleaning specification found in the Reference
                     Documents chapter and inspected by the GE representative.
                     The GE representative will be the sole judge with respect
                     to condition of the gas turbine at the time of testing.

                     Performance test technicians are provided by the customer.
                     GE prepares a detailed test specification that is submitted
                     to the customer for mutual agreement. GE provides the
                     technical direction of the tests. In addition, GE performs
                     calculations to determine performance relative to the
                     guarantees and prepares a test report for submittal to the
                     customer.

                     Instrumentation tolerances are applied to the results of
                     the test based on the accuracy of the individual test
                     measurements and the contract requirements. An analysis of
                     the test measurement uncertainty to be applied is made when
                     the detailed test procedure is complete.

    6.1.2            Procedure

                     Testing is conducted on the gas turbine in accordance with
                     the Field Performance Testing Procedure included in the
                     Reference Documents chapter of this proposal. The gas
                     turbine is brought to steady-state test conditions prior to
                     conducting performance testing. The test includes a
                     demonstration of electrical output, heat rate, and other
                     parameters specified in the proposal. Sufficient data is
                     recorded to determine the equipment performance and to
                     correct it to performance guarantee basis conditions.
                     Corrections are made for operating and climatic conditions
                     that may deviate from the contract

                                      Test Philosophy                  Page 6.1
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

           performance guarantee including compressor inlet air temperature and
           humidity, ambient air pressure, fuel properties and water
           injection, if required.

6.1.3      Performance Evaluation

           The simple-cycle performance test is conducted as described above.
           Adjustments are made for variation in gas turbine operating
           conditions as follows:

           1.    Gas Turbine Power
                 kW \\SC\\ = kW \\GT\\ *kW\\AD\\

           2.    Heat Consumption
                 HR\\GT\\

           3.    Heat Rate
                               HC\\GT\\*HR\\AD\\
                 HR\\SC\\ =   -------------------
                                    KW\\GT\\

            Symbol                       Description
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            kWSC   Gas turbine-generator measured electrical output (kW) for
                   simple- cycle mode operation at new and clean condition and
                   corrected to guarantee site conditions.

            kWGT   Gas turbine-generator measured net equipment output (kW) at
                   new and clean conditions.

            kWAD   Gas turbine output corrections to guarantee basis conditions.

            HCGT   Gas turbine heat consumption (106 kJ/h) calculated from fuel
                   flow and lower heating value measured during tests.

            HRSC   Gas turbine net heat rate calculated from measured output and
                   heat consumption corrected to guarantee basis site
                   conditions.

            HRAD   Gas turbine heat rate corrections to guarantee basis site
                   conditions.

           The test procedure includes correction factors and curves for test
           variations in ambient temperature, ambient pressure, ambient relative
           humidity, fuel heating values, and gas turbine water injection. These
           factors are used to correct the measured performance data from actual
           operating conditions to rated contract conditions.

           Output guarantees will be satisfied if the corrected and adjusted
           output (kWsc) surrounded by the uncertainty interval encompasses the
           guaranteed plant output or falls above it. Heat rate guarantee will
           be satisfied if the corrected and adjusted test heat rate (HRsc)
           surrounded by the uncertainty interval encompasses the guaranteed
           plant heat rate or falls below it.

                                      Test Philosophy                   Page 6.2
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                    At the conclusion of the tests, GE will perform calculations
                    to determine performance relative to guarantee and will
                    issue a report covering the entire testing program.

                                      Test Philosophy                   Page 6.3
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07100) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

               7.      GE Scope of Supply

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>

               <S>                                                                 <C>
               7.1     Gas Turbine Systems..........................................7.1

               7.2     Generator....................................................7.7

               7.3     Gas Turbine-Generator Controls and Electric Auxiliaries.....7.14

               7.4     Services....................................................7.19
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               This chapter presents a listing of the equipment and services
               which GE proposes to provide. The list is only a quick reference
               to the scope of supply. Please refer to the Table of Contents to
               locate more detailed descriptions of the items listed here.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1   Gas Turbine Systems

      7.1.1    Gas Turbine

               Base-mounted gas turbine including:

               . Modulating IGV

      7.1.2    Combustion System

               .    Dry Low NOx combustion system

               .    Combustion system features

                    -- Thermal barrier coated liners

                    -- Nimonic transition pieces

                    -- Reuter Stokes SiC flame detectors

                    -- With compressor inlet heating

               .    Diluent injection instrumentation

                    -- Compressor inlet humidity sensor

                    -- Compressor inlet temperature thermocouple

                                      GE Scope of Supply                Page 7.1
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07100) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

7.1.3           Fuel Systems

7.1.3.1         Fuel System

                . Natural gas only

                . Stainless steel gas piping

                . Orifice type gas flow measurement system

                . Duplex gas strainer

                . Off base gas fuel module in a standardized location

                . Gas fuel temperature ( 365(degree)F (185(degree)C)

7.1.4           Lubricating and Hydraulic Systems

7.1.4.1         Pumps

                . Shaft driven main lube oil pump

                . Shaft driven main hydraulic pump

                . AC motor driven, auxiliary lube oil and hydraulic pumps

                . DC motor driven, emergency lube oil pump

7.1.4.2         Filters and Coolers

                . Dual lube oil system filters

                . Dual hydraulic oil filters

                . Dual lube oil coolers

                  -- With 90-10 copper-nickel U-tubes

                . ASME code stamp

                  -- Lube oil coolers

                  -- Lube oil filters

7.1.4.3         Lube Oil Piping

                . 304L stainless steel lube oil feed pipe

                                     GE Scope of Supply                 Page 7.2
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Firm Proposal     92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                . Carbon steel lube oil drain pipe

                . Lube system valve stainless steel trim

                . Schedule 10 lube oil piping inside lube oil tank

7.1.4.4         Mist Elimination

                . Lube vent demister

7.1.4.5         Oil Reservoir

                . With heater for -20(degree)F

7.1.4.6         Instrumentation

                . Delta pressure switches for lubrication and hydraulic oil
                  filters

7.1.5           Inlet System

                . Inlet system arrangement

                  --  Up and forward inlet system arrangement

                  --  Inlet compartment supports straddle ductline

                . Inlet filtration

                  --  Self-cleaning inlet filter

                  --  Compressor bleed air supply for filter cleaning

                  --  Moisture resistant filter media (high humidity
                      environments)

                  --  Air processing unit (APU) with galvanized steel piping

                  --  APU heat tracing kit

                  --  APU NEMA 4X kit

                  --  Weather protection on inlet filter compartment

                  --  Inlet system differential pressure indicator

                  --  Inlet system differential pressure alarm

                  --  Inlet filter compartment support steel (Seismic Zone 2A,
                       (=100 mph wind speed)

                  --  Evaporative cooler, 85% effective

                  --  Caged ladder access to inlet filter compartment

                  --  Left hand access to inlet filter compartment

                . Inlet heating

                                      GE Scope of Supply                Page 7.3
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   --   Bleed heat manifold located in duct

                   --   Compressor pressure ratio operating limit bleed heat
                        control

                   --   Inlet bleed heat control valve(s)

               .   Inlet ducting

                   --   Inlet silencing

                   --   Inlet duct section arrangement per proposed mechanical
                        outline

                   --   Inlet expansion joint

                   --   Inlet 90 degree elbow

                   --   Inlet transition piece

                   --   Inlet ducting support steel (Seismic Zone 2A, = 100 mph
                        wind speed)

               .   Inlet system atmospheric protection

                   --   Zinc rich paint inside and outside of inlet filter
                        compartment

                   --   Epoxy overcoat inside and outside inlet filter
                        compartment

                   --   Zinc rich paint with epoxy overcoat on evaporative
                        cooler unwetted section

                   --   Zinc rich paint on inlet filter compartment support
                        steel

                   --   Zinc rich paint inside and outside of inlet ducting with
                        epoxy top coat inside ducting

                   --   Stainless steel inlet silencing perforated sheet

                   --   Zinc rich paint on inlet ducting support steel

    7.1.6      Exhaust System

    7.1.6.1    Arrangement

               .   Exhaust expansion joint

               .   Right side and up exhaust system configuration with exhaust
                   plenum, expansion joint, ducting and stack

               .   Exhaust stack (height is 56 feet)

               .   Exhaust silencer

    7.1.6.2    Exhaust System Features

               .   EPA compliant emission test ports

               .   Continuous emission monitoring ports

                                      GE Scope of Supply                Page 7.4
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07100) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   .    Opacity test ports

                   .    Ladder and wraparound platform for emission and opacity
                        testing ports

                   .    Exhaust system materials and atmospheric protection

                        --   Carbon steel exhaust system shell and stiffeners

                        --   409 stainless steel internal lagging

                        --   Inorganic zinc primer

                             -    Duct exterior

                             - Platform structure and railing

                        --   Galvanized

                             -    Ladders and platform grating

                        --   Zinc plated bolts, nuts and washers

      7.1.7        Couplings

                   .    Oil filled accessory coupling

                   .    Rigid load coupling

                   .    Load coupling guard

      7.1.8        Gas Turbine Packaging

                   .    Lagging and enclosures

                        --   Load coupling compartment lagging

                        --   Off-base acoustic enclosure for turbine and
                             accessory compartments

                        --   Acoustic barrier wall around exhaust plenum and
                             load

                   .    Compartment ventilation, pressurization and heating

                        --   Dual turbine and accessory compartment vent fans

                        --   Dual load compartment vent fan

                        --   Heated turbine and accessory compartments for
                             humidity control

                   .    Plant arrangement

                        --   Turbine designed for installation outdoors

                        --   In-line accessory module

                        --   Exterior unit walkways

                   .    Turbine and accessory base painting

                        --   Standard primer only

                                      GE Scope of Supply                Page 7.5
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07100) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     . UBC Seismic Zone 4 (except for inlet and exhaust)

                     . UBC Seismic Zone 2A for inlet and exhaust

                     . Hazardous area classification

                       -- NEC Class1, Group D, Division 2

                          -- Turbine compartment

                          -- Natural gas fuel compartment

                     . Special features

                       -- Dual (metric-English) indicators and gauges

        7.1.9        Fire Protection System

                     . Fire detection system

                       -- Turbine, accessory and load coupling compartments

                     . Smoke detection system

                       -- Control cab/PEECC

                     . Compartment warning signs

                     . FM-200 fire protection piping for the PEECC

                     . CO2 supply system

                       -- One low pressure CO2 tank per unit

                       -- Tank suitable for temperatures below 0(degree)F
                          (-18(degree)C)

                     . Fire protection piping

                       -- Turbine and accessory enclosures

                     . Hazardous atmosphere detectors in turbine and gas fuel
                       compartments

                       -- CHx detectors - natural gas compartment

                       -- CHx detectors - turbine gas compartment

                     . Hazardous atmosphere detector readout

                       -- CHx

        7.1.10       Cleaning Systems

                     . On base piping for on and offline compressor water wash
                       system
                     . Water wash skid

                                    GE Scope of Supply                 Page 7.6
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev.0 rb

<PAGE>

                         -- Water storage tank and freeze protection

                         -- Capability to heat water to 180(degree)F
                            (82(degree)C)

                         -- Skid enclosure

                         -- Single skid for two units

        7.1.11         Cooling Water System

                       . Cooling system temperature regulating valve

                       . Industrial, off-base cooling water system

                         -- Aluminum fin material

                         -- Corrosion protected cooling skid support structure

                         -- Standard noise design

        7.1.12         Starting Systems

                       . AC motor start

                       . Rotor turning systems

                         -- Rotor indexing (borescope inspection)

                         -- Non self-sequencing, hydraulic ratchet

        7.1.13         Miscellaneous Systems

        7.1.13.1       Special Systems

                       . Exhaust frame blowers on left side

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.2     Generator

        7.2.1          General Information

                       . Totally enclosed water-to-air cooled (TEWAC)
                         generator

                       . Outdoor installation

                       . 60 Hz generator frequency

                       . Generator voltage 13.8 kV

                       . 0.85 power factor (lagging)

                                       GE Scope of Supply               Page 7.7
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Firm Proposal   92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     . Capability to 1.00 power factor (leading)

                     . Class "F" armature and rotor insulation

                     . Class "B" temperature rise, armature and rotor winding

                     . Generator bearings

                       -- Pedestal bearing support

                       -- Tilting pad bearings

                       -- Roll out bearing capability without removing rotor

                       -- Insulated collector end bearing

                       -- Offline bearing insulation check with isolated rotor

                     . Monitoring Devices

                       -- Two (2) velocity vibration probes at turbine end, one
                          (1) at collector end

                       -- Provisions for key phasor-generator

                       -- Provisions for permanent flux probe

                       -- Proximity vibration probes

                          -- Two probes per bearing at 45(degree)angle

                     . Generator Field

                       -- Direct cooled field

                       -- Two-pole field

                       -- Finger type amortissuers

        7.2.2        Generator Gas Coolers

                     . Cooler assembly shipped separate

                     .   Generator gas cooler configuration

                         -- Two (2) horizontally mounted duplex coolers

                         -- Coolers located on generator roof

                         -- Cooler piping connections on left side as viewed
                            from collector end

                         -- ASME code stamp

                         -- Single wall cooler tubes

                         -- Raised cooler face flanges

                         -- Plate fins

                     .   Generator gas cooling system characteristics

                                  GE Scope of Supply                    Page 7.8
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                  Firm Proposal         92746G1 (07/00) Rev.0 rb

<PAGE>

                         -- Coolant temperature

                            -- 20(degree)F approach

                         -- Generator capacity with one section out of service
                            80% with Class "F" rise

                         -- TEMA class C coolers

                         -- Maximum cooler pressure capability - 125 psi

                         -- Coolant 66% water and 33% ethylene glycol by volume

                         -- Fouling factor 0.0005

                      .  Generator gas cooler construction materials

                         -- 90-10 copper-nickel tubes

                         -- Carbon steel tube sheets

                         -- Carbon steel waterbox and coupling flanges with
                            epoxy coating

                         -- Aluminum cooler tube fins

        7.2.3         Generator Lube Oil Systems and Equipment

                      .  Bearing lube oil system

                         -- Generator lube oil system integral with turbine

                         -- Sight flow indicator

                      .  Bearing vapor extraction

                         -- Vapor extractor and motor

                         -- Coalescent mist eliminator

                      .  Lube oil system piping materials

                         -- Stainless steel lube oil feed pipe

                         -- Stainless steel lube oil drain pipe

                         -- Welded oil piping

        7.2.4         Generator Grounding Equipment

                      .  Neutral grounding equipment

                         --   Neutral ground transformer and secondary resistor

                         --   Mounted in neutral terminal enclosure

        7.2.5         Generator Temperature Devices

                      .  Stator winding temperature devices

                                       GE Scope of Supply               Page 7.9
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Firm Proposal   92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         -- 100 ohm platinum RTDs (resistance temperature
                            detector)

                         -- Single element RTDs

                         -- Grounded RTDs

                         -- Six (6) stator slot RTDs

                     .   Gas path temperature devices

                         -- 100 ohm platinum gas path RTDs

                         -- Single element temperature sensors

                         -- Two(2) cold gas

                         -- Two(2) hot gas

                     .   Bearing temperature devices

                         -- Chromel alumel (type K) thermocouples

                         -- Dual element temperature sensors

                         -- Two (2) bearing metal temperature sensors per
                            bearing

                     .   Lube oil system temperature devices

                         -- Chromel alumel type K) thermocouples

                         -- Dual element temperature sensors

                         -- One (1) bearing drain temperature sensor per drain

        7.2.6        Packaging, Enclosures, and Compartments

                     .   Paint and preservation

                         -- Standard alkyd beige primer

                         -- Terminal enclosure shipped separate

                     .   Neutral terminal enclosure

                         -- Convection cooled

                         -- Neutral tie

                         -- Neutral CTs

                         -- Neutral ground equipment mounted in enclosure

                     .   Collector compartment/enclosure

                         -- Collector compartment/enclosure shipped installed

                         -- Outdoor

                         -- Exciter enclosure for brushless exciter

                     .   Compartment lighting and outlets

                         -- AC lighting

                                     GE Scope of Supply               Page 7.10
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                     Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         - Turbine end

                         -- Collector compartment

                      -- DC lighting

                         --   Turbine end

                         -- Collector compartment

                      -- Convenience outlets

                         -- Collector compartment

                   .  Foundation hardware

                      -- Generator foundation plates

                      -- Generator shims

                      -- Generator alignment key(s) - collector end

                      -- Generator alignment key(s) - turbine end

        7.2.7      Electrical Equipment

                   .  Motors

                      -- TEFC motors

                      -- Coated with antifungal material for protection in
                         tropical areas

                      -- High ambient motor insulation

                      -- Motor heaters connected to ac power

                      -- Energy saver motors

                      -- Extra severe duty motors

                      -- Cast iron motor housings

                   .  Heaters

                      -- Generator stator heaters

                      -- Terminal enclosure heaters

        7.2.8      Generator Excitation Systems, Static Components

                   .  EX2000BR brushless field excitation regulator

                      -- Regulator skid mounted with turbine control panel

        7.2.8.1    Excitation Module Features

                   .  Control/monitor/display through TCP

                      -- Voltage matching in turbine control system

                                      GE SCOPE of Supply              Page 7.11
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal     92746G1 (07/00) Rev.0br

<PAGE>

                         -- Selection of automatic or manual regulator

                         -- Raise-lower of the active regulator setpoint

                         -- Enter setpoint command

                         -- Display field amps

                         -- Display field volts

                         -- Display transfer volts

                      .  Built-in diagnostic display panel

                         -- Automatic voltage regulator (AVR)

                         -- Manual voltage regulator (FVR)

                         -- Automatic and manual bi-directional tracking

                         -- Reactive current compensation (RCC)

                         -- Volts per hertz limiter (V/Hz LIM)

                         -- Volts per hertz protection (24EX) (Backup to 24G)

                         -- Over excitation limiter (OEL)

                         -- Offline/online over excitation protection (76EX)

                         -- Under excitation limiter (UEL)

                         -- Generator overvoltage protection (59EX)

                         -- Generator field ground detector trip (64FT)

                         -- Diode fault monitor (58EX)

                         -- Bridge over-temperature (26EX)

                      . Dual source internal bulk power supply

                      . Millivolt shunt for field

                      . Surge protection

                         -- Two phase current sensing

                         -- Three phase voltage sensing

                         -- Single pole dc field contactor/bridge

                         -- Bridge disconnect; ac no load

                      .  Power system stabilizer

        7.2.8.2       Performance

                      .  0.5 response ratio and 140% VFFL (100(degree)C)
                         ceiling @ Vt = 1.0pu

                                      GE Scope of Supply             Page 7.12
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal  92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

        7.2.9     Generator Medium Voltage Enclosure

                  . Metal clad switchgear compartment

                  . 1000 MVA/5000 A at 40(degree)C generator breaker

                  . Breaker rollout

                  . Dual generator breaker trip coils

                  . Lightning arresters

                  . Power leads straight through switchgear compartment

                  . Non segregated bus duct for outgoing power connection

        7.2.10    Generator Current Transformers and Potential Transformers

                  . Current transformers (CTs)

                    -- C200 current transformers (CTs)

                    -- Line side CTs

                       -- CT 13, 14, 15 (miscellaneous functions)

                       -- CT 16, 17, 18 (miscellaneous functions)

                       -- CT 21, 22, 23 (generator differential relay)

                       -- CT 60, 61, 62 (breaker failure relay)

                    -- CT ratio - 8000:5A

                    -- Neutral CTs

                       -- CT1, CT2, CT3

                       -- CT4, CT5, CT6

                       -- CT7, CT8, CT9

                       -- CT10, CT11, CT12

                  . Potential transformers (PTs)

                    -- Fixed

                    -- VT1, breaker high side

                    -- VT2, generator line side

                    -- VT4, generator line side

                                    GE Scope of Supply               Page 7.13
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

________________________________________________________________________________

7.3     Gas Turbine-Generator Controls and Electric Auxiliaries

        7.3.1     Control Cab/Packaged Electric and Electronic Control
                  Compartment (PEECC)

                  . Control panels mounted on a common skid

                  . Weatherproof, climate controlled, base mounted enclosure

                  . Supplemental wall-mounted air conditioner

        7.3.2     Gas Turbine Control System Panel Features

                  . Triple modular redundant (TMR)

                  . Skid mounted control panels

                  . Auto/manual synchronizing module with synchronizing check
                    function

                  . Generator stator overtemperature alarm (49)

                  . Droop control

                  . Load limiter

                  . Purge cycle

                  . Customer alarm/trip contact for CRT display

                  . Additional customer input contacts (digital), as available

                  . Additional customer output contacts (digital), as available

                  . Provision for analog inputs from customer, as available

                  . Provision for analog outputs to customer, as available

                  . Vibration alarm readout and trip

                  . Electrical overspeed protection

                  . Constant settable droop

                  . Manual set point preselected load

                  . Air flow calculation and readout

                                     GE Scope of Supply              Page 7.14
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                     Firm Proposal   92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

        7.3.3     Local Operator Station

                  .  Commercial grade personal computer

                  .  Color monitor

                     -- Table top

                     -- 20 in. screen

                  .  Mouse cursor control

                  .  Table top AT 101 keyboard

                  .  Printer

                     -- 24 pin dot matrix

                  .  Display in English language

                  .  50 ft of Arcnet cable between gas turbine control system
                     panel and local operator interface HMI for indoor use

        7.3.4     Remote Control and Monitoring Systems

                  .  RS232C two way serial link (MODBUS) via remote HMI

                  .  One remote HMI

                  .  Commercial grade personal computer

                  .  Color monitor

                     -- Table top

                     -- 20 in. screen

                  .  Mouse cursor control

                  .  Table top AT 101 keyboard

                  .  Printer

                     -- 24 pin dot matrix

        7.3.5     Rotor, Bearing and Performance Monitoring Systems

                  .  Performance monitoring systems

                     -- Performance monitoring sensors wired to gas turbine
                        control system

                  .  Vibration sensors

                                     GE Scope of Supply               Page 7.15
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                     Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         -- Velocity vibration sensors

                         -- Proximity vibration sensors

                     .   Bently Nevada 3300 monitor

                         -- Relay outputs wired to gas turbine control panel

                         -- Mounted with generator control panel

                     .   Bearing thermocouples

                         -- Bearing drain thermocouples

                         -- Bearing metal thermocouples

                     .   Borescope access holes

          7.3.6      Generator Control Panel

          7.3.6.1    Generator Control Panel Hardware

                     .   Mounted in PEECC

                     .   Skid mounted with turbine panel

                     .   DGP without test plug capability

                     .   DGP without ModBus communication interface

                     .   DGP with communication interface

                     .   DGP with oscillography capture

                     .   DGP with redundant internal power supply

                     .   Generator breaker trip switch (52G/CS)

                     .   Humidity sensor readout

                     .   Hazardous atmosphere detector readout

                     .   Bentley Nevada vibration monitor(s)

          7.3.6.2    Digital Generator Protection System (DGP)

                     .   Generator overexcitation (24)

                     .   Generator undervoltage (27G)

                     .   Reverse power/anti-motoring (32-1)

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION                GE Scope of Supply          Page 7.16
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Firm Proposal

<PAGE>

                     .   Loss of excitation (40-1,2)

                     .   Current unbalance/negative phase sequence (46)

                     .   System phase fault (51V)

                     .   Generator overvoltage (59)

                     .   Stator ground detection (64G1)/(59GN)

                     .   Generator over/under frequency (81O-1, 81U-1)

                     .   Generator differential (87G)

                     .   Voltage transformer fuse failure (VTFF)

     7.3.6.3         Generator Protection Discrete Relays

                     .   Synchronizing undervoltage relay (27BS-1,2)

                     .   Breaker failure protection relay (50/62BF, 62BF)

                     .   Breaker or lockout trip coil monitor relay (74)

                     .   DC tripping bus, blown fuse protection relay (74-2)

                     .   Generator differential lockout relay (86G-1)

                     .   Second generator lockout relay (86G-2)

     7.3.6.4         Auxiliary Transformer Protection

                     .   Power phase fault relay (50/51AT-4)

                     .   Transformer ground fault relay (51TN-2)

                     .   Transformer fault pressure switch relay (63PTX-2)

                     .   Lockout relay (86AT)

     7.3.6.5         Features Integrated Into Gas Turbine Control System

                     .   Gas turbine control system with speed matching,
                         synchronization and check

                     .   Manual synchronization displayed on gas turbine control
                         system

                                      GE Scope of Supply               Page 7.17
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     .   Auto/manual synchronizing module displayed on gas
                         turbine control system

                     .   Load control in gas turbine control system

                     .   Temperature indication for generator RTDs

                     .   Generator voltage matching (90VM)

     7.3.6.6         Generator Control Panel Metering

                     .   Generator digital multimeter

                         -- VM - Generator volts

                         -- AM - Generator Amps: Phase 1,2,3 and Neutral

                         -- MW - Generator MegaWatts

                         -- MVAR - Generator MegaVARs

                         -- FM - Generator frequency

                         -- MVA - Generator MVA

                         -- PF - Generator power factor

     7.3.6.7         Generator Control Panel Transducers

                     .   Generator watt/VAR transducer 4-20 mA output for input
                         to TCP (96GG-1)

                     .   Generator TCP/droop control transducer 4-20 mA output
                         (96GW-1)

                     .   Generator multitransducer 4-20 mA 10 customer outputs
                         (96M)

     7.3.7           Generator Protection

                     .   Generator electrical protection equipment

                         --   Ground brush rigging

     7.3.8           Transformers

                     .   Oil filled

                     .   Outdoor (NEMA 3R) transformer

                     .   Auxiliary transformer, aluminum windings

                     .   Auxiliary transformer

                                    GE Scope of Supply                Page 7.18
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal     92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         -- Load distribution center

     7.3.9           Batteries and Accessories

                     .   Lead acid battery

                     .   Single phase battery charger

                     .   Second battery charger

                     .   Battery and charger mounted in the PEECC

     7.3.10          Motor Control Center

                     .   MCC mounted in control cab/PEECC

                     .   Tin-plated copper bus-work

                     .   42 kA bracing

                     .   480V 60 Hz auxiliary power

     7.3.11          Motor Features

                     .   TEFC motors less than or equal to 200 hp

                     .   Coated with antifungal material for protection in
                         tropical areas

                     .   High ambient motor insulation o Energy saver motors

                     .   Extra severe duty motors

                     .   Cast iron motor housings

                     .   All redundant motors to be lead/lag

                     .   Motor heaters

                         --   Rated 110/120 volts, 50/60 Hz

                     .   WP starting motor

________________________________________________________________________________
7.4 Services

                     .   Technical advisory services

                                        GE Scope of Supply             Page 7.19
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Firm Proposal  92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     .   Customer training by field service

                     .   Transportation

                         --  Domestic freight

                         --  Generator shipped with rotor installed

                     .   Documentation

                         --  Up to 10 sets of English language service manuals
                             per station, including Operation, Maintenance and
                             Parts volumes

                     .   Turbine maintenance tools

                         --  Guide pins (for removal or replacement of bearing
                             caps, compressor casing and exhaust frame)

                         --  Fuel nozzle wrenches

                         --  Fuel nozzle test fixture

                         --  Spark plug electrode tool

                         --  Clearance tools

                         --  Fuel nozzle staking tool

                         --  Combustion liner tool

                         --  Bearing and coupling disassembly fixture

                         --  Basic maintenance tools and cart

                         --  Hydraulic tools for removal of casing bolts

                     .   Generator maintenance tools (1 set per site)

                         --  Rotor lifting slings

                         --  Rotor removal equipment including shoes, pans,
                             pulling devices

                     .   Installation equipment

                         --  Trunions for generator

                         --  On permanent basis

                         --  Foundation/installation washer and shim packs

                     .   Electrical System Studies

                         --  All electrical system integration/setting studies
                             by customer, except as follows

                         --  Settings for generator: DGP, 27BS, and 59BN relays

                         --  Power system stabilizer tuning study

                         --  Power system stabilizer (PSS) site testing

                                    GE Scope of Supply               Page 7.20
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal     92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                               8.      Turbine-Generator

_______________________________________________________________________________
8.1 Gas Turbine Systems

                               The MS7001(EA) gas turbine has a single shaft,
                               bolted rotor with the generator connected to the
                               gas turbine at the turbine or "hot" end. Major
                               components of the MS7001(EA) are described below.

           8.1.1               Compressor Section

                               The axial flow compressor has 17 stages with
                               modulating inlet guide vanes and provides a 12.6
                               to 1 pressure ratio. Interstage air extraction is
                               used for cooling and sealing air for turbine
                               nozzles, wheelspaces, and bearings, and for surge
                               control during start up.

           8.1.1.1             Compressor Rotor

                               The compressor rotor consists of a forward stub
                               shaft with the 1st stage rotor blades, a fifteen
                               blade and wheel assembly for stages 2 to 16, and
                               an aft stub shaft with the stage 17 rotor blades.
                               Rotor blades are inserted into broached slots
                               located around the periphery of each wheel and
                               wheel portion of the stub shaft. The rotor
                               assembly is held together by fifteen axial bolts
                               around the bolting circle. The wheels are
                               positioned radially by a rabbeted fit near the
                               center of the discs. Transmission of torque is
                               accomplished by face friction at the bolting
                               flange.

                               Selective positioning of the wheels is made
                               during assembly to reduce the rotor balance
                               correction. The compressor rotor is dynamically
                               balanced after assembly and again after the
                               compressor and turbine rotors are mated. They are
                               precision balanced prior to assembly into the
                               stator.

           8.1.1.2             Compressor Blade Design

                               The airfoil shaped compressor rotor blades are
                               designed to compress air efficiently at high
                               blade tip velocities. These forged blades are
                               attached to their wheels by dovetail connections.
                               The dovetail is accurately machined to maintain
                               each blade in the desired location on the wheel.

                               The blades in the first two stages of the
                               compressor are Carpenter 450, a martenistic
                               stainless steel with superior strength and
                               corrosion resistance, which does not require a
                               coating.

                                      Turbine-Generator                 Page 8.1
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     Stator blades utilize square bases for mounting in the
                     casing slots. Blade stages zero through four are mounted by
                     axial dovetails into blade ring segments. The blade ring
                     segments are inserted into circumferential grooves in the
                     casing and are secured with locking rings.

8.1.1.3              Compressor Stator

                     The casing is composed of three major subassemblies: the
                     inlet casing, the compressor casing, and the compressor
                     discharge casing. These components in conjunction with the
                     turbine shell, exhaust frame/diffuser, and combustion
                     wrapper form the compressor stator.

                     The casing bore is maintained to close tolerances with
                     respect to the rotor blade tips for maximum aerodynamic
                     efficiency. Borescope ports are located throughout the
                     machine for component inspection. In addition all casings
                     are horizontally split for ease of handling and
                     maintenance.

8.1.1.3.1            Inlet Casing

                     The primary function of the inlet casing, located at the
                     forward end of the gas turbine, is to direct the air
                     uniformly from the inlet plenum into the compressor. The
                     inlet casing also supports the number 1 radial bearing and
                     thrust bearing assembly and the variable inlet guide vanes,
                     located at the aft end.

8.1.1.3.2            Compressor Casing

                     The compressor casing contains compressor stages 1 through
                     12. Extraction ports in the casing allow bleeds to the
                     exhaust plenum during start-up and extraction of air to
                     cool the second and third stage nozzles.

8.1.1.3.3            Compressor Discharge Casing

                     The compressor discharge casing contains 13th- through
                     17th- stage compressor stators and one row of exit guide
                     vanes. It also provides an inner support for the
                     first-stage turbine nozzle assembly and supports the
                     combustion components. Air is extracted from the compressor
                     discharge plenum to cool the stage one nozzle vane,
                     retaining ring, and shrouds.

                     The compressor discharge casing consists of two cylinders
                     connected by radial struts. The outer cylinder is a
                     continuation of the compressor casing and the inner
                     cylinder surrounds the compressor aft stub shaft. A
                     diffuser is formed by the tapered annulus between the outer
                     and inner cylinders. The compressor

                                    Turbine-Generator                  Page 8.2
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     discharge casing is joined to the combustion wrapper at the
                     flange on its outermost diameter.

     8.1.2           Turbine Section

                     In the three stage turbine section, energy from hot
                     pressurized gas produced by the compressor and combustion
                     section is converted to mechanical energy. The turbine
                     section is comprised of the combustion wrapper, turbine
                     rotor, turbine shell, exhaust frame, exhaust diffuser,
                     nozzles and diaphragms, stationary shrouds, and aft (number
                     3) bearing assembly.

     8.1.2.1         Turbine Rotor

                     The turbine rotor assembly consists of a forward shaft,
                     three turbine wheels, two turbine spacer wheels, and an aft
                     turbine shaft which includes the number 3 journal bearing.
                     The forward shaft extends from the compressor rotor aft
                     stub shaft flange to the first stage turbine wheel. Each
                     turbine wheel is axially separated from adjacent stage(s)
                     with a spacer wheel. The spacer wheel faces have radial
                     slots for cooling air passages, and the outer surfaces are
                     machined to form labyrinth seals for interstage gas
                     sealing.

                     Selective positioning of rotor members is performed during
                     assembly to minimize balance corrections of the assembled
                     rotor. Concentricity control is achieved with mating
                     rabbets on the turbine wheels, spacers, and shafts. Turbine
                     rotor components are held in compression by bolts. Rotor
                     torque is accomplished by friction force on the wheel faces
                     due to bolt compression.

                     The turbine rotor is cooled by air extracted from
                     compressor stage 17. This air is also used to cool the
                     turbine first- and second-stage buckets plus the rotor
                     wheels and spacers.

     8.1.2.2         Turbine Bucket Design

                     The first-stage buckets use forced air convection cooling
                     in which turbulent air flow is forced through integral
                     cast-in serpentine passages and discharged from holes at
                     the tip of the trailing edge of the bucket. Second-stage
                     buckets are cooled via radial holes drilled by a shaped
                     tube electromechanical machining process. Third-stage
                     buckets do not require air cooling.

                     First-stage buckets are coated for corrosion protection.
                     Second- and third-stage buckets have integral tip shrouds
                     which interlock buckets to provide vibration damping and
                     seal teeth that reduce leakage flow. Turbine buckets are
                     attached to the wheel with fir tree dovetails that fit into
                     matching cutouts at

                                      Turbine-Generator                Page 8.3
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     the rim of the turbine wheel. Bucket vanes are connected to
                     the dovetails by shanks which separate the wheel from the
                     hot gases and thereby reduce the temperature at the
                     dovetail.

                     The turbine rotor assembly is arranged to allow buckets to
                     be replaced without having to unstack the wheels, spacers
                     selectively positioned such that they can be replaced
                     individually or in sets without having to rebalance the
                     wheel assembly.

     8.1.2.3         Turbine Stator

                     The turbine stator is comprised of the combustion wrapper,
                     turbine shell, and the exhaust frame. Like the compressor
                     stator, the turbine stator is horizontally split for ease
                     of handling and maintenance. (The aft diffuser is not
                     split.)

     8.1.2.3.1       Combustion Wrapper

                     The combustion wrapper, located between the compressor
                     discharge casing and the turbine shell, facilitates removal
                     and maintenance of the transition pieces and stage one
                     nozzle.

     8.1.2.3.2       Turbine Shell

                     The turbine shell provides internal support and axial and
                     radial positions of the shrouds and nozzles relative to the
                     turbine buckets. This positioning is critical to gas
                     turbine performance. Borescope ports are provided for
                     inspection of buckets and nozzles.

     8.1.2.3.3       Exhaust Frame

                     The exhaust frame is bolted to the aft flange of the
                     turbine shell and consists of an outer and an inner
                     cylinder interconnected by radial struts. The inner
                     cylinder supports the number 3 bearing. The tapered annulus
                     between the outer and inner cylinders forms the axial
                     exhaust diffuser. Gases from the third stage turbine enter
                     the diffuser where the velocity is reduced by diffusion and
                     pressure is recovered, improving performance.

                     Cooling of the exhaust frame, number 3 bearing, and
                     diffuser tunnel is accomplished by off-base motor-driven
                     blowers.

                               Turbine-Generator                        Page 8.4
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

     8.1.2.4         Turbine Nozzle Design

                     The turbine section has three stages of nozzles (stationary
                     blades). The first-and second-stage nozzles are cooled by a
                     combination of film cooling (gas path surface), impingement
                     cooling, and convection cooling in the vane and sidewall
                     regions. The third stage is not cooled.

                     Both the first- and second-stage nozzles consist of 24
                     segments with two vanes in each. The third stage has 32
                     segments with two vanes in each. First-stage turbine nozzle
                     segments are contained by a retaining ring which remains
                     centered in the turbine shell. The second- and third-stage
                     nozzle segments are held in position by radial pins from
                     the shell into axial slots in the nozzle outer sidewall.

     8.1.2.5         Bearings

                     The MS7001(EA) gas turbine contains three journal bearings
                     to support the turbine rotor and one dual direction thrust
                     bearing to maintain the rotor-to-stator axial position. The
                     bearings are located in three housings: one at the inlet,
                     one in the discharge casing and one at the center of the
                     exhaust frame. All bearings are pressure lubricated by oil
                     supplied from the main lubrication oil system. The number 1
                     bearing (journal and thrust) is accessed by removing the
                     top half of the compressor inlet casing, while number 2 is
                     accessed during major overhaul. The number 3 bearing is
                     readily accessible through the tunnel along the centerline
                     of the exhaust diffuser. Bearing protection includes
                     vibration sensors and drain oil temperature thermocouples.

     8.1.3           Combustion System

                     The combustion system uses a reverse flow, multi-chamber
                     (can annular) design in which combustion chambers are
                     arranged around the periphery of the compressor discharge
                     casing. Combustion chambers are connected to adjacent
                     chambers by crossfire tubes as illustrated below.

                     Each chamber contains fuel nozzles and a combustion liner.
                     Specific chambers also contain spark plugs and flame
                     detectors. Transition pieces connect the combustion liners
                     to the turbine nozzles. Each combustion liner, fuel nozzle,
                     and transition piece may be individually replaced if needed
                     for maintenance.

                     These major components of the combustion system are
                     described below.

                                   Turbine-Generator                    Page 8.5
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                Multi Can Design
                                   (Typical)

                                    [DIAGRAM]

8.1.4          Dry Low NOx Combustor

               The Dry Low NOx (DLN) combustor is dual stage, multi-mode
               combustor. The major components of the combustor are arranged to
               form two stages in the combustor as illustrated below. Multiple
               primary fuel nozzles are located around the circumference of the
               primary zone. A single secondary nozzle is located along the
               centerline of the combustor within the centerbody. A venturi
               assembly is also included in the second stage.

                                       Turbine-Generator                Page 8.6
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07/00)Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         Dry Low NOx Combustion System
                                   (Typical)

                                   [DIAGRAM]

              The various modes of combustion using the DLN combustor are
              described below.

8.1.4.1.1      Primary Mode

               The primary zone is utilized as a diffusion burning zone
               for ignition and low load operation.

8.1.4.1.2      Lean-Lean Mode

               At a given fuel/air ratio in the combustor, fuel is
               introduced through the secondary fuel nozzle and flame is
               established in the secondary zone of the combustor. NOx
               emissions are lowered somewhat in this mode as compared to
               that of the primary mode.

8.1.4.1.3      Premixed Mode

               When the combustor fuel/air ratio is sufficient to support
               a premixed (low NOx) flame, a transfer sequence occurs. All
               of the fuel is first directed through the secondary nozzle
               in order to extinguish the flame in the primary zone. Fuel
               is then reintroduced through the primary nozzles and the
               primary zone

                                    Turbine-Generator                   Page 8.7
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              becomes a premixing zone. A premixed flame is established in
              the secondary zone, anchored by the venturi flame holder.
              The venturi also accelerate the flow between the primary and
              secondary zone which prevents the flame from "flashing back"
              into the primary zone. The fuel is split between the primary
              and secondary fuel nozzles to optimize the emissions
              performance of the combustor. Premixed operation is utilized
              for mid to full load operation on gas fuel only.

8.1.4.2       Combustion Liners

              Within each combustion chamber is a cylindrical liner or a
              liner made up of two cylindrical sections with a conical
              transition section between the two. Discharge air from the
              axial-flow compressor flows forward along the outside of the
              combustion liner, as guided by the flow sleeve. Liner
              cooling is achieved via film cooling with annular slots
              distributed along the length of the combustion liner.

              Thermal barrier coatings are applied to the inner walls of
              the combustion liners for longer inspection intervals.

              Air enters the combustor through a variety of holes in the
              liner and cap and swirlers which are typically a part of the
              fuel nozzles. Depending on the injection location, air is
              utilized for the actual combustion process, for cooling, or
              as dilution to tailor the exhaust gas profile.

8.1.4.3       Transition Pieces

              Transition pieces direct hot gases from the liners to the
              turbine nozzles. The transition pieces have a circular inlet
              for the combustion liners and transition to an annular
              segment at the exit for the turbine nozzles. Seals are
              utilized at both connection locations to control leakage
              flows.

8.1.4.4       Spark Plugs

              Combustion is initiated by discharge from two electrode
              spark plugs each in a different combustion chamber. At the
              time of firing, a spark at one or both of these plugs
              ignites a chamber.

8.1.4.5       Crossfire Tubes

              The combustion chambers are interconnected by means of
              crossfire tubes. These tubes enable flame from the fired
              chambers containing spark plugs to propagate to the unfired
              chambers.

                                       Turbine-Generator                Page 8.8
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Firm Proposal   92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.4.6             Ultraviolet Flame Detectors

                    The control system continuously monitors for presence or
                    absence of flame. Cooled flame detectors are installed in
                    four combustors.

8.1.4.6.1.1         Fuel Flow Monitoring Equipment

                    The following fuel flow equipment is provided for
                    integration by the customer into the fuel supply line:

                    .   Gas

                        -- Meter tube and orifice with delta P transducers for
                           flow indication

                        -- Transmitter for supply temperature indication

                        -- Static pressure transducer

8.1.5               Fuel System

8.1.5.1             Gas Fuel System

                    The gas fuel system modulates the gas fuel flow to the
                    turbine. Proper operation of the gas fuel system requires
                    that the gas be supplied to the gas fuel control system at
                    the proper pressure and temperature. The pressure is
                    required to maintain proper flow control. The fuel gas
                    temperature must ensure that the required hydrocarbon
                    superheat is maintained. For discussion of fuel gas supply
                    requirements in the Reference Documents - Process
                    Specification Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas
                    Turbines. Major system components, as shown in the
                    illustration which follows, are described below.

                                       Turbine-Generator                Page 8.9
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Firm Proposal   92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                Gas Fuel System
                                   (Typical)

                                   {DIAGRAM]

8.1.5.1.1            Strainer

                     A duplex strainer is used to remove impurities from the
                     gas. A pressure switch which monitors the differential
                     across the strainers will signal an alarm through the gas
                     turbine control system when the pressure drop across the
                     strainer indicates cleaning is required.

8.1.5.1.2            Fuel Gas Stop/Speed Ratio and Control Valves

                     The fuel gas stop/speed ratio and control valves allow fuel
                     flow when the turbine starts and runs, control the fuel
                     flow, and provide protective fuel isolation when the
                     turbine is shutdown. In systems with multiple control valve
                     configuration, the control valves also maintain the fuel
                     split among the fuel nozzles.

8.1.5.1.3            Vent Valve

                     When the gas fuel system is shut off, both the stop valve
                     and the control valve(s) are shut. A vent valve is opened
                     between the stop valve and the control valve(s). The vent
                     valve permits the fuel gas to exit to the atmosphere when
                     the turbine is shutdown or switched to an alternate fuel.

                                     Turbine-Generator                 Page 8.10
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Firm Proposal     92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.5.1.4            Flow Measurement System

                     The gas fuel flow measurement system uses a flow metering
                     tube with precision orifice. The pressure drop across the
                     orifice is used to determine the fuel flow. To accommodate
                     the large flow turndown, two delta-pressure transducers
                     with different, but over-lapping ranges, are used.

8.1.5.1.5            Fuel Manifold and Nozzles

                     The fuel manifold connects the gas fuel nozzles which
                     distribute the gas fuel into the combustion chambers. For
                     staged combustion systems, more than one manifold is used.

8.1.5.1.6            Piping

                     The gas fuel system uses stainless steel fuel gas piping
                     with carbon steel flanges.

8.1.6                Lubricating and Hydraulic Systems

                     The lubricating provisions for the turbine, generator and
                     accessory gear are incorporated into a common lubrication
                     system. Oil is taken from this system, pumped to a higher
                     pressure, and used in the hydraulic system for all
                     hydraulic oil control system components. The lubrication
                     system includes oil pumps, coolers, filters,
                     instrumentation and control devices, a mist elimination
                     device and an oil reservoir as shown in the system
                     illustration below. Following the illustration is a brief
                     description of the major system components.

                                       Turbine-Generator               Page 8.11
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Firm Proposal   92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                 Lube Oil System
                      MS7001(EA) with Air Cooled Generator
                                    (Typical)

                                   [DIAGRAM]

                                       Turbine-Generator               Page 8.12
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Firm Proposal   92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.6.1       Pumps

              The lubrication system relies on several pumps to
              distribute oil from the oil reservoir to the systems which
              need lubrication. Similarly, redundant pumps are used to
              distribute high pressure oil to all hydraulic oil control
              system components. These and other oil pumps are listed
              below.

              .   Lubrication oil pumps

                  --  The main lubrication oil gear pump is shaft-driven
                      from the accessory gear.

                  --  A full flow ac motor-driven auxiliary lubrication
                      oil centrifugal pump is provided as backup to the
                      main pump.

                  --  A partial flow, dc motor-driven, emergency
                      lubrication oil centrifugal pump is included as a
                      back-up to the main and auxiliary pumps.

              .   Hydraulic pumps

                  --  The main hydraulic variable displacement piston
                      pump is shaft-driven from the accessory gear.

                  --  An auxiliary ac motor-driven hydraulic pump is
                      provided as backup to the main hydraulic pump.

8.1.6.2       Coolers

              The oil is cooled by dual lubrication oil-to-coolant finned
              90-10 Cu-Ni tube heat exchangers with transfer valve. The
              coolers are U-tube and shell configuration with pull out,
              removable tube bundles. The coolers have an ASME code
              stamp.

8.1.6.3       Filters

              Dual, full flow filters with transfer valves clean the oil
              used for lubrication. Each filter includes a differential
              pressure transmitter to signal an alarm through the gas
              turbine control system when cleaning is required. A
              replaceable cartridge is utilized for easy maintenance.
              Filters have an ASME code stamp.

              Dual filters with transfer valves clean the oil for the
              hydraulic system. Each filter includes a differential
              pressure transmitter to signal an alarm through the gas
              turbine control system when cleaning is required. A
              replaceable cartridge is utilized for easy maintenance.
              Filters have an ASME code stamp.

                                     Turbine-Generator                 Page 8.13
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Firm Proposal     92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.6.4              Mist Elimination

                     Lubrication oil mist particles are entrained in the system
                     vent lines by sealing air returns of the gas turbine
                     lubricating system. In order to remove the particles, a
                     lube vent demister is used as an air-exhaust filtration
                     unit. The demister filters the mist particles and vents the
                     air to the atmosphere while draining any collected oil back
                     to the oil reservoir.

                     The lube vent demister assembly consists of a holding tank
                     with filter elements, motor-driven blower, and relief
                     valve. One assembly is provided for the vent line from the
                     lubrication oil reservoir.

8.1.6.5              Oil Reservoir

                     The oil reservoir has a nominal capacity of 2500 gallons
                     (9463 liters) and is mounted within the accessory base. It
                     is equipped with lubrication oil level switches to indicate
                     full, empty, high level alarm, low level alarm, and low
                     level trip. In addition the following are mounted on the
                     reservoir:

                     .  Oil tank thermocouples

                     .  Oil heaters

                     .  Oil filling filter

                     .  Oil reservoir drains

8.1.7                Inlet System

8.1.7.1              General

                     Gas turbine performance and reliability are a function of
                     the quality and cleanliness of the inlet air entering the
                     turbine. Therefore, for most efficient operation, it is
                     necessary to treat the ambient air entering the turbine and
                     filter out contaminants. It is the function of the air
                     inlet system with its specially designed equipment and
                     ducting to modify the quality of the air under various
                     temperature, humidity, and contamination situations and
                     make it more suitable for use. The inlet system consists of
                     the equipment and materials defined in the Scope of Supply
                     chapter of this proposal. The following paragraphs provide
                     a brief description of the major components of the inlet
                     system.

                                      Turbine-Generator                Page 8.14
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.1.7.2         Inlet Filtration

8.1.7.2.1       Inlet Filter Compartment

                The self-cleaning inlet filter compartment utilizes high
                efficiency media filters which are automatically cleaned of
                accumulated dust, thereby maintaining the inlet pressure
                drop below a preset upper limit. This design provides
                single-stage high efficiency filtration for prolonged
                periods without frequent replacements. Appropriate filter
                media is provided based on the site specific environmental
                conditions.

                Dust-laden ambient air flows at a very low velocity into
                filter modules which are grouped around a clean-air plenum.
                The filter elements are pleated to provide an extended
                surface. The air, after being filtered, passes through
                venturis to the clean air plenum and into the inlet
                ductwork.

                As the outside of the filter elements become laden with
                dust, increasing differential pressure is sensed by a
                pressure switch in the plenum. When the setpoint is
                reached, a cleaning cycle is initiated. The elements are
                cleaned in a specific order, controlled by an automatic
                sequencer.

                The sequencer operates a series of solenoid-operated
                valves, each of which controls the cleaning of a small
                number of filters. Each valve releases a brief pulse of
                high pressure air into a blowpipe which has orifices
                located just above the filters. This pulse shocks the
                filters and causes a momentary reverse flow, disturbing the
                filter cake. Accumulated dust breaks loose, falls, and
                disperses. The cleaning cycle continues until enough dust
                is removed for the compartment pressure drop to reach the
                lower setpoint. The design of the sequencer is such that
                only a few of the many filter elements are cleaned at the
                same time. As a consequence, the airflow to the gas turbine
                is not significantly disturbed by the cleaning process.

                The filter elements are contained within a fabricated steel
                enclosure which has been specially designed for proper air
                flow management and weather protection.

                Self-cleaning filters require a source of clean air for
                pulse-cleaning. Compressor discharge air is used as the
                pulse air source for filter cleaning. It is reduced in
                pressure, cooled and dried. This air is already clean
                because it has been filtered by the gas turbine's inlet air
                filter. When compressor discharge air is used to pulse the
                filter, cleaning is possible only when the gas turbine is
                running.

                                     Turbine-Generator                Page 8.15
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Firm Proposal     92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

   8.1.7.2.2   Evaporative Cooler

               The evaporative cooler is used in applications where significant
               operation occurs in the hot months and where low relative
               humidities are common. With evaporative cooling, water is added
               to the inlet air and, as the water evaporates, the air is cooled.
               The amount of water required for evaporative cooling depends upon
               the airflow through the turbine, the temperature and humidity of
               the ambient air, the amount of hardness in the water and the
               blowdown rate. The exact increase in power available from the gas
               turbine is dependent upon the site conditions.

               The cooler consists of a water distribution system and media
               packed blocks made of corrugated layers of fibrous material.
               Water is distributed over the blocks through one set of channels
               and the air passes over alternate channels. The air side is
               wetted by the wicking action of the media. A drift eliminator is
               installed downstream of the media blocks. This system minimizes
               water carryover.

               The evaporative cooler includes the following:

               . PVC piping

               . Cast iron pump frames

               . Electronic conductivity control for blowdown adjustment

               . Non-redundant water distribution pump(s)

               . Redundant (lead/lag) water distribution pump(s)

   8.1.7.3     Inlet System Instrumentation

   8.1.7.3.1   Inlet System Differential Pressure Indicator

               Standard pressure drop indicator (gauge) displays the pressure
               differential across the inlet filters in inches of water.

   8.1.7.3.2   Inlet System Differential Pressure Alarm

               When the pressure differential across the inlet filters reaches a
               preset value, an alarm is initiated. This alarm may signify a
               need to change the filter elements.

                               Turbine-Generator                       Page 8.16
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

     8.1.8     Exhaust System

               The side and up exhaust system arrangement includes the exhaust
               plenum, expansion joint, ducting, silencing and stack. After
               exiting the last turbine stage, the exhaust gases enter an
               exhaust diffuser section which terminates in a series of turning
               vanes directing the gases from an axial to a radial direction
               into the plenum. The gas then flows to the side, into the exhaust
               ducting, and into the stack. The exhaust gas then exits to
               atmosphere.

     8.1.9     Couplings

     8.1.9.1   Accessory Drive System

               The auxiliary components driven directly by the accessory gear
               are:

               . Lubricating oil pump

               . Hydraulic oil pump

     8.1.10    Gas Turbine Packaging

     8.1.10.1  Enclosures

               Gas turbine enclosures consist of several connected sections
               forming an all weather protective housing which may be
               structurally attached to each compartment base or mounted on an
               off-base foundation. Enclosures provide thermal insulation,
               acoustical attenuation, and fire extinguishing media containment.
               For optimum performance of installed equipment, compartments
               include the following as needed:

               . Ventilation

               . Heating

               . Cooling

               In addition, enclosures are designed to allow access to equipment
               for routine inspections and maintenance.

     8.1.10.2  Acoustics

               Measuring procedures will be in accordance with ASME PTC 36 (near
               field) and/or ANSI B133.8 (far field).

                               Turbine-Generator                       Page 8.17
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               For acoustic guarantees, please refer to the Performance
               Guarantees section of the proposal.

     8.1.10.3  Painting

               The exteriors of all compartments and other equipment are painted
               with two coats of alkyd primer prior to shipment. The exterior
               surfaces of the inlet compartment and inlet and exhaust duct are
               painted with one coat of inorganic zinc primer.

               Interiors of all compartments are painted as well with the
               turbine compartment interior receiving high-temperature paint.
               The interior and exterior of the inlet system is painted with
               zinc rich paint.

     8.1.10.4  Lighting

               AC lighting on automatic circuit is provided in the accessory
               compartment. When ac power is not available, a dc
               battery-operated circuit supplies a lower level of light
               automatically.

               Florescent lighting is also provided in the PEECC.

     8.1.10.5  Wiring

               The gas turbine electrical interconnection system includes
               on-base wiring, terminal boards, junction boxes, etc. as well as
               compartment interconnecting cables. Junction boxes are selected
               to meet the environmental requirement of the Customer but are, in
               general, of steel or cast aluminum construction. Terminal boards
               within junction boxes are of the heavy duty industrial type
               selected for the particular environment in which the junction box
               is located. On-base gas turbine wire termination uses spring
               tongue crimped type terminals. Generator wire termination are
               ring type. Control panel wiring is General Electric type SIS
               Vulkene insulated switchboard wire, AWG #14-41 Strand SI-57275.
               Ribbon cables are used as appropriate.

     8.1.11    Fire Protection System

               Fixed temperature sensing fire detectors are provided in the gas
               turbine and accessory compartments, and #3 bearing tunnel. The
               detectors provide signals to actuate the low pressure carbon
               dioxide (CO2) automatic two-zone fire protection system. Nozzles
               in these compartments direct the CO2 to the compartments at a
               concentration sufficient for extinguishing flame. This

                               Turbine-Generator                       Page 8.18
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               concentration is maintained by gradual addition of CO2 for an
               extended period.

               The fire protection system is capable of achieving a
               non-combustible atmosphere in less than one minute, which meets
               the requirements of the United States National Fire Protection
               Association (NFPA) #12.

               The supply system is composed of a low pressure CO2 tank with
               refrigeration system mounted off base, a manifold and a release
               mechanism. Initiation of the system will trip the unit, provide
               an alarm on the annunciator, turn-off ventilation fans and close
               ventilation openings.

   8.1.12      Cleaning Systems

   8.1.12.1    On-Line and Off-Line Compressor Water Wash

               Compressor water wash is used to remove fouling deposits which
               accumulate on compressor blades and to restore unit performance.
               Deposits such as dirt, oil mist, industrial or other atmospheric
               contaminants from the surrounding site environment, reduce air
               flow, lower compressor efficiency, and lower compressor pressure
               ratio, which reduce thermal efficiency and output of the unit.
               Compressor cleaning removes these deposits to restore performance
               and slows the progress of corrosion in the process, thereby
               increasing blade wheel life.

               On-line cleaning is the process of injecting water into the
               compressor while running at full speed and some percentage of
               load. Off-line cleaning is the process of injecting cleaning
               solution into the compressor while it is being turned at cranking
               speed. The advantage of on-line cleaning is that washing can be
               done without having to shut down the machine. On-line washing,
               however, is not as effective as off-line washing; therefore
               on-line washing is used to supplement off-line washing, not
               replace it.

               The on-base compressor washing features are described and
               illustrated below.

   8.1.12.1.1  On-Line Manifold and Nozzles

               The on-line washing components consist of two piping manifolds,
               spray nozzles (one in the forward bellmouth and one in the aft
               bellmouth), and an on/off control valve which is also controlled
               by the turbine control panel. The turbine control system is
               equipped with software to perform an automatic online wash by
               simply initiating the wash from the turbine control panel.

                               Turbine-Generator                       Page 8.19
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

   8.1.12.1.2  Off-Line Manifold and Nozzles

               Off-line washing is a manual operation because of the large
               number of manual valves on the turbine which need to be
               manipulated in order to perform an offline wash. During off-line
               washing, cleaning solution (water and/or detergent) is injected
               into the compressor while it is being turned at crank speed. The
               cleaning solution is sprayed into the compressor inlet, covering
               the entire circumference. This should continue until the runoff
               is free of contaminants.

                 Water Wash Off and On-Line Manifold and Nozzles
                                   (Typical)

                             [DIAGRAM APPEARS HERE]

   8.1.12.1.3  Water Wash Skid

               The off-base water wash skid is used for injecting cleaning
               solution into the compressor for off-line cleaning. The skid
               contains a water pump, a detergent storage tank, piping, and a
               venturi eductor capable of delivering solution at the proper
               flow, pressure and mix ratio.

               In addition, the water wash skid is equipped with the following
               features:

               . Water storage tank with freeze protection

               . Immersion heaters to heat the water to 180(degree)F
                 (82(degree)C)

               . Enclosure for outdoor installation

               Typical water wash skid features are shown in the illustration
               which follows.

                               Turbine-Generator                       Page 8.20
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                           Compressor Water Wash Skid
                                   (Typical)

                             [DIAGRAM APPEARS HERE]

   8.1.13      Cooling Water System

               The closed type cooling water system provides pressure regulated
               and temperature controlled water flow to dissipate heat rejected
               from the turbine and load equipment including:

               . Lube oil system

               . Turbine support legs

               . Flame detectors

               . Associated MSD skids

               The system is comprised of on-base accessory module and turbine
               compartment mounted components and an off-base cooling water
               module.

   8.1.13.1    On-Base Components

               Major components and control devices associated with the
               accessory module and turbine compartment are as follows:

                               Turbine-Generator                       Page 8.21
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               . Water flow regulating valve with capillary temperature sensors
                 (turbine bearing header temperature)

               . Turbine support legs and flame detectors (located in the
                 turbine compartment)

               . Water side interface, i.e., tubes or plates, with lube oil heat
                 exchangers (located in the accessory module)

   8.1.13.1.1  Gas Turbine Base

               . Turbine support legs and flame detectors

   8.1.13.1.2  Miscellaneous Skids

               . Air processing unit (APU)

   8.1.13.2    Cooling Water Module

               The off-base cooling water module is a packaged industrial type
               sized to accommodate the total water flow and heat rejection
               requirements of the gas turbine unit, accessories and load
               equipment. The water module system operates at a positive
               pressure resulting from the pumping and the recirculation of the
               system flow water. The module consists of the following major
               components and control devices:

               . Water surge tank with level indicator

               . Finned tube air-to-water heat exchanger assemblies

               . Motor-driven cooling fans

               . Two (2) motor-driven cooling water pumps

               . "Y" type water strainer

               . Temperature switch

   8.1.13.3    System Operation

               Cooling water from the surge tank is pumped by the primary
               cooling water pump to the on-base inlet of the generator hydrogen
               or water coolers. At the outlet of the coolers, the water
               continues to the bearing header temperature regulating valve,
               flame detector bodies, and through control orifices to the

                               Turbine-Generator                       Page 8.22
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               turbine support legs. The water supplied to the bearing header
               temperature regulating valve is then circulated to the inlet of
               the lube oil heat exchanger(s).

               All water exiting from each source is combined into a single
               return line with the water returned back to a finned tube
               air-to-water heat exchanger, where it is cooled. Cooling is
               accomplished by the air flow draft induced by the motor driven
               cooling fans over the finned tube heat exchanger assemblies.

   8.1.14      Starting System

   8.1.14.1    Electric Motor Start

               The starting system uses an ac motor to bring the gas turbine to
               self-sustaining speed during the starting cycle. Power is
               transferred to the gas turbine via a hydraulic torque converter.
               Sequencing is accomplished by the gas turbine controls.

   8.1.14.2    Cooldown System

               The cooldown system provides uniform cooling of the rotor after
               shutdown. This is accomplished by furnishing oil from the
               alternating current motor-driven auxiliary lubrication oil pump
               to the hydraulic ratchet mounted on the torque converter. The
               hydraulic ratchet is an electro-hydraulic rotor turning device.
               Sequencing of the hydraulic ratchet is accomplished by the gas
               turbine controls with the use of position limit switches with
               reverse solenoids. The gas turbine is ready to restart, subject
               to all start permissives being cleared and the ability to
               re-initiate combustion (approximately 10% rated speed.)

   8.1.15      Miscellaneous Parts

               As a service to the customer and to facilitate an efficient
               installation of the gas turbine, GE provides for shipment of
               miscellaneous parts needed during field installation.

               Shipment is in a single weather-tight cargo container. The
               plywood container, which can be opened from one end, is outfitted
               with shelves and bins for parts storage. The container comprises
               what amounts to a "mobile stockroom" and is designed for
               transport by truck or rail.

               Within the container, each part is packed, identified with its
               own label or tag, and stowed in an assigned bin or shelf. A
               master inventory list furnished with the container provides the
               location of each part for ease in locating the item.

                               Turbine-Generator                       Page 8.23
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               An additional box is furnished for the interconnecting piping.

     8.1.16    Tool Cart

               The tool cart contains full standard tool support for maintenance
               activity from routine monthly through periodic, combustion, hot
               gas and major inspections. Sufficient dial indicators, gauges,
               and micrometers are included to conduct all opening and closing
               clearance checks. Sufficient electrical equipment is included to
               conduct the normal electrical checks, inspections and
               calibrations required for gas turbine controls and accessories.

               Hydraulically operated wrenches are included to provide a much
               faster and more consistent means of removing and replacing casing
               bolting.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.2 Generator

               The generator compartment has the same general appearance as the
               turbine compartment, and provides for maintenance and inspection
               via doors on the sides of the outdoor enclosure.

               The entire generator is mounted on a single fabricated base,
               which supports the pedestals, the inner and outer frames, and the
               brush rigging or the exciter.

               The generator line leads exit the side of the generator stator
               frame, with the neutral leads exiting the opposite side. A
               non-segregated bus duct flange allows for connection to either a
               GLAC or bus duct from the generator or to a switchgear
               compartment. The neutral tie is made up in the generator neutral
               accessory compartment that also houses the neutral grounding
               equipment and neutral current transformers.

     8.2.1     Rotor Design

               The rotor is a simple single-piece forging, pedestal mounted,
               with tilting pad bearings for smooth operation. The retaining
               ring is nonmagnetic 18 Cr 18 Mn stainless steel for low losses
               and high stress-corrosion resistance. The rings are shrunk onto
               the rotor body, thus eliminating any risk of top turn breakage. A
               snap ring is used to secure the retaining ring to the rotor body
               which minimizes the stresses in the tip of the retaining ring. An
               illustration of the rotor is provided below.

                               Turbine-Generator                       Page 8.24
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                Generator Field
                                    (Typical)

                             [DIAGRAM APPEARS HERE]

               Radial-flow fans are mounted on the centering ring at each end of
               the rotor. The fan is a high efficiency design, and provides
               cooling air for the stator winding and core. The rotor winding,
               which is a directly cooled radial flow design, is self-pumping
               and does not rely on the fan for air flow.

               The rotor winding fits in a rectangular slot and is retained by
               non-magnetic steel, full-length wedges. Where cross slots are
               required on longer rotors, several wedges are used in each slot.
               The slot insulation is a Class F rigid epoxy glass design that
               fits into the bottom of the slot. A class F epoxy glass laminate
               subslot cover locates the lowest turn of the winding. The turns
               are separated by epoxy glass insulation strips, and the winding
               is covered by a high-pressure resin laminate creepage block.
               Please see the field winding support illustration below.

                               Turbine-Generator                       Page 8.25
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                       Field Winding Support
                                             (Typical)

                                             [DIAGRAM]

                     The rotor slot armor, and all the insulation materials in
                     contact with the winding, are full class F materials and
                     are proven reliable materials through use on other
                     generator designs.

                     The rotor winding coils are round cornered, with a single
                     braze in each end strap. This significantly reduces the
                     number of parts in each coil and cuts the number of braze
                     joints by a factor of four. This is typical of the type of
                     production simplification which, in turn, leads to improved
                     quality and reliability.

8.2.2                Stator Design

                     The stator frame is divided into an inner and an outer
                     section, both of which mount on a single base fabrication.
                     The inner frame is a simple structure, designed to support
                     the stator core and winding, while providing some guidance
                     to the air flow in the machine. Mounted rigidly in the
                     inner frame is the stator core made from grain-oriented
                     silicon steel for low loss and high

                                       Turbine-Generator              Page 8.26
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Firm Proposal  92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   permeability. Reliability of core insulation is improved by
                   applying a thermosetting varnish to the punchings. Isolation
                   of the core vibration from the remainder of the structure is
                   accomplished through the use of flexible pads between the
                   feet on the inner frame and the base structure. The combined
                   core and inner frame are designed to have a 4-nodal natural
                   frequency well removed from 100 Hz or 120 Hz.

                   The outer frame is a simple fabricated enclosure, which
                   supports the roof and cooler enclosure and acts as an air
                   guide to complete the ventilation paths. The outer frame
                   further acts as a soundproof enclosure to keep noise levels
                   low. Since the rotor is pedestal mounted, the end shields are
                   simple structures. As with the inner frame, the outer frame
                   is designed to be free of resonances below 80 Hz.

                   The stator winding is a conventional lap-wound design.
                   Insulating materials are those used since the early 1970's,
                   thus maintaining the proven reliability record. The materials
                   are all designed and tested to provide reliable performance
                   at class F temperatures for the life of the machine. Stator
                   bar copper is stranded and insulated with class F materials
                   and is Roebelled for minimum losses. The ground wall
                   insulation is a proven class F system. The exterior of the
                   bar is taped with a conducting armor in the slot section, and
                   a semiconducting grading system is applied to the end arms.
                   In this way the bar is fully protected from the effects of
                   high electrical voltage gradients.

                   The bars are secured in the slots with fillers and top-ripple
                   springs to restrain the bars radially, and with side-ripple
                   springs to increase friction between the bar and the slot
                   wall. The side-ripple springs are also conducting to ensure
                   proper grounding of the bar surface. Electrical connection to
                   the top and bottom bars are made via a brazed connection with
                   solid copper blocks to provide assurance that the connections
                   will not loosen or overheat. Please refer to the stator slot
                   section illustration below.

                                        Turbine-Generator             Page 8.27
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Firm Proposal 92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                      Stator Slot Section
                                          (Typical)
                                          [DIAGRAM]

                     One design improvement made in recent years changed the
                     manner in which the series connection between top and
                     bottom bars is made. Until recently this was accomplished
                     by brazing individual strands together and then solidifying
                     the package with an epoxy. The improved system is to braze
                     all the strands together in a solid block and then to braze
                     top and bottom bars together with solid copper plates. This
                     provides a solid electrical connection and a rugged
                     mechanical joint.

                     The end winding support system is the proven approach used
                     on conventionally cooled stators on all sizes built by GE.
                     The complete end winding structure has been vibration
                     tested to ensure freedom from critical resonances.

8.2.3                Totally Enclosed Water-to-Air Cooled (TEWAC)

                     The generator is cooled by a recirculating air stream
                     cooled by air-to-water heat exchangers. Cold air is
                     initially drawn through a plenum in the frame into the
                     generator radial-flow fans on each end of the generator
                     rotor assembly. Air is then forced by the fans into the air
                     gap and also around the stator core. The stator is divided
                     axially into sections by the web plates and outer wrapper
                     so

                                        Turbine-Generator             Page 8.28
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Firm Proposal 92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   that in the center section cold air is forced from the
                   outside of the core toward the gap through the radial air
                   ducts, and in the end section it passes from the air gap
                   toward the outside of the core through the radial ducts. This
                   arrangement results in substantially uniform cooling of the
                   windings and core.

8.2.4              Lubrication System

                   Lubrication for the generator bearings is supplied from the
                   turbine lubrication system. Generator bearing oil feed and
                   drain interconnecting lines are provided, and have a flanged
                   connection at the turbine end of the generator package for
                   connection to the turbine package.

8.2.5              Instrumentation

                   Pressure switches are provided in the lube oil feed piping at
                   the aft end of the generator for monitoring oil pressure.

                   Six resistance-type temperature detectors, two per phase, are
                   installed in the generator stator winding, with leads brought
                   out to the junction box.

                   Two RTDs are installed in the hot gas path of the cooling
                   air.

                   Two RTDs are installed in the cold gas path of the cooling
                   air.

                   Three velocity-type vibration detectors are provided on the
                   pedestal bearing caps, one at the turbine end and two at the
                   collector end.

                   Proximity probe assemblies are supplied on each bearing
                   pedestal.

8.2.6              Switchgear Compartment

                   The switchgear compartment is a walk-in weather-protected
                   enclosure made of carbon steel with a steel frame around the
                   perimeter designed to support the enclosure. The walls,
                   doors, floor, and ceiling are made of steel panels which are
                   bolted together. The exterior is painted beige with rust
                   inhibited primer and the interior is painted gray.

                   The switchgear is convection or forced-air cooled. In
                   addition, electric space heaters are provided for moisture
                   control.

                   The switchgear compartment is divided into two sections, a
                   high voltage section containing the energized high voltage
                   electrical conductors and a low voltage maintenance walk-in
                   section as described below.

                                        Turbine-Generator             Page 8.29
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Firm Proposal 92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.2.6.1            High Voltage Section

                   The generator power goes straight through the high voltage
                   section with no phase rotation change. The bus runs from the
                   generator incoming non-segregated phase flange connection
                   through the generator breaker (52G) to the customer line
                   connection. Access to this compartment is through bolted
                   access doors. All current carrying conductors are copper.

                   The high voltage section contains the following equipment:

                   .   High voltage flange connecting to the generator
                       non-segregated phase bus (500 lb capacity)

                   .   Current transformers (CTs)

                   .   Provision for auxiliary power tap

                   .   Lightning arresters

                   .   High voltage connecting to the line (utility)
                       --   Non seg bus duct outgoing connection

8.2.6.2            Low Voltage Section

                   The low voltage maintenance walk-in section has, a low
                   voltage distribution panel, lights, convenience receptacle,
                   and emergency light. Access to this section is through hinged
                   door(s). The compartment provides access to the following
                   equipment:

                   . 1000 MVA/5000 amp generator circuit breaker (52G)

                   . Control cable terminations

                   . Low voltage output of the VTs and CTs

8.2.6.3            Interface Points

                   The primary interface points to the switchgear compartment
                   are:

                   . Generator power connection - end/side, non-segregated
                     phase bus flange connection

                   . Line power connection (to step-up transformer) - top/roof,
                     non-segregated phase bus flange connection

                   . Provision for auxiliary power tap -
                     bottom/floor, entry through gland plate

                                        Turbine-Generator             Page 8.30
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Firm Proposal 92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

________________________________________________________________________________

8.3                Gas Turbine-Generator Controls and Electric Auxiliaries

                   8.3.1       Packaged Electronic and Electrical Control
                               Compartment (PEECC)

                               The PEECC is a completely enclosed compartment
                               suitable for outdoor installation. Heating, air
                               conditioning, compartment lighting, power
                               outlets, temperature alarms, and smoke detectors
                               are provided for convenience and protection of
                               the equipment in the PEECC.

                               Electrical monitoring and control of the unit are
                               accomplished by the turbine control panel and the
                               generator control panel, which are mounted on a
                               common skid and located in the PEECC. The
                               customer control local interface is also
                               located in the PEECC. In addition to the control
                               systems, the PEECC also houses the gas turbine
                               motor control centers and batteries, rack and
                               charger (s). The arrangement of the equipment is
                               shown in the typical compartment layout below.

                                       Turbine-Generator              Page 8.31
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Firm Proposal   92746G (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

         Packaged Electronic and Electrical Control Compartment (PEECC)
                                    (Typical)

                                  [FLOOR PLAN]

8.3.2                SPEEDTRONIC(TM) Mark V Gas Turbine Control System

                     The gas turbine control system is a state-of-the-art Triple
                     Modular Redundant (TMR) microprocessor control system. The
                     core of this system is the three separate but identical
                     controllers called (R), (S), and (T). All critical control
                     algorithms, protective functions, and sequencing are
                     performed by these processors. In so doing, they also
                     acquire the data needed to generate outputs to the turbine.
                     Protective outputs are routed through the (P) protective
                     module consisting of triple redundant processors (X), (Y),
                     and (Z), which also provide independent protection for
                     certain critical functions such as overspeed.

                     The three control processors, (R), (S), and (t), acquire
                     data from triple-redundant sensors as well as from dual or
                     single sensors. All critical sensors

___________________________

(TM) A trademark of the General Electric Company

                                        Turbine-Generator             Page 8.32
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Firm Proposal 92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   for continuous controls, as well as protection, are
                   triple-redundant. Other sensors are dual or single devices
                   fanned out to all three control processors. The extremely
                   high reliability achieved by TMR control systems is due in
                   considerable measure to the use of triple sensors for all
                   critical parameters.

8.3.2.1            Electronics

                   All of the microprocessor-based controls have a modular
                   design for ease of maintenance. Each module or controller
                   contains up to five cards, including a power supply. Multiple
                   microprocessors reside in each controller which distribute
                   the processing for maximum performance. Individual
                   microprocessors are dedicated to specific I/O assignments,
                   application software communications, etc., and the processing
                   is performed in a real-time, multi-tasking operating system.
                   Communication between the controller's five cards is
                   accomplished with ribbon cables and gas-tight connectors.
                   Communication between individual controllers is performed on
                   high-speed Arcnet links.

8.3.2.2            Shared Voting

                   Software Implemented Fault Tolerance (SIFT) and hardware
                   voting are utilized by the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V TMR control
                   system. At the beginning of each computing time frame, each
                   controller independently reads its sensors and exchanges
                   these data with the data from the other two controllers. The
                   median value of each analog input is calculated in each
                   controller and then used as the resultant control parameter
                   for that controller. Diagnostic algorithms monitor a
                   predefined deadband for each analog input to each controller,
                   and if one of the analog inputs deviates from this deadband,
                   a diagnostic alarm is initiated to advise maintenance
                   personnel.

                   Contact inputs are voted in a similar manner. Each contact
                   input connects to a single terminal point and is parallel
                   wired to three contact input cards. Each card optically
                   isolates the 125 or 24 V dc input, and then a dedicated 80196
                   processor in each card time stamps the input to within 1 ms
                   resolution. These signals are then transmitted to the (R),
                   (S), and (T) controllers for voting and execution of the
                   application software. This technique eliminates any single
                   point failure in the software voting system. Redundant
                   contact inputs for certain functions such as low lube oil
                   pressure are connected to three separate terminal points and
                   then individually voted. With this SIFT technique, multiple
                   failures of contact or analog inputs can be accepted by the
                   control system without causing an erroneous trip command from
                   any of the three controllers as long as the failures are not
                   from the same circuit.

                                        Turbine-Generator              Page 8.33
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Firm Proposal  92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   Another form of voting is accomplished through hardware
                   voting of analog outputs. Three coil servos on the valve
                   actuators are separately driven from each controller, and the
                   position feedback is provided by three LVDTs. The normal
                   position of each valve is the average of the three commands
                   from (R), (S), and (T). The resultant averaging circuit has
                   sufficient gain to override a gross failure of any
                   controller, such as a controller output being driven to
                   saturation. Diagnostics monitor the servo coil currents and
                   the D/A converters in addition to the LVDTs.

8.3.2.3            PC Based Operator Interface

                   The operator interface, (I), consists of a PC, color monitor,
                   cursor positioning device, keyboard, and printer. The
                   keyboard is primarily used for maintenance such as editing
                   application software or alarm messages. While the keyboard is
                   not necessary, it is convenient for accessing displays with
                   dedicated function keys and adjusting setpoints by entering a
                   numeric value rather than issuing a manual raise/lower
                   command. Setpoint and logic commands require an initial
                   selection which is followed by a confirming execute command.

8.3.2.4            Direct Sensor Interface

                   Input/output (I/O) is designed for direct interface to
                   turbine and generator devices such as thermocouples, RTDs and
                   vibration sensors, flame sensors, and proximity probes.
                   Direct monitoring of these sensors eliminates the cost and
                   potential reliability factors associated with interposing
                   transducers and instrumentation. All of the resultant data
                   are visible to the operator from the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V
                   operator interface.

8.3.2.5            Built-in Diagnostics

                   The control system has extensive built-in diagnostics and
                   includes "power-up", background and manually initiated
                   diagnostic routines capable of identifying both control
                   panel, sensor, and output device faults. These faults are
                   identified down to the board level for the panel, and to the
                   circuit level for the sensor or actuator component. On-line
                   replacement of boards is made possible by the triply
                   redundant design and is also available for those sensors
                   where physical access and system isolation are feasible.

8.3.2.6            Generator Interface and Control

                   The primary point of control for the generator is through the
                   operator interface. However, the control system is integrated
                   with the EX2000BR

                                       Turbine-Generator              Page 8.34
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Firm Proposal  92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     brushless excitation system over an Arcnet local area
                     network (LAN). The SPEEDTRONIC Mark V is used to control
                     megawatt output and the EX2000BR is used to control megavar
                     output. The generator control panel is used to provide
                     primary protection for the generator. This protection is
                     further augmented by protection features located in the
                     EX2000BR and the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V.

8.3.2.7              Synchronizing Control and Monitoring

                     Automatic synchronization is performed by the (X), (Y), and
                     (Z) cards in conjunction with the (R), (S), and (T)
                     controllers. The controllers match speed and voltage and
                     issue a command to close the breaker based on a predefined
                     breaker closure time. Diagnostics monitor the actual
                     breaker closure time and self-correct each command.

                     Another feature of the system is the ability to synchronize
                     manually via the operator interface instead of using the
                     traditional synchroscope on the generator protective panel.
                     Operators can choose one additional mode of operation by
                     selecting the monitor mode, which automatically matches
                     speed and voltage, but waits for the operator to review all
                     pertinent data on the CRT display before issuing a breaker
                     close command.

8.3.2.8              Architecture

                     The SPEEDTRONIC Mark V control configuration diagram
                     depicts several advantages for increased reliability and
                     ease of interface. For example:

                     . Multiple unit control from a single (I)

                     . Back-up display wired directly to (R), (S), and (T)
                       controllers

                     . Hard wire protective signal from (R) (S) (T) controllers

                     . Additional protective processors (X), (Y), (Z)

                     The protective block diagram shows the built-in
                     redundancy/reliability of the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V control
                     system. For example, if there is an overspeed condition
                     requiring a trip of the unit, the first line of defense
                     would be the primary overspeed protection via the (R), (S),
                     and (T) controllers. All three trip signals then pass to
                     the (P)protective module trip card where two out of three
                     voting occurs prior to sending the automatic fuel supply
                     trip signal. The secondary overspeed protection is via the
                     (X), (Y), and (Z) protective control processor cards which
                     similarly send their independent trip signals to the
                     (P)protective module trip card for voting.

                                       Turbine-Generator              Page 8.35
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Firm Proposal   92746G1(07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               Standard SPEEDTRONIC Mark V Control Configuration
                                   (Typical)

                             [DIAGRAM APPEARS HERE]

                                  Turbine-Generator                    Page 8.36
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                  Firm Proposal        92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                        Protective System Block Diagram
                       SPEEDTRONIC Mark V Turbine Control
                                    (Typical)

                             [DIAGRAM APPEARS HERE]

                                        Turbine-Generator              Page 8.37
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Firm Proposal   92746G1 (07/00) Rev.0 rb

<PAGE>

8.3.2.9              Scope of Control

                     The SPEEDTRONIC Mark V control system provides complete
                     monitoring control and protection for gas turbine-generator
                     and auxiliary systems. The scope of control is broken down
                     into three (3) sections: Control, Sequencing and
                     Protection.

                     .   Control

                         -- Start-up control

                         -- Speed/load setpoint and governor

                         -- Temperature Control

                         -- Guide vane control

                         -- Fuel control

                         -- Generator excitation setpoints

                         -- Synchronizing control (speed/voltage matching)

                         -- Emissions control

                     .   Sequencing

                         -- GT auxiliary systems (MCC starters)

                         -- Start-up, running and shutdown

                         -- Purge and ignition

                         -- Alarm management

                         -- Synchronizing

                         -- Hydraulic ratchet

                         -- Maintain starts, trips and hours counters

                         -- Event counters

                            - Manually initiated starts

                            - Fired starts

                            - Fast load starts

                            - Emergency trips

                         -- Time meters
                         -- Fired time

                     .   Protection

                         --   Overspeed, redundant electronic

                         --   Overtemperature (including generator)

                         --   Vibration

                         --   Loss of flame

                                    Turbine - Generator                Page 8.38
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal        92746 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         -- Combustion monitor

                         -- Redundant sensor CO2 fire protection

                         -- Low lube oil pressure, high lube oil temperature,
                            etc.

8.3.2.10             Gas Turbine Plant Operating Modes

8.3.2.10.1           Starting/Loading

                     All starting is done automatically, with the operator given
                     the opportunity to hold the start-up sequence at either the
                     crank (pre-ignition) or fire (post-ignition,
                     pre-accelerate) points of the start-up. An "Auto" mode
                     selection results in a start without any holds.

                     Either before issuing a start command, or during the start,
                     the operator may make the following selections:

                     1.  Select or disable the automatic synchronization
                         capability of the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V control. Automatic
                         synchronization utilizes the microsynchronizer to
                         provide accurate and repeatable breaker closures based
                         on phase angle, slip, the rate of change of slip, and
                         the response time of the breaker which is in the system
                         memory.

                     2.  Select preselected load, base load or peak load. If a
                         selection is made the unit will automatically load to
                         the selected point and control there. If no selection
                         is made the unit will load to a low load referred to as
                         "Spinning Reserve" automatically upon synchronization;
                         be it automatic or manual. The turbine governor is
                         automatically regulated to maintain the megawatt
                         setting assigned to "Spinning Reserve".

8.3.2.10.2           Operating

                     Once the unit is on line, it may be controlled either
                     manually or automatically from the control operator
                     interface. Manual control is provided by the governor
                     raise/lower control displayed on the operator interface
                     screen. Automatic operation is switched on when the
                     operator selects a load point from the turbine control
                     interface.

                     For a fully automatic start with automatic loading to base
                     load, the operator selects the "Auto" operating mode,
                     enables auto synchronization and selects "Base" load. Given
                     a "Start" signal, the unit will then start, synchronize and
                     load to Base load with no further input on the part of the
                     operator.

                                    Turbine - Generator                Page 8.39
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal        92746 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.3.2.10.3           Shutdown

                     On shutdown, the system will automatically unload and
                     return to ratchet motor operation. The unit will stay on
                     ratchet until an operator turns it off.

8.3.2.11             Communications

8.3.2.11.1           Internal Communications

                     Internal communications consist of a high speed Arcnet
                     link. The SPEEDTRONIC Mark V's internal Arcnet
                     communication link is isolated from external communication
                     links at the (I) processor.

8.3.2.11.2           External Communications

                     The open architecture of the (I) processor facilitates a
                     wide range of external communication links.

8.3.2.12             Operator Displays

                     Two (2) out of the typical forty (40) available displays
                     are shown on the following pages. The first screen is the
                     main menu display. From the main menu all
                     operation/maintenance and user defined screens can be
                     reached. The main menu screen is made up of three (3) major
                     areas:

                     .   List of available displays

                     .   Alarm field shows the three (3) latest unacknowledged
                         alarms (Black band near bottom of the screen)

                     .   Function control keys (bottom of screen)

                                    Turbine - Generator                Page 8.40
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal        92746 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                             [PICTURE APPEARS HERE]

The second screen shown is a typical operating screen. Note that the alarm list
and function control key fields are also shown below the primary display field
on this screen. Control target values are shown in the primary display field.
Selecting and executing commands is simple. For example, to go to baseload, you
would move the cursor to the "Baseload" target and click on it. Then before the
control times out, you would move the cursor to the "Execute Command" target and
click on it. The "Execute Command" step protects against accidental activation
of the wrong command that might occur with a one step (point/click) command.
Signals that require an Execute command in order to be activated are:

 .   Start
 .   Stop

 .   Operation Selection
    --   Off
    --   Crank
    --   Fire
    --   Auto
    --   Remote

                                    Turbine - Generator                Page 8.41
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal        92746 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

 .   Load Selection
     --   Preselected Load
     --   Base
     --   Peak

 .   Guide Vane Control
     --   Temp Control Off
     --   Temp Control On

 .   Governor Type Selection
     --   Droop (nominal 4%)

                                   [DIAGRAM]

                                    Turbine - Generator                Page 8.42
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal        92746 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.3.2.13             Backup Interface

                     In the unusual event that the operator interface becomes
                     unavailable, a small backup interface is provided on the
                     SPEEDTRONIC Mark V cabinet door. It uses a liquid crystal
                     display with two (2) lines of forty (40) characters per
                     line to display key control parameters and alarms. The
                     control panel accepts operator commands from this backup
                     interface.

8.3.2.14             Printer

                     The standard operator interface printer has these
                     convenient features:

                     .   Alarm logging
                     .   Event logging

                     .   Historical trip display printing capability

                     .   User defined display printing capability

                     .   Periodic log display printing capability

                     .   CRT screen copy

                     Each alarm and event is logged with a high resolution time
                     tag. Contact inputs are logged to 1 millisecond. Separate
                     alarm queues are maintained for turbine/generator system
                     alarms and for SPEEDTRONIC Mark V internal self-diagnostic
                     alarms. System alarms can be silenced, acknowledged and
                     reset locally. Any intermittent alarms can be locked out
                     with a permanent lockout message residing in the alarm
                     queue.

                     If a trip occurs, the historical trip display automatically
                     captures in memory all key control parameters and alarm
                     messages at the time of the trip and at several time
                     intervals preceding the trip. The operator can print the
                     historical trip display when required. A start signal
                     triggers the display to start collecting new data and all
                     previous data is deleted from the current log. Display logs
                     can be saved at any time to a memory buffer.

                     A user-defined display allows selection of any desired data
                     for viewing or printing. The periodic log allows a user to
                     define points to be collected and printed periodically to a
                     printer. The period of each list is defined in minutes,
                     from 1 to 10,080 (one week).

                                    Turbine - Generator                Page 8.43
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal        92746 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.3.2.15             Human Machine Interface (HMI)

                     The Human Machine Interface is a single powerful, flexible
                     and user friendly operator interface which brings together
                     all of the displays and functions needed for real-time
                     control and monitoring of turbomachinery processes,
                     auxiliary equipment, driven devices and process alarms
                     associated with power plant control.

                     The HMI system provides the infrastructure needed to meet
                     the demanding requirements of delivering process
                     information from a broader spectrum of controllers and
                     compute platforms as well as accessing and delivering
                     information to a customer's business enterprise system and
                     balance of plant control system.

                     Designed with an open system concept, the system uses
                     standard open hardware and operating system software. The
                     HMI's software system uses the Windows NT client-server
                     architecture from Microsoft which provides builtin
                     multi-tasking, networking and security features. The
                     ability to run the system on conventional PC based
                     platforms minimizes cost, promotes open interfaces, permits
                     system scalability, and ensures longevity of investment and
                     future enhancement.

8.3.2.15.1           HMI Product Structure

                     GE Fanuc's CIMPLICITY(TM) HMI system serves as the basic
                     core system, which is enhanced by the addition of power
                     plant control hardware and software from GE Industrial
                     Systems. The HMI configuration consists of several distinct
                     elements:

                     .   HMI Server - The server is the hub of the system and
                         provides data support and system management. The HMI
                         server also has the responsibility for device
                         communication for both internal and external
                         interchanges. The gas turbine control system can have
                         redundant communications with two HMI servers.

                     .   HMI Viewer (Client) - (If provided) the viewer provides
                         the visualization function for the system and is the
                         client of the distributed client-server system. The
                         viewer contains the operator interface application
                         software for issuing commands, viewing screen graphics,
                         data values, alarms and trends, and providing system
                         logs and reports. The gas turbine control system can
                         have redundant communications with up to four HMI
                         servers

____________________________

(TM)A trademark of the General Electric Company

                                    Turbine - Generator                Page 8.44
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal        92746 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         and/or viewers. The first HMI will be a server;
                         additional HMIs can be a server or viewer depending on
                         the plant control configuration.

8.3.2.15.2           HMI Product Features

                     .   Graphics - The key functions of the HMI system are
                         performed by its graphic system, which provides the
                         operator with process visualization and control in a
                         real-time environment. In the HMI system this important
                         interface is accomplished using CimEdit, a graphics
                         editing package, and CimView, a high performance
                         runtime viewing package.

                     .   Alarm Viewer - The alarm management functions of the
                         HMI system are provided by Alarm Viewer. Alarm Viewer
                         handles routing of alarms to the proper operator and
                         alarm sorting and filtering by priority, plant unit,
                         time, or source device.

                     .   Trending - HMI trending, based on object linking and
                         embedding technology, provides powerful data analysis
                         capabilities. Trending capabilities include graphing
                         collected data and making data comparisons between
                         current and past variable data for quick identification
                         of process problems.

                     .   Point Control Panel - The HMI point panel provides a
                         listing of points in the system with dynamically
                         updating point values and alarm status. Operators have
                         the ability to view and set local and remote points,
                         enable and disable alarm generation, modify alarm
                         limits, and filter and sort points selectively.

                     .   Basic Control Engine - The basic control engine allows
                         users to define control actions to take in response to
                         system events. It monitors event occurrence and
                         executes configured actions in response. The basic
                         control engine is supported by an event editor for
                         defining actions in response to system events and a
                         program editor for programming more complex actions.

                     .   User Roles and Privileges - CIMPLICITY allows
                         configuration of system users to control access and
                         privileges. o DDE Application Interface - The DDE

                         Interface allows other Windows applications that use
                         Microsoft standard and Advanced DDE to obtain easy
                         access to HMI point data. Users can integrate software
                         that supports DDE to monitor, analyze, report or modify
                         the HMI point data. In addition the HMI provides
                         advances DDE client communication for data collection
                         from third party devices.

                                    Turbine - Generator                Page 8.45
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal        92746 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.3.2.15.3           Operator Functions

                     .   Display Management - Display management provides
                         overall display functions to meet the needs of the
                         turbine plant. Displayed data is a combination of data
                         received over Ethernet from GE third party servers and
                         over the Stage Link from gas turbine controllers. Alarm
                         display includes both connection to gas turbine alarm
                         queues and external PLC systems.

                     .   Hold List Display - The hold list is a set of
                         conditions which must be met at certain times, speeds
                         and operating modes in the turbine startup for systems
                         which have Automatic Turbine Startup functions. The HMI
                         provides for creation, modification, display, printing,
                         down and uploading, compiling and reverse translation
                         of a hold list of up to 64 points.

                     .   Reactive Capability Display - Reactive capability
                         display shows an X-Y display of real and reactive
                         power. The plot shows three lines of generator
                         capability as a function of generator coolant
                         temperature or hydrogen pressure.

                     .   Timer, Counter, Accumulator Display - This function
                         shows the settings and totals in the turbine
                         controllers.

                     .   Screen Copy - Screen copy makes a copy of screen image
                         and stores it in the Window clipboard for display,
                         printing, directing to a file, or electronic
                         transmission

                     .   Trip History - Trip history data collected from each
                         turbine controller can be plotted, printed as tabular
                         data, or transmitted electronically for remote
                         analysis.

                     .   Process Alarm Management - The features of process
                         alarm management help the operator to make a proper
                         response to alarms and include the following:

                         -- Alarm queue display for each turbine unit controller

                         -- Main alarm display including all plant alarms

                         -- Alarm lockout for toggling alarm conditions

                         -- Alarm notepad function for adding explanatory notes
                            to each active alarm drop number for each panel

                         -- Linking alarms to pre-selected display screens

                         -- Alarm help utilities for storing more detailed
                            descriptions of alarms and their intended functions

                                    Turbine - Generator                Page 8.46
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal        92746 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                         --  Distinguishing display of control system diagnostic
                             alarms from regular alarm or events

8.3.2.15.4           Maintenance and Tool Support

                     .   Remote Maintenance Access - The HMI system supports
                         remote maintenance access for field installation,
                         troubleshooting, and resolving general maintenance
                         problems of the controller and HMI systems. In remote
                         access, a computer in the remote location appears as a
                         view node on the site system. Capabilities include
                         operation displays, configuration of the HMI, real-time
                         and historical data retrieval, and diagnostic alarms.

                     .   Diagnostic Alarms - Diagnostic alarms specifically
                         pertain to the control system and help operators and
                         maintenance personnel respond to control system
                         problems. Functions associated with diagnostic alarms
                         include sorting and grouping capabilities, printing
                         alarms on the HMI alarm printer (if selected), and help
                         utilities to identify alarm and intended response.

                     .   View Programs - This special data collection programs
                         provide collection of data necessary to troubleshoot
                         the turbine unit control systems. These programs create
                         diagnostic data files that are stored for later
                         analysis. Files can be displayed, trended, printed,
                         faxed or transferred.

                     .   Logic Forcing - The HMI supports logic forcing and
                         maintains the identity and status of forced points. o

                     .   Control Constants - Control constants are tune-up
                         parameters and variables that change with each
                         application and may change from time to time during the
                         life of an installation. The HMI displays control
                         constants values for a given control unit and allows
                         adjustment of the values with appropriate ramp rates
                         and min and max values. A tool is included to create
                         and maintain a control constant file on a unit basis
                         which can be downloaded to the unit controller.

                     .   Configuration Tools - The HMI system provides tools to
                         configure a turbine control panel including:

                         -- Control Sequence Program (CSP) editor to edit
                            existing control program segments and to create new
                            program segments

                         -- I/O configurator for embedded turbine control I/O
                            software

                         -- Panel configuration including maintenance of the
                            Data Dictionary File System (DDFS) and the Control
                            Signal Data Base (CSDB)

                         -- Capability to configure the turbine control backup
                            operator interface

                         -- Ability to configure the turbine control unit trip
                            logs

                                    Turbine - Generator                Page 8.47
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal        92746 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

       8.3.2.15.5    Hardware

                     .   Intel based PC with 266 MHz Pentium II processor (or
                         better)

                     .   64 MB RAM with 512 KB cache memory

                     .   Hard drive 4.3GB or greater (multiple on historian)

                     .   Floppy drive 1.44 MB

                     .   Video card with 2 MB DRAM

                     .   17 inch monitor

                     .   CD- 24x (or better), with multi-read capability

                     .   2 serial and 1 parallel port

                     .   Windows NT operating system

                     .   Keyboard

                     .   Trackball or mouse

                     .   Ethernet interface

                     .   DAT tape drives on Historian and engineering
                         workstations

                     .   Modems on HMI servers

       8.3.2.15.6    Communications Interfaces

                     The HMI uses Stage Link as its mechanism for communication
                     with GE turbine controllers and ancillary equipment. Stage
                     Link allows the HMI to be located remotely and enables a
                     single HMI to communicate with up to eight turbine
                     controllers.

                     The HMI allows Modbus interfaces with other systems such as
                     DCS.

       8.3.3         Bently Nevada 3500 Monitoring System

                     The gas turbine and generator are equipped with orthogonal
                     proximity probes at each bearing to detect radial motion of
                     the shaft relative to the bearing. Axial position of the
                     gas turbine rotor is sensed by two axial position proximity
                     probes. Each probe is connected to a proximitor.

                           Tribune-Generator                           Page 8.48
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Firm Proposal               92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     The Bently Nevada 3500 Monitor is a 19 in., eight position
                     (six available), panel mount rack containing one dual
                     channel monitor card for each of the two turbine rotor
                     axial position probes, and one dual channel monitor card
                     for the radial X-Y probes for each turbine and generator
                     bearing. The radial bearing monitor provides values for the
                     overall amplitude.

                     Features of the system include:

                     .   Card mounted LCD displays

                     .   Alert and danger relay outputs - one pair for the axial
                         position monitor and one pair which is shared by all
                         the radial monitors

                     .   AC power supply

                     .   KeyPhasor

                     .   Available 4-20 ma output of overall vibration or axial
                         position

8.3.4                Performance Monitoring Package

                     In conjunction with a centralized control system, the
                     performance monitoring package provides signals which may
                     be used to compare turbine performance. These data can be
                     used to determine the need for maintenance, such as
                     compressor water wash. The package is connected to a
                     control compartment wall-mounted cabinet which contains
                     transducers for 4-20 ma signals.

                     The following equipment is provided:

                     .   Barometer

                     .   Compressor inlet total pressure and static pressure
                         probes

                     .   Compressor discharge pressure probe

                     .   Exhaust pressure probe

                     .   Natural gas flow measurement

8.3.5                Transducers

                     .   Barometric pressure transmitter (96AP)

                     .   Compressor bellmouth differential pressure transmitter
                         (96BD)

                     .   Compressor inlet air total pressure transmitter (96CS)

                           Tribune-Generator                           Page 8.49
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Firm Proposal               92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     .   Compressor discharge pressure transmitter (96CD)

                     .   Exhaust pressure transmitter (96EP)

                     .   Compressor temperature inlet flange (CT-IF-3/R)

8.3.6                Motor Control Center

                     The motor control center contains circuit protective
                     devices and power distribution equipment to supply
                     electrical power to all packaged power plant devices as
                     defined on the electrical one line diagram. The motor
                     control center is manufactured and tested in accordance
                     with NEMA ICS-2 and UL Standard No. 845. Vertical sections
                     and individual units will be UL (CSA) Labeled where
                     possible. The motor control center is located in the PEECC.

8.3.7                Generator Protection Panel

                     The heart of the generator protection panel is the digital
                     multifunction relay integration with the gas turbine
                     control system panel. The generator protection panel
                     incorporates this feature along with generator metering and
                     watt and VAR transducers for turbine control.

                     The following page presents a typical one-line diagram for
                     the generator protection panel. The diagram and the tables
                     which follow it illustrate the digital protection features
                     and metering. For job-specific details please refer to the
                     oneline diagram in the drawings section of the proposal.

                           Tribune-Generator                           Page 8.50
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Firm Proposal               92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>
                            STANDARD GENERATOR PANEL
                                    (Typical)

                             [DIAGRAM APPEARS HERE]

8.3.7.1              Digital Generator Protection (DGP) Features

                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     Measurement                                           Value
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                    Overexcitation                                          24
                    ------------------------------------------------------------

                           Tribune-Generator                           Page 8.51
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Firm Proposal               92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Undervoltage                             27G
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Reverse Power / Anti-Motoring                      32-1
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Loss of Excitation                                 40-1,2
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Current Unbalance / Negative Phase Sequence        46
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     System Phase Fault                                 51V
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Overvoltage                              59
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Stator Ground Detection                            64G/59GN
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Over Frequency                           81O-1,2
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Differential                             87G
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Voltage Transformer Fuse Failure                   VTFF
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

8.3.7.2              Generator Digital Multimeter

                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                              Measurement                  Value
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Volts                                        VM
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Amps                                         AM
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator megawatts                                    MW
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator megaVARs                                     MVAR
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator MVA                                          MVA
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator frequency                                    FM
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Generator Power Factor                                 PF
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
8.3.7.3              Digital Generator Protection (DGP)

                     The digital generator protection system uses microprocessor
                     technology to obtain a numerical relay system for a wide
                     range of protection, monitoring, control and recording
                     functions for the generator. Redundant internal power
                     supplies and extensive diagnostic and self-test routines
                     provide dependability and system security.

                     The DGP provides the commonly used protective functions in
                     one package, including 100% stator ground fault detection
                     using third harmonic voltage monitoring. Adaptive frequency
                     sampling is used to provide better fault protection during
                     off-normal frequencies such as startup.

                     The DGP can store in memory the last 100 sequence of
                     events, 120 cycles of oscillography fault recording, and
                     the last three fault reports

                     The system features a local Human-Machine Interface with
                     integral keypad, 16 character display, and target LEDs for
                     entering settings, displaying present

                           Tribune-Generator                           Page 8.52
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Firm Proposal               92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     values, viewing fault target information, and accessing
                     stored data. In addition, two RS-232 serial communication
                     ports are provided for local and remote computer access.
                     (Please Note: The Personal Computer (PC) is not part of
                     this offering.)

8.3.7.4              Auxiliary Transformer Protection

                     Auxiliary transformer protection is provided by a digital
                     non-directional overcurrent relay which protects against
                     overloads and faults. The module includes four measuring
                     units, one for each of the three phase currents and one for
                     ground or residual current. The phase and ground units
                     contain settings for time overcurrent (TOC) and
                     instantaneous overcurrent (IOC). In addition, the module
                     has control inputs and outputs that can be used for a zone
                     interlocking scheme. A local user interface is included
                     with scrolling display and eight LEDs.

8.3.7.5              Generator Breaker Failure Protection (50/62BF)

                     A digital breaker failure relay is used for timing and
                     detecting current flow in conjunction with a lockout relay
                     (86BF). The timer initiation is accomplished using an
                     auxiliary high speed relay (94BFI) in parallel with the
                     breaker trip coil. If the generator breaker remains closed
                     and/or the current level detectors sense a current, the
                     (50/62BF) relay starts timing. At the end of the time out
                     period, the (50/62BF) relay trips the lockout relay (86BF).
                     Contacts from this lockout are brought out to terminal
                     boards for customer use in tripping associated breakers.
                     Lockout relay (86BF) also trips the turbine.

                     Most faults involving the generator require tripping the
                     generator breaker. Failure of the protection schemes to
                     trip this breaker results in loss of protection to the
                     generator. Also, if one or two poles of the breaker fail to
                     open, the result can be a single phase load and negative
                     sequence current on the generator stator. The purpose of
                     the breaker failure protection is to act as a backup to any
                     of the other generator protection schemes. This serves to
                     protect the generator when the breaker fails to open
                     properly.

8.3.7.6              Gas Turbine Control System Integration

                     In addition to the relaying mounted in the generator
                     protection panel, the gas turbine control system handles
                     protective functions such as generator temperature
                     protection, synchronizing check, backup frequency and
                     reverse power.

                           Tribune-Generator                           Page 8.53
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Firm Proposal               92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     Generator control and monitoring are primarily accomplished
                     via the gas turbine control system operator interface. The
                     operator interface handles manual and auto-synchronizing,
                     speed raise/lower, voltage raise/lower, and generator
                     breaker control. Also displayed are frequency and voltage
                     for the generator and bus, breaker status, field current
                     and voltage, along with the status of permissives.

8.3.8                EX2000BR Static Voltage Regulator for Brushless Excitation

                     The EX2000BR is a digital, static, voltage regulator for
                     use with rotating ac brushless exciters. The system
                     supplies dc excitation power to the field winding of the
                     rotating brushless exciter. In addition, all control and
                     protective functions are implemented in the system
                     software. Digital technology allows the EX2000BR to
                     maintain 99.98% availability.

                     A simplified one-line diagram of the EX2000BR excitation
                     system is shown below:

                     EX2000BR Fed from an Auxiliary Bus or Generator Terminals
                                           (Typical)

                             [DIAGRAM APPEARS HERE]

                           Tribune-Generator                           Page 8.54
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Firm Proposal               92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                     The voltage regulator accepts inputs from the generator
                     terminals or auxiliary bus. In addition the regulator will
                     accept a dc input from the station battery as a backup
                     power source to the primary ac source.

8.3.8.1              System Features

                     Following are descriptions of selected features of the
                     EX2000BR system. For a complete list of system features and
                     accessories, please refer to the Scope of Supply section of
                     the proposal.

8.3.8.1.1            Communication (ARCNET) Interface

                     For communication to the EX2000BR, an ARCNET (local area
                     network) controller with modified ARCNET drivers is
                     provided. The ARCNET controller adheres to the standard
                     ARCNET protocol.

8.3.8.1.2            Interface with the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V Gas Turbine Control
                     System

                     The EX2000BR is connected to the gas turbine control system
                     through a coaxial cable on the ARCNET LAN. This enables the
                     gas turbine control system to provide a digital window into
                     the EX2000BR through which all pertinent variables can be
                     monitored and controlled.

8.3.8.1.3            Power System Stabilizer (PSS)

                     The power system stabilizer function is incorporated into
                     the exciter software. A signal representing the integral of
                     accelerating power is introduced into the automatic voltage
                     regulator algorithm to increase the generator's ability to
                     produce and transmit large power levels in a stable manner
                     by reducing low frequency rotor oscillations.

8.3.8.1.4            Regulator Panel

                     The regulator panel contains the SCR power conversion
                     module and regulator with all standard control and
                     protection functions, plus auxiliary functions such as
                     de-excitation module, dc field flashing module, and shaft
                     voltage suppression circuit.

                           Tribune-Generator                           Page 8.55
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Firm Proposal               92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

8.3.8.2              Related Services

8.3.8.2.1            Power System Stabilizer Tuning Study

                     GE provides engineering consulting services for tuning of
                     the power system stabilizer for optimal performance at the
                     customer's site. This includes studies to determine the
                     optimum settings and producing computer models for use in
                     transient stability analysis.

                     In order to complete the analyses described, GE typically
                     requires data on the system strength at the HV bus (short
                     circuit MVA) and data on the step-up transformer impedance.
                     Copies of any pertinent interconnection specifications or
                     performance requirements for the AVR/PSS should also be
                     provided for use in determining the proper tuning.

8.3.8.2.2            Power System Stabilizer Testing

                     GE provides engineering services for testing of the AVR/PSS
                     at commissioning (plant startup), or a later date. The
                     purpose of the tests is to verify that the AVR/PSS
                     performance meets existing specifications and requirements
                     and to validate the calculated results from the tuning
                     study. Sometimes this testing is required by the utility
                     regulatory commission for acceptance of the plant
                     performance as it relates to system interconnection
                     requirements. A report documenting the test results
                     compared to the performance requirements is the deliverable
                     following testing.

                           Tribune-Generator                           Page 8.56
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Firm Proposal               92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                     9.      Customer Scope of Supply

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     9.1     Gas Turbine-Generator Systems ...............   9.1
                     9.2     Civil .......................................   9.4
                     9.3     Installation/Erection .......................   9.5
                     9.4     Start-Up/Test ...............................   9.5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     To provide a complete operational installation, additional
                     equipment and services not included in this proposal must
                     be provided by the customer or the installer. These
                     include, but are not limited to, the following:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.1     Gas Turbine-Generator Systems

        9.1.1        Fuel System

                     Note: Customer must provide fuel analyses of actual
                     operating fuel at or before the time of commitment to
                     purchase.

        9.1.1.1      Customer Gas Fuel System Supply Requirements

        9.1.1.1.1    Summary of Typical Natural Gas Fuel Supply Conditions

                     1. The gas fuel pressures specified in this document are
                        referenced to FG1. This point identifies the purchaser
                        connection as shown on the Purchaser Connection Drawing.
                        These pressures do not account for any upstream
                        components (e.g. piping, scrubbers, metering, etc.)

                     2. The fuel gas delivered to the turbine is to meet the
                        most recent revision of the Process Specification Fuel
                        Gases For Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines -
                        GEI-41040.

                     3. Maximum supply pressure excursions are limited to either
                        1% per second ramp or 5% step. The 1% per second ramp is
                        applicable over the range of minimum pressure
                        requirement to maximum operating pressure. The 5% step
                        is applicable over the range of minimum pressure
                        requirement to 95% of maximum operating pressure and
                        with a maximum of one 5% step change in 5 seconds.

                           Tribune-Generator                            Page 9.1
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Firm Proposal               92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                 4.  Provide over-pressure protection, (including safety valve
                     accumulation), such that the maximum mechanical design
                     pressure is not exceeded at FG1.

                 5.  An automated, hydraulically controlled, Class VI shut-off
                     valve is to be installed upstream of the stop/speed ratio
                     valve.

     9.1.1.1.2   Fuel Supply Pressure Requirements

                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                Measurement                             Value
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                  Model Series                                         PG7121EA
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                  Combustor                                            DLN-1
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                  Maximum Mechanical Design Pressure psig              500
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                  Maximum Operating Pressure psig @ minimum ambient    320
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                  Minimum required pressure psig @ minimum ambient     300
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                  Maximum temperature at minimum pressure (degree) F   365
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Notes:

                 1.  The minimum pressure is specified at FG1 with respect to
                     the model series, fuel temp, ambient conditions, combustor,
                     and customer design fuel.

                 2.  Maximum mechanical design pressure is specified to provide
                     over-pressure protection, (including safety valve
                     accumulation), such that the maximum mechanical design
                     pressure value is not exceeded at FG1.

                 3.  Maximum operating pressure refers to the maximum turndown
                     capability of the speed ratio valve.

                 4.  Minimum pressure required is referenced to the coldest
                     ambient temperature and the maximum fuel temperature. This
                     value is applicable across the range of operation.

                 5.  Minimum fuel temp required superheat above the hydrocarbon
                     dewpoint at FG1 is quoted in GEI41040.

                 6.  The Modified Wobbe Index allowable variation is + 5%.
                                                                     -

                              Customer Scope of Supply                  Page 9.2
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Firm Proposal            92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                          Purchaser's Connection - FG1
                                Gas Fuel System
                                    (typical)

                             [DIAGRAM APPEARS HERE]

        9.1.2   Lube Oil System

                .   Lube oil tank vent piping

                .   Mineral lube oil in accordance with GE Lube Oil
                    Recommendations (see Reference Documents chapter)

        9.1.3   Inlet System

                .   Air supply for inlet bleed heat system control valve Air
                    supply is required for actuation and control of inlet bleed
                    heat system control valve. Air pressure required is 50 psig
                    minimum, 250 psig maximum. Steady state actuation air
                    consumption is less than 20 SCFH. Maximum transient
                    actuation air consumption is less than 300 SCFH for 4.0
                    seconds maximum. Air supply should be of ""shop air""
                    quality. Air temperature should be less than 750 (degree) F
                    (395 (degree) C).

                .   Inlet heating interconnecting piping

        9.1.4   Exhaust System

                .   External exhaust system finish paint including any tie coats

        9.1.5   Gas Turbine Packaging

                .   Vent and drain piping or ducting, as needed

                                     Customer Scope of Supply           Page 9.3
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Firm Proposal     92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                .   Interior unit walkways

     9.1.6      Cleaning Systems

                .   Water for compressor cleaning system in accordance with Gas
                    Turbine Compressor Washing--Liquid Washing Recommendations
                    (see Reference Documents chapter)

     9.1.7      Cooling Water System

                .   Coolant in accordance with GE cooling system specifications
                    for gas turbine and generator cooling systems (see Reference
                    Documents chapter)

     9.1.8      Starting System

                .   AC electric power for gas turbine starting system o Starting
                    motor limit amp and motor protection

     9.1.9      Miscellaneous Systems

                .   Station instrument air

                .   Exhaust frame blower piping

     9.1.10     Controls

                .   Remote operator station cable

     9.1.11     Electrical Auxiliaries

                .   Electric power for station auxiliaries

                .   High side breaker

                .   Interconnecting cables

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.2  Civil

                .   Foundation design and construction with all embedments
                    including sub-sole plates, anchor bolts, and conduit

                .   Grounding grid and connections

                               Customer Scope of Supply                 Page 9.4
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

             . Necessary drainage, including sumps and piping

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.3  Installation/Erection

             . Qualified labor including foremen and superintendents needed for
               supervision

             . Transportation, unloading, placement on foundation and
               installation of the equipment offered in this Proposal

             . Construction services including electric power, lighting,
               temporary heaters, test equipment, compressed air, crane(s) and
               all required standard tools

             . Storage and security for equipment received

             . Finish paint including any special external finish paints
               required for corrosion protection with any required tie coats

             . Access, necessary authorizations, and office facilities for GE
               personnel required during installation and start-up

             . All interconnecting piping between turbine-generator equipment
               and auxiliary skids, except as shown in proposal outline drawing

             . All interconnecting cables between turbine-generator equipment
               and auxiliary skids

             Note: For a more detailed description of GE and customer
             responsibilities during installation, see the Technical Advisory
             Services or Installation chapter of this proposal.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.4  Start-Up/Test

             . Fuel and load for tests

             . Operating personnel for starting, preliminary runs and tests

             . Lubricating fluid, greases, and supplies for starting,
               preliminary runs, tests and normal operation thereafter

             . All field performance tests conducted in accordance with GE
               recommended test procedure (see Reference Documents chapter)

                                   Customer Scope of Supply             Page 9.5
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

           10. Codes and Standards

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     10.1  Gas Turbine-Generator

           GE considers the applicable sections of the following US and ISO
           codes and standards to be the most relevant for the gas turbine
           equipment. Our designs and procedures are generally compliant with
           the applicable section for the following:

           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            ANSI/ASCE 7-1995              Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and
                                          Other Structures (Used for snow loads)
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            ANSI/ASME B1.1-1989           Unified Inch Screw Threads (GE
                                          complies at the customer's connection)
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            ANSI/ASME B1.20.1-1983        General Purpose (Inch) Pipe Threads
            (R1992)
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            ANSI/ASME B16.5-1996          Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            ANSI/ASME B16.9-1993          Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt
                                          Welding Fittings
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            ANSI/ASME B16.21-1992         Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe
                                          Flanges (Spiral-wound gaskets per API
                                          601 may be used, particularly in
                                          turbine compartment piping.)
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            ANSI/ASME B31.3-1996          Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery
                                          Piping Gas turbine piping systems
                                          comply, with the exceptions to the
                                          following section:

                                          Section 345 Fuel gas and steam
                                          injection piping systems are
                                          hydrostatically tested as individual
                                          fabrications, not as entire
                                          assemblies, at 1.5 times their design
                                          operating pressures. Leak testing of
                                          all other gas turbine unit,
                                          peripheral, and skid piping
                                          hardware/systems is done as part of
                                          the field start-up and commissioning
                                          procedures.
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            ANSI/ASME PTC-36-1985         Measurement of Industrial Sound (Used
            (R1998)                       for Near-field Measurements Only)
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            ANSI B133.2- 1977 (R1997)     Basic Gas Turbine. GE complies, with
                                          the following exception to paragraph
                                          8.5:

                                          Loose items such as jackscrews and
                                          eyebolts are not furnished. Provisions
                                          for use of such items are not included
                                          in the design.
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            ANSI B133.3-1981 (R1994)      Gas Turbine-Procurement Standard-
                                          Auxiliary
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------

                               Codes and Standards                     Page 10.1
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

             -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Equipment (GE complies fully with
                                             design portions only. GE uses its
                                             own lube oil flushing procedure.
                                             Atomizing air receiver is not
                                             applicable.)
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI B133.4-1978 (R1997)       Gas Turbine Control and Protection
                                             Systems
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI B133.5-1978 (R1997)       Gas Turbine Electrical Equipment
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI B133.8-1977 (R1989)       Gas Turbine Installation Sound
                                             Emission (Used for Far-field
                                             Measurements Only)
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI/NFPA 12-1998              Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing
                                             Systems
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI/NFPA 70-1999              National Electrical Code
                                             (Electrical components are designed
                                             to meet the intent of this Code for
                                             Class 1, Group D, Div. 2, Hazardous
                                             area classification, where
                                             appropriate.)
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI/IEEE C37-1995             Guides and Standards for Circuit
                                             Breakers, Switchgear, Substations
                                             and Fuses
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI/IEEE C37.1-1994           Definition, Specification and
                                             Analysis of Systems Used for
                                             Supervisory Control, Data
                                             Acquisition and Automatic Control
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI/IEEE                      C37.2-1996 Electrical Power System
                                             Device Function Numbers (GE
                                             complies with respect to device
                                             designations except that, in a few
                                             cases, device numbers were modified
                                             or added to fit GE's needs.)
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1-1989        Surge Withstand Capability (SWC)
              (R 1994)                       Tests for Protective Relays and
                                             Relay Systems (Salem Controls)
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI/IEEE C37.101-1993         Guide for Generator Ground
                                             Protection as Applicable to High
                                             Impedance Grounding

                                             (Method I)
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI/IEEE C57-1995             Compilation of all C57 Transformer
                                             Standards
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI C50.10-1990               Rotating Electrical Machinery -
                                             Synchronous Machines
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI C50.13-1989               Rotating Electrical Machinery -
                                             Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous
                                             Generators
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI C50.14-1977 (R1989)       Requirements for Combustion Gas
                                             Turbine- Driven Cylindrical Rotor
                                             Synchronous Generators (GE does not
                                             provide a peak reserverating. Not
                                             all of the prototype tests
                                             indicated in Table 2 have
                                             necessarily been conducted.)
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI/IEEE 100-1996             Dictionary of Electrical and
                                             Electronics Terms
             -------------------------------------------------------------------

                               Codes and Standards                     Page 10.2
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposals          92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              NEMA MG1-1993             Motors and Generators
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              NEMA MG2-1989 (R1994)     Safety Standard for Construction and
                                        Guide for Selection, Installation and
                                        Use of Electric Motors and Generators
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              NEMA TR1-1993             Transformers, Regulators and Reactors
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              NFPA 30-1996              Flammable and Combustible Liquids (GE
                                        complies with NFPA 30 with regard to
                                        those sections of this standard that are
                                        applicable to gas turbines.)
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              NFPA 497A-1992            Classification of Class I Hazardous
                                        (Classified) Locations for Electrical
                                        Installations in Chemical Process Areas
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              NFPA 8506-1995            Standard on Heat Recovery Steam
                                        Generator Systems (GE complies with NFPA
                                        8506 as amended by Tentative Interim
                                        Amendment 95-1, with regard to those
                                        sections of this standard that are
                                        applicable to gas turbines.)
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI S1.4-1983 (R1997)    Specification for Sound Level Meters
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI S1.13-1995           Methods for the Measurement of Sound
                                        Pressure Levels
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI/SAE/J184-Feb. 87     Qualifying a Sound Data Acquisition
                                        System
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              AGMA 6011-H97             Specification for High-Speed Helical
                                        Gear Units (Used for accessory gear and
                                        load gear except for service factor.)
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              UBC-1997                  Uniform Building Code (Used for wind
                                        loads and seismic design)
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              ANSI/IEEE 421.1-1996      Definitions for Excitation Systems for
                                        Synchronous Machines
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
              EIA/TIA RS-232E-1991      Interface between Data Terminal
                                        Equipment and Data Circuit Terminating
                                        Equipment Employing Serial Binary
                                        Interchange
             -------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Codes and Standards                      Page 10.3
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Firm Proposal            92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               The GE Gas Turbine Drafting Standards are based on the following
               as appropriate to the gas turbine. Please note that in several
               instances (symbols, etc.) have been devised for GE's special
               needs (such as flow divider and manifolds):

               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ANSI/ASME B46.1-1995              Surface Texture
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ANSI/ASME Y14.5M-1994             Dimensioning and Tolerancing
                (R1999)
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ANSI Y14.15-1966 (R1988)          Electrical and Electronics
                                                  Diagrams (On-base gas turbine
                                                  and accessory base equipment)
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ANSI Y14.17-1966                  Fluid Power Diagrams
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ANSI Y14.36-1978                  Surface Texture Symbols
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ANSI/IEEE 315-1975                Graphic Symbols for Electrical
                (R1993)                           and Electronics Diagrams
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ANSI Y32.10-1967 (R1994)          Graphical Symbols for Fluid
                                                  Power Diagrams
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ANSI/ASME Y32.11-1961             Graphic Symbols for Process
                (R1998)                           Flow Diagrams in the Petroleum
                                                  and Chemical Industries
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ANSI/ASME Y32.2.3-1949            Graphical Symbols for Pipe
                (R 1999)                          Fittings, Valves and Piping
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ANSI/AWS A2.4-1998                Symbols for Welding, Brazing
                                                  and Nondestructive Examination
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ASME BPVC Section VIII,           Boiler and Pressure Vessel
                Division 1 - 1990                 Code--Pressure Vessels (for
                                                  Stator Frame Welds)
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ISO 7919-1-1986                   Mechanical Vibrations -
                                                  Measurements on Rotating
                                                  Shafts and Evaluation
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                ISO 10816 (Draft)                 Mechanical Vibrations -
                                                  Evaluation of Machine
                                                  Vibration by Measurements of
                                                  Non-rotating Parts
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                TEMA C, 7/th/ Edition             Mechanical Standards for Class
                                                  C Heat Exchangers (for
                                                  Commercial Coolers)
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                OSHA Regulation No.               Crane Lifts; Factor of Safety
                1910.179-1995
               -----------------------------------------------------------------

                                  Codes and Standards                  Page 10.4
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                  Firm Proposal        92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2  Other Codes and Standards of Practice

               In the event conflicts arise between the codes and standards of
               practice described herein and codes, laws, rules, decrees,
               regulation, standards, etc., of the Owner and/or country where
               the equipment is to be installed, the codes and standards of
               practice described herein will govern. If the Owner desires other
               codes and standards of practice to be utilized by GE or its
               Suppliers, they will be subject to negotiation and mutual
               agreement between the Owner and GE.

                             -------------------------------------------------
                                               WARNING
                                               -------

                                Manufactured with 1.1.1-trichloroethane,
                                CFC-113 and TCA and contains Halon-1301,
                                HCFC-22 and Freon-113, substances which harm
                                public health and environment by destroying
                                ozone in the upper atmosphere.
                             -------------------------------------------------

                            Codes and Standards                        Page 10.5
                            ----------------------------------------------------
                            Firm Proposal              92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                11. Data Sheets
________________________________________________________________________________

11.1 Technical Data

                 This section contains the customer data sheets as well as GE
                 standard 7EA data.

                 The following technical data is typical for the size and type
                 of unit proposed and except for that information specifically
                 identified as being guaranteed, this data is preliminary in
                 nature and subject to change based on final equipment design
                 and component selection.

     11.1.1      Gas Turbine

                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                          Measurement                        Value
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Type                                      Heavy duty
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Stages                                    3
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Configuration                             Single shaft, 3
                                                           bearing
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Operating speed                           3600 rpm
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Critical speeds
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                    First rpm                              1265
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                    Second rpm                             1437
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                    Third rpm                              2081
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Maximum tip speed (third stage)           1420 fps
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Trip speed (electrical)                   3960 rpm
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Maximum temperature                       2135(degree)F
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Rotor bucket material
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                    First stage                            GTD111DS
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                      Coating                              GE proprietary
                                                           coating
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                    Second stage                           IN738
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                    Third stage                            IN738
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Stator nozzle material                    FSX414
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Rotor wheel material                      Cr Mo V
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Data Sheets                         Page 11.1
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

11.1.2      Compressor

            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                Measurement                     Value
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Type                             Axial flow
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Stages                           17
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Ratio                            12.6 (ISO)
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Maximum tip speed                1124 fps
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Inlet guide vanes                Variable-modulating
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Rotor blade material
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Stages 1 and 2                GTD450
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Stages 3 through 7            403CB
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Stages 8 through 17           403CB
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Stator blade material
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Stages 1 and 2                GTD450
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Stages 3 through 7            403CB
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Stages 8 through 17           403CB
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Rotor material
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Stages 1 through 15           Ni Cr MoV
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Stages 16 through 17          Cr Mo V
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Inlet guide vane material        C-450
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.3      Bearings

            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Measurement                   Value
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Radial type (3)
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Bearing #1 and #2             Elliptical
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Bearing #3                    Tilt pad
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Thrust type (1)                  Tilt pad
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.4      Combustion

                 Measurement                    Value
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Type                             Can annular reverse flow
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Number of chambers            10
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Materials
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Liners                     Hastelloy X
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Transition pieces                Nimonic 263
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Data Sheets                         Page 11.2
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Spark plugs (quantity)                    2
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Flame detectors
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             Quantity                               4
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.5    Natural Gas Fuel

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Measurement                               Value
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Pressure required
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             * Maximum                              375 psig
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             * Minimum                              site specific, to be
                                                    determined
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Fuel gas temperature (minimum)            50(degree)F of superheat
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

          * Fuel gas supply pressure is measured at the inlet connection to the
          gas fuel valve module, and the pressure value at this point is
          referenced to site conditions. For typical gas fuel quality
          information, refer to GEI-41040, Process Specification Fuel Gases for
          Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines in the Reference Document
          Chapter.

11.1.6    Lubrication Oil

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Measurement                               Value
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Configuration (turbine and generator)     Common supply
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Oil type                                  Mineral oil
                                                    Reference GEK-32568
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Initial charge                            2750 gallons
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Reservoir capacity                        2500 gallons
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Retention time                            5 minutes
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Bearing supply pressure                   25 psig
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Bearing supply temperature (nominal)      130(degree)F
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Main oil pump
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             Type                                   Positive displacement
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             Driver                                 Accessory gear
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Auxiliary oil pump
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             Type                                   Centrifugal
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             Driver                                 AC motor
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Emergency oil pump
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             Type                                   Centrifugal
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             Driver                                 DC motor
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Data Sheets                         Page 11.3
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Lube filter effectiveness             Beta 17 = 200
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Lube coolers                          Duplex, shell and tube, water
                                                  cooled
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.7      Inlet Air

            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Measurement                     Value
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Air filter
                  Normal pressure loss            2.0 in. H2O
                  Maximum pressure loss (dirty)   4.0 in. H2O
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.8      Exhaust System

            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Measurement                     Value
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            External duct shell and stiffeners    A36 carbon steel
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Internal flow liner                   Duct walls: 409 stainless
                                                  steel
                                                  Silencer panels (if provided):
                                                  ASTM/A176 TY
                                                  409 stainless steel perforated
                                                  sheet
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            External duct primer                  Inorganic zinc
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.9      Fire Protection

            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Measurement                      Value
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Type                                  CO2
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            System                                Two-zone
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Zone 1                             Turbine/accessory compartment
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Zone 2                             #3 bearing/load compartment
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Detector                              Fixed type temperature sensors
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Detector manufacturer                 Fenwal
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Number of detectors                   16
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.10     Cooling Water

            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Measurement                      Value
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Nominal heat duty*                    70,000 to 200,000 Btu/min
                                                 (74 to 211 MJ/min)
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Supply temperature (maximum)          120(degree)F (49(degree)C)
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Supply pressure (maximum)             75 psig (517 KPag)
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Expected system pressure drop         40 psid (276 KPad)
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Data Sheets                         Page 11.4
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          * Actual value depends on site configuration and conditions.

11.1.11     Starting System

            --------------------------------------------------------------------
             Measurement                              Value
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Configuration                     Motor/torque converter
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Motor model/type                  GE custom 8000, Type K
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Electric service                  4160 V, 60 Hz
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.12     Controls

            --------------------------------------------------------------------
             Measurement                              Value
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Manufacturer                      GE
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Model                             SPEEDTRONIC(TM) Mark V
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Type                              Triple Modular Redundant (TMR)
                                              Microprocessor based
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Display                           Color graphics (CRT)
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Operator input                    Keyboard and cursor positioning
                                              device
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Control panel supply              125 Vdc
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Auxiliary power supply            120 Vac
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Enclosure                         NEMA Class I
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.13     Battery and Accessories

            --------------------------------------------------------------------
             Battery System Features                  Description
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Battery                           type 56 Cell 125Vdc nominal
                                              calcium-alloyed flooded lead/acid
                                              type Floated at 129Vdc (2.30
                                              volts/cell) Equalized at 135Vdc
                                              (2.41 volts/cell)
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Shipping                          Batteries shipped in special
                                              shipping containers to the site
                                              for installation.
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Installation                      Mounted in the control compartment
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Charger type                      Single phase 50 amp charger
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Charger redundancy                Second single phase battery
                                              charger for backup to primary
                                              battery charger
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

____________________________

(TM) A trademark of the General Electric Company

                                   Data Sheets                         Page 11.5
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

11.1.14     Switchgear

            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Measurement                                 Value
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Type                                              Walk-in
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Enclosure                                         Outdoor, weather
                                                              proof
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Rated ampacity                                    5,000 amps
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Rated voltage                                     15,000 volts
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Generator Breaker                                 52G
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Nominal voltage                                13,800 volts
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Rated continuous amps                        5,000 amps
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               MVA interrupting capacity                      1,000 MVA
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Short circuit rms current                      37,000 amps
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Max symmetrical interrupting capability        63,000 amps
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Close and latching capability rms current      77,000 amps
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Voltage Transformer (VT's)
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Line Side                                      VT1
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Ratio                                     14,400/120 volts
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Generator Side                                 VT2
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Ratio                                     14,400/120 volts
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Current Transformers (CT's)
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Accuracy Class                                 C200
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Generator Lightning arresters                     LA's
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
               Rated Volts                                    15,000 volts
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Bus Flange Support Capacity                       500 LB
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.15              Generator Panel Specifications

            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Measurement                                Value
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Overall Dimensions Of Standard Panel               54"W x 20"D x
                                                               90"H
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Shipping Weight                                    2500 lbs
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Installation                                       Indoor Free
                                                               Standing
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Enclosure                                          Standard NEMA 1
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Voltage Range                                      10%
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Rated AC Voltage                                   120Vac
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Rated DC Voltage                                   125Vdc
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
            Battery Load (Typical)                             300VA
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Data Sheets                         Page 11.6
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Max Duration Of Battery Interruption   200ms
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            PT Burden (Maximum)                    150 VA
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            CT Burden (Maximum)                    50VA
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Operating Temperature                  -20 to 40(degree)C
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Storage Temp                           -30 to 55(degree)C
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Max Humidity                           95% non-condensing
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Panel Seismic Rating                   Currently meets Zone 2B
                                                   requirements
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Fast Transient Rating                  Most Devices Meet Class IV
                                                   (IEC 255-22-4)
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Electrostatic Discharge Rating         Most Devices Meet Class IV
                                                   (IEC 255-22-2)
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Insulation Test For The Panel          2400 VOLT 60 Hz HI POT TEST
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Radio Interference Supp. Class         5 Watts (27/153/462 MHz) at 1
                                                   meter Distance with door
                                                   closed causes no alarms or
                                                   trip
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Industrial Certification               UL, CSA. (CE Pending)
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.16     Generator Panel Typical Electrical Loading Chart

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Function                               Burden                 Watt  Volt
                                                   (PT,CT)                Loss  Range
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
            <S>                                    <C>                    <C>
            Digital Generator Protection           0.4 VA, 0.022 @ 5 A    25    20%
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Synchronizing Undervoltage Relays      13.2 VA, 0                   20%
            (27BS-1,2)
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Auxiliary Transformer Protection -     0, 2.25VA @ 5          5     20%
            MDP
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
            WATT Transducer (96GW-1)               0.6VA, 0.4VA           5     15%
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
            WATT/VAR Transducer(96GG-1)            0.6VA, 0.4VA           5     15%
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
            DC Blown Fuse Detection (74)           N/A                    7.8   N/A
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Breaker Failure Protection (50/62BF)   2.3VA
            SBC223
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Generator Digital Meter (DMM)          0.1VA, 0.1VA           6     20%
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

11.1.17     Generator Panel Meter and Transducer Accuracies

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
               Meter Function                                    Accuracy
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Generator DMM (VM, AM)                                0.35%
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Generator DMM (MW, MVAR, MVA)                         0.5%
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Data Sheets                         Page 11.7
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            Generator DMM (PF)                                 1.0%
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            Generator DMM (FM)                                 0.02Hz
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            96GW-1 & 96GG-1 Transducers                        0.2%
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.18     EX2000BR Digital, Static, Voltage Regulator for Brushless Exciters

           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Measurement                              Value
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            General
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Voltage Regulator Type                 Digital Static (Non PMG)
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Continuous Output Current Rating       25 amperes
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Voltage Rating                         300 Vdc
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               Starting Modes Supported                 Soft-Start, Black-Start
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            Performance (per IEEE std 421.2)
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               Response                                 Conventional
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               Standard Response                        0.5 Response Ratio and
                                                        140% VFFL ceiling, @
                                                        generator terminal
                                                        voltage = 1.0 per unit
                                                        based on a field winding
                                                        temperature of
                                                        100(degree)C (Per IEEE
                                                        421)
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            Power Input
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               Primary Power Sources                    480 / 120 volts AC (MCC)
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               Backup Power Source                      125 Vdc unit Battery
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Auxiliary or generator bus Inputs,     Not applicable.
            per one-line
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               Station Battery Input                    Not applicable.
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            Compliant Standards
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               ANSI/IEEE                                ANSI IPC/EIA, C37.90.1,
                                                        , 421.1, 421.2, 421.4
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               UL                                       508A, 796,
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               CSA                                      22.2.14
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               IEC                                      801-2, 801-4, 1000-4-5,
                                                        1000-4-6, 529
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               UBC                                      Section 2312 Zone 4
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               EN                                       50082-2, 50178
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               ENV                                      50140, 550011:1991ISM
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
            Environmental
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               Operating Temperature Range              0(degree)C to
                                                        +45(degree)C
                                                        (32(degree)F to
                                                        113(degree)F)
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
               Storage Temperature Range                -40C to +70C (-40F to
                                                        +158F)
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Data Sheets                         Page 11.8
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
           Humidity                             5% to 95% non-condensing
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.19    Estimated Power Consumption of Electrical Auxiliaries at ISO
           Conditions

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                     Auxiliary                  Start    Ops      Standby
                                                 (kw)    (kw)      (kw)
                                                 Gas     Gas
                                                 Fuel    Fuel
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Starting motor                        663
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Aux lube oil pump                    44.7               44.7
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Aux hydraulic pump                     15                 15
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Exhaust frame blowers                  75      75
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Torque converter IGV adj motor        0.3
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Turbine/accessory/gas valve compt      13      13
           vent fans
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Lube oil mist eliminator                8       8          8
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Lube oil heater                        30                 30
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Control system                         15      15         15
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Generator anti-condensation space                         11
           heaters
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Miscellaneous compt and line side      60      60         60
           cubicle cooling loads
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Turbine/accessory/gas valve compt                         10
           anti-condensation heaters
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Cooling water pump                    112     112
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Cooling water fans (4)                 90      90
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Water wash pump                                15
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Water wash immersion heaters           50      50         50
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
           Water wash skid space heater           10      10         10
          -----------------------------------------------------------------

11.1.20    Maintenance Recommendations

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Type of       Factored      Actual     Average     Typical    8-Hour
           Inspection    Fired Hours    Starts    Man-Hours   Crewsize    Shifts
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
           Combustion      8000          400         575          6         12
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
           Hot Gas        24000         1200        2400         10         30
           Path
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
           Major          48000         2400        4400         11         50
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Data Sheets                         Page 11.9
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

        NOTES:

        1.  The above man-hours reflect the average of our actual world-wide
            experience. By pre-planning inspections and providing skilled labor,
            many owners have performed inspections with substantially reduced
            man-hours and outage time.

        2.  Inspection recommendations may vary depending on application and
            site environment.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.2 Component Weights and Dimensions

        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Item                   Length      Width       Height   Weight
                                          (Ft)        (Ft)        (Ft)     (Lbs)
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Accessory compartment           21.54       10.83       12.58     60000
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Turbine compartment             37.92       11.67       12.75    293500
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Generator (air-cooled)          28.39       11.67       11.46    330000
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Note: Estimated maximum maintenance weight of the turbine rotor is
        63,000 lbs.

                                   Data Sheets                        Page 11.10
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                 12. Technical Comments

        ________________________________________________________________

                                Not applicable.

                                   Technical Comments                  Page 12.1
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Firm Proposal       92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                        13. Customer Drawings and Documentation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   As soon as practicable after the work is started, a
                   distribution list will be established to dispatch to the
                   Owner one (1) reproducible and six (6) prints of drawings,
                   diagrams and material lists.

                   The Owner's engineer may approve the mechanical outline and
                   one-line electrical diagram before their use is permitted.
                   Errors detected in any drawings submitted will be corrected.
                   A distribution list for dispatching to the Owner's engineer
                   one (1) reproducible and two (2) prints of drawings and
                   diagrams will be established as soon as practicable after the
                   design work is started. The above approval will not be cause
                   for waiver of any responsibility for discrepancies and errors
                   made by others, but not detected in the examination.

                   The approval time-cycle will be consistent with those periods
                   allotted on the project schedule.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.1 Gas Turbine Drawings

     13.1.1        Gas Turbine Drawing Schedule

                   In a typical project, the drawings are released in accordance
                   with the schedule indicated below. Modifications to the
                   schedule for any drawings affected by changes in the
                   definition of the equipment or open Owner options will be
                   available ten (10) working days after receipt of resolution
                   of the change or option. One change or option may affect
                   several drawings. Any drawings returned to GE with comments
                   and/or changes will be reissued, if appropriate, within
                   thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by GE.

                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                    GE             Drawing Title                       * Weeks
                   Item                                               6B/7EA/7FA
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   0040      Schematic Diagrams                           12
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   0301      Outline, Gas Turbine Package                 16

                             Connections - Electrical
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   0302      Outline, Purchaser Mounted Devices           16
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   0306      Outline, Mechanical - Gas Turbine and Load   16
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   0313      Outline, Gas Turbine Package Connection      16
                             Piping
                   -------------------------------------------------------------

                          Customer Drawings and Documentation          Page 13.1
                          ------------------------------------------------------
                          Firm Proposal                92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               0314   Note, Gas Turbine Package Connections Outline    16
                      - Piping
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               0323   Outline, Foundation Interface                    16
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               0326   Outline, Foundation Interface,                   20
                      Off-Base - Mechanical Equipment
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               0330   Outline, Foundation Interface, Off-Base          16
                      Electrical Equipment
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               0408   Weight and Center of Gravity, Gas Turbine        16
                      Package
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               0414   Device Summary                                   13
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               0438   Document List                                     8
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               0444   One-Line Diagram                                 13
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               0463   Cable Summary                                    14
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               1603   Foundation Bolting Arrangement                   16
              ------------------------------------------------------------------

               * Elapsed weeks between Order Definition Meeting (ODM) and
               drawing release

13.1.2         Gas Turbine Drawing Descriptions

               Owner design drawings provided by GE allow a Owner to design
               foundations, make station layouts, order long-lead Owner supplied
               equipment and prepare an installation bid package or plan.
               Following are definitions of each drawing including its purpose
               and information presented:

              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               Item #                     Drawing Title
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               0040     Schematic Diagrams - These diagrams are functional
                        representations of all packaged power plant fluid
                        systems, such as lubrication oil, coolant system, fuel
                        and fuel forwarding. They contain information regarding
                        flow rates, pressures and temperature requirements at
                        Owner connection points and identify system capacity to
                        determine initial fill requirements.

                        The purpose is to provide information to allow the Owner
                        to determine station interconnecting piping design
                        requirements, location of off- base skids and the
                        amount of lubrication oil and coolant required for
                        operation of the power plant. The schematics also act
                        as source documents for generation of the device
                        summary.
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
               0301    Outline, Gas Turbine Package Connections-Electrical -
                       This drawing provides the necessary information to
                       determine cable trenches and conduit needs for GE
                       supplied cable/wiring connecting to gas turbine and
                       generator equipment. In addition, the drawing provides
                       suggested foundation cable routing and the location and
                       details of GE supplied
              ------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 Customer Drawings and Documentation   Page 13.2
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                 Firm Proposal         92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                junction boxes.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      0302      Outline, Purchaser Mounted Devices - This drawing describes
                equipment such as the gas fuel flow measurement system and
                exhaust duct pressure switch package which interface with the
                gas turbine and are shipped separately from the major pieces,
                i.e., turbine and generator, for installation by the Owner.
                Included for each item is an outline drawing, pertinent
                information for proper installation and a wiring diagram, if
                applicable.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      0306      Outline, Mechanical - Gas Turbine and Load - The mechanical
                outline provides dimensional data (length, width and height) of
                the gas turbine-generator package and all other major pieces of
                GE supplied equipment.
                The purpose of this drawing is to define space requirements for
                station layout, show generator rotor removal dimensions, cooler
                tube bundle and lubrication oil filter removal dimension,
                vertical centerlines for major pieces and outline dimensions of
                the pieces of equipment extending beyond the perimeter of the
                gas turbine-generator package.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      0313      Outline, Gas Turbine Package Connection Piping - This drawing
                shows the outline of the gas turbine package with detailed
                dimensions for Owner supplied field piping connections with
                interface dimensions for points that must be connected to a
                station sump or drain. The purpose is to define the location of
                field piping connections for GE supplied loose piping and
                components, as well as Owner supplied piping.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      0314      Note, Gas Turbine Package Connections Outline-Piping - The
                Owner's piping connection notes provide piping interface data
                including thread and flange sizes and ratings. Descriptive
                information is provided for connections normally plugged and/or
                connected to the station sump. The purpose is to define piping
                connections shown on the Owner's Piping Connection Outline.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      0323      Outline, Foundation Interface - This drawing contains foundation
                interface information for the main gas turbine and generator
                foundation including pad locations and loadings for embedded
                sole plates. Embedded conduit locations and sizes within the gas
                turbine foundation are defined.
                The purpose is to provide information to aid design of the
                foundation for the gas turbine components located on the unit
                centerline.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      0326      Outline, Foundation Interface, Off-Base - Mechanical Equipment -
                This drawing depicts the arrangement of off-base mechanical
                components supplied by GE. It also includes equipment envelope
                dimensions and piping.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      0330      Outline, Foundation Interface, Off-Base - Electrical Equipment -
                This drawing shows electrical connection points for off-base
                electrical components supplied by GE.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               Customer Drawings and Documentation     Page 13.3
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      0408      Weight and Center of Gravity, Gas Turbine Package - This drawing
                contains the location of package unit weights and center of
                gravity for the control compartment, accessory and turbine
                compartment, generator, generator line side cubicle (if
                supplied), inlet compartment, inlet and exhaust systems and
                on-base coolant water module. The purpose is to provide
                suggested slinging arrangements and to assist the Owner in
                determining lifting requirements for heavier pieces of
                equipment.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      0414      Device Summary - The Device Summary defines the functional
                characteristics for all mechanical and electrical devices on the
                gas turbine-generator and their associate components. It is
                developed from all the schematic drawings and forms the basis
                for the cable block diagram and connection outlines.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      0438      Document List - This drawing is intended to provide a list of
                commonly required specifications and recommendations for
                equipment or commodities supplied by the Owner.
                The following is provided as applicable:
                Owner documentation index
                Coolant recommendations for closed cooling system
                Fuel oil specification
                Fuel gas specification
                Lubrication oil recommendations
                Welding symbol interpretation
                Cable installation data
                Drafting symbols
                Insulation recommendations
                The purpose is to provide information to allow the Owner to
                determine requirements for the aforementioned items.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      0444      One-Line Diagram - This drawing contains a simplified electrical
                schematic of the power system from generator ground to the
                Owner's high voltage bus including protective relaying,
                excitation system and synchronizing system. Also shown on this
                drawing are auxiliary power systems with schematic display of
                distribution panels. A location key is used to indicate
                component locations. Device nomenclature follows the IEEE
                standard for electrical switchgear.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      0463      Cable Summary - This drawing contains information for
                interconnecting cables and wires to GE supplied equipment. It
                indicates "from/to" information, cable size for GE supplied
                cables and voltage level requirements, information for the Owner
                to supply interconnecting cable/wire not furnished by GE and
                prepare bid specifications for quotation on installation of all
                required cable/wire. The purpose is to define requirements for
                GE and Owner supplied cables/wires and necessary information for
                installation bids.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      1603      Foundation Bolting Arrangement - This drawing depicts the
                arrangement of the bolting of the gas turbine, generator, GE
                supplied
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               Customer Drawings and Documentation     Page 13.4
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Firm Proposal           92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                    components located on the gas turbine centerline, inlet and
                    exhaust ducts to the main foundation. The material required
                    for leveling and bolting the components to the foundation
                    and the shims, keyways and keys required for alignment of
                    the gas turbine are defined and the materials supplied by GE
                    are identified.
                    The purpose of this drawing is to supplement the information
                    presented on the Foundation Interface drawing and to define
                    the material supplied by GE.
              ------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.2  Generator Drawings

      13.2.1   Generator Drawing Schedule

               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                GE Item              Drawing Title                      Weeks*
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                C900       Exciter Model                                  12
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                C901       Generator Cooler Performance Data              10
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                C902       Generator Data and Curves                      10
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                C903       Test Report                                    10**
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                C907       Generator Requisition Summary Sheets            8
               -----------------------------------------------------------------

13.2.1.1       Generator Drawing Notes

               * Elapsed weeks between Order Definition Meeting (ODM) and
               drawing release

               ** After unit shipment

               Generator drawings are normally provided unless the same
               information has already been presented in gas turbine drawings.
               Drawings which are not listed here may be provided if additional
               optional equipment is included in the scope of supply.

13.2.2         Generator Drawing Descriptions

               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                Item #                        Drawing Title
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                C900       Excitation Model - Mathematical transformer and
                           constant representation of exciter hardware.
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                C901       Generator Cooler Performance Data - Flow, material,
                           connection and water requirements for generator
                           coolers.
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                C902       Generator Data and Curves - Estimated generator
                           performance data and curves typically include
                           reactive capability, excitation V, synchronous and
                           saturation impedance and generator output as a
               -----------------------------------------------------------------

                                Customer Drawings and Documentation    Page 13.5
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Firm Proposal          92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                        function of cold air, gas or liquid temperature.
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                C903    Test Report - A manufacturing report that summarizes
                        data measured on each customer's generator.
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                C907    Generator Requisition Summary Sheets - Summary of what
                        GE has interpreted as the customer's scope of supply.
              ------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.3 Typical Drawings and Documentation for Gas Turbine-Generator Owners

               This section describes the documentation GE provides to support
               the Owner's efforts to design, install, operate and maintain the
               GE gas turbine-generator packaged power plant. This documentation
               is divided into three (3) categories which coincide with the
               progression of the project:

               .        Advance Owner interface documents

               .        Owner design drawings

               .        Startup and operation documents

     13.3.1    Advance Owner Interface Documents

               In addition to the Owner design drawings formally issued for
               construction, GE can upon request, provide advance information
               suitable for use in: (a) project planning and estimating the
               scope and cost of a project; and/or (b) the initiation and
               development of the design of equipment, systems and/or civil
               works that interface with GE furnished equipment. This
               information is furnished on an informal basis. The following
               definitions are provided for clarification:

     13.3.1.1  Typical Drawings

               Typical drawings consist of either drawings previously developed
               for a different project or drawings for a reference unit for
               purposes of information and/or illustration. These drawings are
               suitable for use in project planning and for estimating the scope
               and cost of a project. Typical drawings, however, lack the
               prerequisite detail and/or project-specific features necessary to
               permit their use to develop designs for equipment, systems and/or
               civil works that interface with GE furnished equipment. The use
               of typical drawings for such design development is strictly at
               the risk of the Owner.

                                Customer Drawings and Documentation    Page 13.6
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Firm Proposal          92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               Please note: typical drawings can be augmented by
               preliminary design information furnished by GE at the Order
               Definition Meeting (ODM). Preliminary design information
               provided at that meeting normally consists of a one-line
               diagram and mechanical outline drawing, but can be extended
               upon request to include foundation interface information.

13.3.1.2       Preliminary Design Information

               This information may consist of typical drawings, marked-up
               drawings or any other material in either graphic or
               descriptive format used to convey non-finalized design
               information on GE furnished equipment. This information is
               sufficiently detailed to permit initiation and development
               of the design of equipment, systems and/or civil works
               interfacing with GE furnished equipment. This information,
               however, may be subject to changes that impact equipment,
               systems and/or civil works by others that interface with GE
               furnished equipment. The use of preliminary design
               information as a basis for the issue of final drawings by
               others is at their risk.

13.3.1.3       Order Definition Meeting

               To meet stated drawing and equipment scheduling
               commitments, agreement must be reached on options,
               alternatives and technical details within a limited time
               period. After receipt of an order, GE will promptly conduct
               an "Order Definition" meeting with the Owner's
               representatives to finalize the required design and scope
               of supply. Options and alternatives not finalized at this
               meeting will be documented with a schedule to resolve each,
               so as to minimize the impact on the shipment and price.
               Drawings affected by the lack of final definition will be
               identified during the "Order Definition" meeting and a
               schedule for drawing transmittals established upon receipt
               of the final data.

13.3.2         Startup and Operation Documents

               Documentation associated with the checkout, initial startup
               and routine operation of a GE gas turbine-generator
               packaged power plant will be provided in the English
               language and include the following:

               . Consolidated Service Manuals; available 12 weeks after
                 unit shipment

               . Turbine Control Specification; available at
                 time of unit shipment

               . Elementary Diagrams; available at
                 time of unit shipment

               . Startup Report; available after initial operation of the
                 unit

                                 Customer Drawings and Documentation   Page 13.7
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                 Firm Proposal         92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                 In addition, previously supplied functional drawings such
                 as the one line, schematic piping, device summary and
                 elementary diagrams are heavily utilized during the
                 functional checkout and initial startup operations.

13.3.2.1         Service Manuals

                 The Service Manuals consist of Operation and Maintenance
                 manuals and Parts manuals. The manuals are enclosed in
                 heavy duty three inch binders with a coated canvas outer
                 covering and post style mechanism. Ten sets are provided
                 for each station.

                 Manuals are optionally available on CDROM. Each CD is unit
                 specific with search capabilities and can be downloaded to
                 the customer's internal computer network.

                 Optional features included in this proposal are as follows:

                 .   The manuals are printed on standard 8.5 x 11 in./11 x
                     17 in. paper

13.3.2.2         Operation and Maintenance Manual

                 The Operation and Maintenance Manuals contains site
                 specific information on turbine-generator operation. Normal
                 operating sequences are described, together with normal
                 running inspections for all supplied equipment and systems.
                 Trouble shooting and diagnostic recommendations are also
                 included. Special notes, and cautionary and warning
                 statements are included and highlighted throughout the
                 instruction book to enable easy recognition of special
                 procedures and techniques which must be followed to ensure
                 correctness and safety for equipment and personnel.
                 Operating information is also included for all components
                 and systems that are standardized in their design.

                 These manuals provide information for inspection and
                 maintenance of the turbine, its accessories and auxiliary
                 systems over the life of the equipment. Recommended
                 procedures for scheduling inspections and planning
                 maintenance outages, including recommended spares, tools
                 and equipment are provided. Standard practices for
                 disassembly, component inspection and reassembly are
                 described in detail. Copies of the necessary reporting
                 forms are provided by the local GE representative.

                                  Customer Drawings and Documentation  Page 13.8
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                  Firm Proposal        92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

13.3.2.3     Parts Manual

             This volume includes all necessary turbine accessory and
             auxiliary system drawings and bills of material to allow
             ordering of replacement and expendable materials, parts,
             components, and assemblies for all routine inspection and
             maintenance activities. It is organized along the same
             lines as the model list, or master parts list used to
             manufacture the turbine in the factory and is specific to
             the Owner unit.

13.3.2.4     Service Manuals Schedule

             Service Manual completion and shipment will occur in two
             phases as listed below:

             .   Service Manuals shipment - twelve weeks after the shipment of
                 the last major component (for example, lube oil
                 skid)

             .   Follow-up shipment - Twelve weeks after Manual
                 shipment, to include any shortage material received
                 after the Manual shipment (for example, drawings,
                 vendor documentation)

13.3.2.5     Turbine Control Specification

             The turbine control specification provides all recommended
             turbine control panel settings, control system calibration
             procedures and turbine operating sequences. It is a unit
             specific document, and together with the device summary and
             generator elementary, provides information on field
             settable control and protective equipment.

13.3.2.6     Elementary Diagrams

             Elementary diagrams are provided for the gas turbine and
             generator controls, including the excitation system. The
             turbine control elementary diagram is primarily functional,
             and although some hardware representation is included where
             appropriate, it concentrates on a pictorial representation
             of the turbine and auxiliary system sequencing and control
             and protection algorithms implemented in the panel
             software. The turbine control panel is also supported for
             checkout purposes by a hardware connection diagram
             depicting internal hardware connections.

             The generator and power system elementary diagram is also
             functional; however, since control, protection and
             sequencing are accomplished with hardware elements, it is
             more representative of the actual system hardware

                                 Customer Drawings and Documentation   Page 13.9
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                 Firm Proposal         92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

               configuration. The same is also true of the motor control
               centers for electrically powered auxiliaries.

13.3.2.7       Startup Report

               The startup report is prepared by the field startup engineer
               after completion of the initial operation of the unit. It
               provides an indication of the initial settings and startup
               control characteristics for the gas turbine, generator and
               auxiliary systems. It is useful for anticipating trouble and
               performing diagnostic work at least through the first inspection
               period, and in many cases, over the life of the installation.

                                Customer Drawings and Documentation   Page 13.10
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Firm Proposal         92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                        14. Technical Advisory Services

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.1 Installation Support

                    GE offers a full range of turnkey and field installation
                    services. In addition to the supply of equipment and
                    technical direction, GE's experience includes thousands of
                    world-wide turnkey and installation projects. The process
                    begins with GE project management involvement with the
                    Purchaser during the conceptual and proposal stage of the
                    project to develop the scope and establish the project
                    baseline which provides a solid foundation for the execution
                    of the project, on time, and with a minimum of scope
                    changes. Below is an outline of these additional services.

     14.1.1         Technical Direction of Installation

                    Technical Direction is an active, on-site service to provide
                    engineering and technical guidance, advice, and counsel,
                    based upon GE's current engineering, manufacturing,
                    installation, and operating practices as related to work
                    performed by others. The objective is to install GE-supplied
                    equipment in a technically correct, high quality, safe
                    manner, and to achieve a timely startup and reliable
                    operation.

                    It is the act of recommending the correct course of action
                    based upon good engineering, manufacturing and operation
                    practices for the GE equipment involved. Such services may
                    also include testing, adjusting, programming and other
                    similar services.

                    Technical Direction of Installation Services exclude any
                    supervision, management, regulation, arbitration and/or
                    measurement of the owner personnel, agents or contractors
                    and work related thereto. Technical Direction of
                    Installation Services do not include any responsibility for
                    planning, scheduling, monitoring or management of the work.

     14.1.2         Technical Direction of Installation Representative(s)

                    The Company will provide technical direction services on
                    straight time, forty hours per week, during the first eight
                    hours of each shift, five days per week, Monday through
                    Friday per the equipment contract and in accordance the
                    period identified in Installation and Period Charges below.
                    This service will be provided by one or more Technical
                    Direction of Installation Representatives as deemed
                    necessary by the Company. The Technical Direction of
                    Installation Representative shall:

                                  Technical Advisory Services          Page 14.1
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                  Firm Proposal        92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

14.1.2.1       Lead Technical Advisor

               Company's Technical Direction for Installation Team will be
               headed by an experienced turbine installation Technical
               Advisor whose functions and responsibilities will include
               the following:

               1. Participate in a pre-installation meeting to provide the
                  Purchaser and his installation contractor with technical
                  direction necessary for establishing the installation
                  planning, scheduling, methods and responsibilities to be
                  used and followed throughout the installation.

               2. The effective guidance and counseling of the other
                  Company more Technical Direction of Installation
                  Representatives to provide for broader utilization of
                  their skills.

               3. The integration of the assigned service work with the
                  Purchaser representatives to assist in meeting scheduled
                  completion, starting and operation dates. This will
                  include participation in on-site job progress meetings as
                  the chief representative of Company.

               4. The reporting of pertinent facts on failure of equipment
                  warranted by GE to the proper GE personnel to permit
                  prompt and equitable settlement of warranty claims.

               5. The submittal of timely reports on job progress and
                  problems.

               6. The planning, organization, and direction of the other
                  Company personnel for the installation, start-up,
                  testing, and warranty implementation of the GE-supplied
                  equipment.

               7. The maintenance of installation records and a job log
                  book.

14.1.2.2       Gas Turbine Installation Team

               The Gas Turbine Installation Team will be composed of
               Technical Advisors skilled in one or more of the following
               areas: mechanical erection of gas turbine-generators,
               electrical equipment installation and testing, and
               SPEEDTRONIC(TM) Control System checkout, calibration, and
               unit start-up. Their principal functions and
               responsibilities will be to provide Technical Advisory
               Services during:

               1. Inspection and unloading of the gas turbine major
                  components at the installation site and their placement
                  on the foundation.

               2. Setting of the sole plates or fixators.

                                 Technical Advisory Services           Page 14.2
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                 Firm Proposal         92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                3.  Setting of necessary shims between Purchaser-supplied sole
                    plates and the gas turbine.

                4.  Removal of shipping supports on the gas turbine.

                5.  Installation of the gas turbine-generator packages to the
                    proper centerline and elevation.

                6.  Alignment of the gas turbine and generator.

                7.  Alignment of the accessory package to the gas turbine.

                8.  Alignment of starting means components.

                9.  The assembly, clearance and alignment, of all major parts to
                    the extent that the same can be accomplished without
                    dismantling.

                10. Installation of the gas turbine air inlet system and exhaust
                    plenum and exhaust ducting.

                11. Checkout of piping, control wiring, and instrumentation
                    lines between the gas turbine and other GE-supplied gas
                    turbine equipment.

                12. Checkout and initial operation of the base mounted gas
                    turbine starting equipment.

                13. Sequencing and checkout of the gas turbine SPEEDTRONIC(TM)
                    Control Panel.

                14. Installation and checkout of the Generator Auxiliary
                    Compartment (GAC), generator and excitation/electrical
                    systems.

                15. Start-up of the gas turbine unit with Owner's operating
                    personnel.

                16. Instruct the Purchaser's installation and operating
                    personnel, at the site at the time of the work activity in
                    accordance with the installation schedule, in the:

                    --  Conduct of such component and operating tests as the
                        Technical Direction of Installation Representative shall
                        specify.

                    --  Initial starting and placing the equipment in good
                        operating condition.

                    --  Company's recommended procedure for regularly starting,
                        operating, and shutting down the equipment.

                17. Mark-up of two sets of GE drawings, per standard
                    GE-practices, to reflect the as-built condition of the gas
                    turbine-generator equipment. One set for site records and
                    one set to be returned to GE Customer Service.

                                   Technical Advisory Services         Page 14.3
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                  Firm Proposal        92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.2  Installation Period and Charges

                    A.   The period of Technical Direction of Installation at
                         the site shall commence on the date agreed upon by the
                         parties for setting the sole plates or fixators and
                         shall continue until the technical direction,
                         inspection and instruction per the equipment contract
                         has expired as mutually agreed upon. It is recommended
                         that Technical Direction of Installation coverage be
                         continued until the installation is complete (normally
                         24 hours after attaining full load) except for the
                         times during which no installation work on the
                         equipment is scheduled or performed by the Purchaser.

                    B.   The price quoted includes the equivalent of technical
                         direction services for 250 manweeks composed of the
                         first 8 hours of each shift, 5 days per week, Monday
                         through Friday, for a prescribed number of manweeks.

                    C.   In the event the Purchaser interrupts, extends, or
                         accelerates the work, so as to require technical
                         direction service at times other than provided in (B)
                         above, the Company reserves the right to render
                         additional billing as follows:

                         -- If the normal work schedule exceeds eight hours per
                            day, Monday through Friday, or forty hours per week,
                            the premium due the Company will be 1.5 hours for
                            each hour worked. The premium will be deducted from
                            the purchased manweeks. In the event that the
                            purchased manweeks are exceeded, the Purchaser will
                            be invoiced at the published rates in effect at the
                            time the work is performed.

                         -- If the work schedule is interrupted, or extended
                            beyond that established in the pre-installation
                            meeting, or if other services of the Technical
                            Direction of Installation Representative are
                            required and not specifically provided for herein
                            such as, but not limited to, using special equipment
                            when handling the gas turbine during transit,
                            storage, or installation, or when the service is
                            required during delays caused by the Purchaser or
                            others, or when the service is required during
                            periods when work on the equipment is being
                            performed by a labor force of less than adequate
                            size and composition, commensurate with Paragraph A
                            of "Purchasers Responsibilities" below, such
                            services provided at times as provided in paragraph
                            (B) above will be charged to the Purchaser's
                            purchased manweeks for Technical directions.

                         -- If the installation schedule is extended to exceed
                            the manweeks of Technical Direction provided in (B)
                            above, then services in excess of stated manweeks
                            will be billed to the Purchaser at the Company's
                            published rates in effect at the time the work is
                            performed.

                                       Technical Advisory Services     Page 14.4
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Firm Proposal   92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                    --   If Technical Direction of Installation
                         Representative(s) is/are released from the site by the
                         Purchaser while the installation is in progress, the
                         same Technical Direction of Installation Representative
                         may not be available to return but will be replaced
                         with a qualified Technical Direction of Installation
                         Representative within two weeks after Company's receipt
                         of written request from the Purchaser for a Technical
                         Direction of Installation Representative.

               D.   Company retains the option to replace the Technical
                    Direction of Installation Representative at GE's expense,
                    with proper overlap to ensure orderly transfer of
                    responsibilities.

               E.   Transfer to Subsidiary or Affiliated Company: This Proposal
                    and all resulting contracts may be assigned or novated, in
                    part or in whole, by Seller to one of Seller's wholly owned
                    subsidiaries upon written notice to Purchaser setting forth
                    the effective date of such assignment or novation. Upon the
                    effective date of this assignment or novation, all of the
                    rights and obligations of Seller under this Proposal and all
                    resulting contracts shall vest solely in Seller's
                    subsidiary. SELLER GUARANTEES THE PERFORMANCE OF ITS
                    SUBSIDIARY AFTER THE ASSIGNMENT OR NOVATION TAKES EFFECT.

               F.   Purchaser will not be invoiced for Technical Direction of
                    Installation Services for work associated with warranty
                    and/or documented and agreed upon backcharges.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.3 Purchaser's Responsibilities

               A.   Furnish qualified labor including necessary foremen and
                    superintendents for its supervision. The size and
                    composition of the labor force shall be agreed upon by the
                    parties prior to the start of installation and shall consist
                    of the necessary crafts or trade to obtain optimum
                    schedules.

               B.   Provide all tools and test equipment, equipment facilities
                    (including a suitable office area with electricity, trailer,
                    shelter or section of the construction housing area where
                    drawings, special tools, and other Company equipment can be
                    kept and referred to or worked upon) and devices required
                    for the safe handling, storage and installation of the
                    equipment.

               C.   Provide the equipment and suitable materials and supplies
                    not furnished as part of the equipment which are required
                    for installation, such as foundation bolts, sole plates,
                    shims, grouting forms, grouting, piping beyond the points
                    designated on the Company's outline drawings, wiring between
                    pieces of equipment, paint, etc.

                                      Technical Advisory Services      Page 14.5
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal     92746G1 (07/00 Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                    D.   Provide, as required, operating personnel, compressed
                         air, fuel, electric power, lubricant oil and supplies
                         for starting, operating, and testing the equipment.

                    E.   Consult the Technical Direction of Installation
                         Representative in advance with respect to the
                         scheduling of all installation work and to carry out
                         such work so as to furnish the Technical Direction of
                         Installation Representative adequate opportunity to
                         inspect the work in progress during his regular working
                         hours.

                    F.   Unload, transport and place the equipment on its
                         foundations. If required, provide suitable storage
                         space, transport, store, and protect the equipment.

                    G.   Purchaser will take all necessary precautions, at all
                         times, for the safety of Company personnel at site.
                         This includes, but is not limited to, indoctrination of
                         Purchaser's safety practices,
                         energization/de-energization of all power systems
                         (electrical, mechanical, pneumatic and hydraulic) using
                         a lock-out tag procedure, and conducting periodic
                         safety meetings during construction and start-up.

                    H.   Climate-controlled and secure office and storage space
                         adjacent to the work area at the Site. Purchaser will
                         supply phone lines, phone and fax service as required,
                         in the office space. Site sanitary facilities
                         (bathroom, washroom) will be supplied by the Purchaser.

                                     Technical Advisory Services       Page 14.6
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Firm Proposal      9746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                   15. Training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.1    Summary

                A one week basic familiarization training program is conducted
                for a selected number of Owner's engineers, operations and
                maintenance personnel. The training will be conducted at the
                Owner's job site.

                The Owner's personnel assigned for training must have prior
                general knowledge of power plant systems operation.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.2    Gas Turbine Familiarization

        15.2.1     Objective

                   To familiarize operators and supervisory personnel to safely
                   and properly operate a gas turbine-generator unit.

                   Emphasis is placed on the operator's responsibilities with
                   regard to the auxiliary systems, operational data taking, and
                   data evaluation. Operators are also instructed in how to
                   interpret fault annunciation and how to determine if the
                   annunciated fault can be remedied by operator action or by
                   the assistance of instrumentation and/or maintenance
                   personnel.

                   The course focuses on starting, loading, and specific
                   operator checks of the various turbine support and auxiliary
                   systems to ensure safe and reliable operation of the turbine
                   unit.

        15.2.2     Content

                   The typical Gas Turbine Familiarization course covers the
                   following areas:

                   . Unit Arrangement

                     -- Gas Turbine, Generator

                   . General Description

                     -- Gas Turbine and Generator Major Components

                              Training                                 Page 15.1
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Firm Proposal            92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   .  Support Systems

                      -- Lube Oil

                      -- Hydraulic and Control

                      -- Cooling Water

                      -- Cooling and Sealing Air

                      -- Fuel(s)

                      -- Starting

                      -- Heating and Ventilation

                      -- Fire Protection

                      -- Generator Systems

                   .  Control System

                      -- Control Panel Arrangement

                      -- Basic Control Functions and Operating Sequences

                      -- Basic Protection Functions

                   .  Turbine Generator Operation

                      -- Startup

                      -- Operating Parameters

                      -- Emergency Procedures

                   .  Operator Responsibilities

                      -- Data Taking and Evaluation

                      -- Operating Limits and Required Operator Action on
                         Various Annunciator Indications

                   .  Unit Documentation

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.3    Training Material and Related Conditions (On-Site Training)

                   .  Classes run daily (five days/week) and are limited to six
                      (6) hours. The actual class time, a.m. and p.m. hours, is
                      dictated by the availability of the equipment and the
                      students per the normal work schedule. Each class time
                      period should be agreed to by the Owner's management and
                      GE's instructor(s) at the beginning of the program. The
                      six (6) hour class limitation will allow ample time for
                      the instructor(s) to prepare the next session's work plan.

                   .  A maximum of twelve (12) students per class can be
                      accommodated.

                              Training                                 Page 15.2
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Firm Proposal            92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   .  English-speaking instructor(s) will be furnished for the
                      course duration.

                   .  Each student will be furnished a suitable bound course
                      instruction handbook in English; shipment costs have been
                      included in the firm price quoted herein. Any materials
                      furnished are exclusively for the use of the Owner's
                      personnel. This material is not for resale or to be
                      distributed to third parties, nor is it to be copied or
                      reproduced without GE's prior written permission.

                   .  Any audio or video recording of GE's lecture material is
                      prohibited unless GE grants permission in writing in
                      advance of the training program.

                   .  The instructor(s) will retain all visual aids such as 35mm
                      slides and transparencies used to conduct the course.

                   .  The power plant equipment should preferably be operable
                      and available to support this course of study.

                   .  GE shall be responsible for the instructors travel and
                      living expenses during the training period.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.4    Training Schedule

                   After engineering design has been finalized, training is
                   conducted during a mutually-agreeable time.

                              Training                                 Page 15.3
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Firm Proposal            92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                   16. Mechanical Outline

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   Mechanical Outline                       To be Developed

                              Mechanical Outline                       Page 16.1
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Firm Proposal            92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                   17.  Electrical One-Line Diagram

        ------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   One-Line Diagram                        To be developed.

                              Electrical One-Line Diagram              Page 17.1
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Firm Proposal            92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                   18. Quality

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   18.1 GE Power Generation Quality......................   18.1

                   18.2 Quality Services Overview .......................   18.6

                   18.3 Gas Turbine Quality Services ....................   18.9

                   18.4 Generator Quality Services ......................  18.10

                   18.5 Purchased Equipment Quality Services ............  18.10

                   18.6 Standards and Procedures ........................  18.11

                   18.7 Customer Review of GE Documentation .............  18.13

                   18.8 Customer Observation Points .....................  18.13

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.1    GE Power Generation Quality

                   GE Power Generation (GEPG) is committed to setting the
                   industry standard of excellence for customer satisfaction.
                   Inherent in this objective is our continuing determination to
                   perform every function, every process, to the highest quality
                   standards--from the way we develop and apply technologies to
                   the way we manufacture products and provide services.

        18.1.1     Company Policy Statements

                   The quality standards for the GE Corporation are set in GE
                   Policy 20.1, Company-Wide Quality and GE Policy 20.11,
                   Customer Satisfaction. The highlights of Policy 20.1 are:

                   .  Company-Wide Quality, as a corporate objective, means
                      attaining a level of overall performance and attitude that
                      makes General Electric the natural choice of customers and
                      earns the respect of all those affected by the company's
                      activities.

                   .  Company-Wide Quality, as an individual objective, is
                      achieved by employees who aspire to be better than the
                      best. General Electric is committed to assisting employees
                      in their pursuit of excellence by providing them with the
                      leadership, cooperative climate, training, facilities and
                      materials consistent with the overall company quest for
                      quality.

                   Policy 20.11 highlights are:

                              Quality                                  Page 18.1
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Firm Proposal            92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   .  It is the policy of GE to understand its customers' needs
                      for products and services, as well as all related
                      requirements, and to put its best effort into responding
                      to those customer needs before, during and after every
                      sales transaction.

                   .  GE shall make commitments to its customers which reflect
                      GE's true ability to serve and to make every effort to
                      meet those commitments.

        18.1.2     Power Generation Philosophy

                   "To provide our valued customers with the highest quality
                   products, parts and services with unparalleled customer
                   service, while effectively utilizing every employee and
                   partner working together in an environment of mutual respect,
                   dignity and unyielding integrity."

        18.1.2.1   Objective

                   The objectives of the Quality Policy are based on the premise
                   that, in striving for excellence in every facet of our
                   operations, we will assure the highest level of customer
                   satisfaction and the fulfillment of their objectives through
                   the products and services Power Generation has provided.
                   Integral to this are the following key elements:

                   .  Customers are both internal and external.

                   .  Quality measurements must be customer oriented.

                   .  Complete understanding of customer requirements and
                      expectations is essential.

                   .  Quality is to be achieved by designing and building
                      quality and reliability into our products and services,
                      optimizing our processes and minimizing or eliminating
                      inspections, waste and rework.

                   .  Business processes and procedures instrumental in the
                      achievement of the Quality Policy are to be defined,
                      documented and controlled.

                   .  Continuous process improvement efforts will focus around
                      process simplification, variation reduction and cycle time
                      compression, utilizing when able, "Best Practices" as
                      models and examples.

                   .  Timely and effective corrective and preventive action will
                      be the key to the continuous improvement process.

                              Quality                                  Page 18.2
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Firm Proposal            92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   .  Management involvement plays a critical role in the
                      achievement of the quality objectives.

                   .  The Power Generation Quality System will be based on the
                      International Standard ISO 9001.

        18.1.2.2   Implementation

                   It is the responsibility of the President and CEO, GE Power
                   Systems, and his management teams at all levels, to ensure
                   the understanding and implementation of this policy
                   throughout the business and to provide the necessary
                   processes, practices, procedures and resources necessary to
                   achieve that end.

        18.1.2.3   Measurement

                   To ensure the success of the Quality Policy, appropriate and
                   meaningful measurements will be identified, developed and
                   reviewed at all levels and functions to ensure that
                   appropriate corrective and preventive action needs are
                   identified and addressed in a timely and effective manner.
                   The type and degree of such measurements will be of a nature
                   to evaluate the performance to the objectives implied in the
                   quality policy and consistent with the continuous improvement
                   philosophy of the business.

                   Such measurements may include, but not be limited to:

                   .  Customer satisfaction measurements

                   .  Internal and external failures

                   .  Audit results

                   .  Process and product quality trends

                   .  Organizational performance data

                   .  Product performance data

                   .  Statistical analysis techniques

                   .  Related cost data

                              Training                                 Page 18.3
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Firm Proposal            92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

        18.1.2.4   References

                   This policy is intended to support the objectives established
                   in Company Policy 20.1 "Company Wide Quality" and Company
                   Policy 20.11 "Customer Satisfaction".

        18.1.2.5   Review

                   The Quality Policy will be reviewed annually by Executive
                   Management in order to assure its continued applicability and
                   objectives.

        18.1.3     ISO 9000 Certification

                   The desire for customer satisfaction drives world class
                   quality. Customers throughout the world are not only
                   demanding a high level of quality, they are requiring this
                   quality be assured through the application of a comprehensive
                   quality program. The ISO 9000 program and certification
                   provide customers with a globally recognized Quality
                   Management system.

                   In order to be more responsive to our customer's needs GE
                   took this customer requirement and made it a top priority.
                   Our Sales, Engineering, Sourcing and Manufacturing functions
                   worked diligently to accomplish ISO certification. GE takes
                   great pride and pleasure in the fact that we were the first
                   power generation supplier to obtain broad scope ISO
                   certification. Lloyd's Register Quality Assurance has
                   assessed and approved GE's quality management system
                   standards of ISO 9001:1994, EN ISO 9001:1994 and ANSI/ASQC
                   Q9001-1994.

                   GE has focused on this quality issue, with customer
                   satisfaction being the top priority. The driving force behind
                   our total quality system is to achieve total customer
                   satisfaction by minimizing variances and completing the
                   product or services correct the first time. We established
                   our quality measurements and targets based on the most
                   demanding of our customers' perspective. To satisfy this high
                   level of demand, we focused on our "process" quality, not
                   just the products and services. To achieve this we have
                   directly involved our employees, our customers and suppliers
                   in these process improvements.

                   What really counts is our customers' perception of how well
                   we meet their quality requirements and goals. Therefore, our
                   quality measurements and procedures are being constantly
                   monitored and evaluated against both our own high standards
                   and our customers' needs.

                              Quality                                  Page 18.4
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Firm Proposal            92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

        18.1.4     Total Quality Plan

                   GEPG has an integrated total quality plan that addresses all
                   processes, involves all employees and is driven by top
                   management leadership. The principles of total quality are
                   based on achieving total customer satisfaction by minimizing
                   variances and doing the right thing the first time. These
                   principles are:

                   .  Total commitment to quality at every salaried and hourly
                      level

                   .  Assure understanding of customer requirements and
                      expectations

                   .  Directly involve our customers and suppliers in process
                      improvements

                   .  Assign ownership for process design and control to
                      empowered Workout/Continuous Improvement teams

                   .  Focus on "process" quality - not just end-products and
                      services

                   .  Set our quality measurements/targets from the most
                      demanding customer's perspective

                   .  Define the key measures needed to assess variances in
                      process performance

                   .  Apply Continuous Improvement methods to reduce variances
                      and cycle times to progressively improve overall
                      performance

                   .  Train employees and maintain a cadre of leaders

                   .  Implement tracking and reporting systems to monitor
                      progress and results

                   .  Monitor all elements of Cost Of Quality (COQ), including
                      prevention, appraisal, and internal and external failure,
                      plus the impact of "lost opportunities" on net operating
                      income

                   .  Identify and progressively eliminate the source of all
                      avoidable COQ

                   .  Identify, recognize, and reward exceptional individual and
                      team performance

                   GEPG recognizes that ISO 9001 certification covers the basic
                   fundamentals of a quality system. To attain total quality,
                   GEPG has created a comprehensive Quality Manual, which meets
                   the requirements of the most demanding customer and sets the
                   total quality guidelines.

                              Quality                                  Page 18.5
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Firm Proposal            92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.2 Quality Services Overview

           18.2.1       Terms and Definitions for Quality Services

           18.2.1.1     Acceptance Criteria

                        This is the specific set of measurements and criteria,
                        including judgment, by which a part, a component, or the
                        whole product is accepted or rejected. The acceptance
                        criteria established by GE (as designer of the
                        equipment) will prevail in all cases.

           18.2.1.2     Audit Typical

                        A customer examination of typical parts or factory
                        inspection practices (such as NDT, dimensional checks)
                        in a specific area such as turbine wheel UT examination.
                        The "audit typical" is frequently conducted in lieu of a
                        witness point when the parts or components of interest
                        are at a stage of production where the part does not
                        have customer assignment.

           18.2.1.3     Materials Shipped Direct (MSD)

                        Materials or equipment within the GE scope of supply but
                        manufactured by a sub-supplier and shipped directly from
                        the sub-supplier to the installation site.

           18.2.1.4     Observe

                        Advance notice of an observation point is provided to
                        the customer and updated as the event nears. Production
                        sequences are followed and the event is not delayed or
                        rescheduled to accommodate customer schedules.

           18.2.1.5     Observation Point

                        A specific test or event in the production cycle
                        observed by the customer or his representative, as an
                        option, without interrupting the normal production flow.
                        Advance notification will be provided to the customer
                        for contractually specified observation points and
                        updated as the event nears. Production sequences will be
                        followed and the event will not be delayed or
                        rescheduled to accommodate customer schedules.

                                    Quality                            Page 18.6
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            18.2.1.6     Quality Control Reports (QCR)

                         The reporting form used to identify and track
                         manufacturing nonconformance. The customer
                         representative may review any QCR pertaining to his
                         equipment.

            18.2.1.7     Records Review

                         This is a joint Customer-Quality representative review
                         of Manufacturing and Quality documentation applicable
                         to or typical of the customer's unit.

            18.2.1.8     Rights of Acceptance

                         The contractually agreed and stated ultimate power to
                         accept a product or portion of product. Contract
                         documents define the limits of customer rights of
                         acceptance; otherwise, the manufacturer retains the
                         rights.

            18.2.2       Arrangements and Access Guidelines

                         Customer representatives will be provided reasonable
                         access to manufacturing facilities for purposes of
                         obtaining information on production progress,
                         determining status, and observing inspections and tests
                         with respect to the customer ordered power generation
                         equipment. All customer contacts with GE during the
                         manufacturing phase are scheduled in advance through
                         designated personnel in Project Management, Project
                         Engineering and/or Manufacturing.

                         Access will be available at the manufacturing
                         facilities during normal working hours and on an
                         off-hours basis where appropriate or necessary for
                         observation of contractually agreed upon production
                         points. The main manufacturing locations are
                         Greenville, SC and Schenectady, NY.

            18.2.3       Suppliers

                         GE Power Generation maintains a high quality global
                         supplier base. These suppliers are subject to rigorous
                         approval, qualification and surveillance processes to
                         maintain this high level of quality. GE will make
                         additions and deletions from time to time to the
                         current supplier list in an effort to improve quality
                         and delivery while maintaining the ability to provide
                         our customer's equipment at competitive prices.

                                    Quality                            Page 18.7
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

            18.2.4       Quality Systems Manual

                         GE Power Generation has and maintains controlled
                         Quality Manuals in accordance with good quality
                         practices and established standards.

                         The Quality Manuals are used by personnel and
                         components in the pursuit of quality. The manuals
                         provide information to integrate the quality system.
                         All quality related instructions are referenced to
                         permit ready access to pertinent information on any
                         portion of the quality system.

                         The Quality Manuals address the following elements:

                         1.  Management Responsibility

                         2.  Quality System

                         3.  Contract Review

                         4.  Design Control

                         5.  Document Control

                         6.  Purchasing

                         7.  Purchaser Supplied Product

                         8.  Product Identification and Traceability

                         9.  Process Control

                         10. Inspection and Testing

                         11. Control of inspection, measuring and test equipment

                         12. Inspection and Test Status

                         13. Control of Non-Conforming Material

                         14. Corrective and Preventive Action

                         15. Handling, Storage, Packaging, Preservation and
                             Delivery

                         16. Quality Records

                         17. Internal Quality Audits

                         18. Training

                         19. Servicing

                         20. Statistical Techniques

            18.2.5       Monitoring and Diagnostics

                         At GE's discretion, a Monitoring and Diagnostics (M&D)
                         system may be utilized by GE to perform quality
                         management during the warranty period of a new unit.
                         The system enables GE's turbomachinery experts located
                         at the

                                    Quality                            Page 18.8
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   M&D Center in Schenectady, NY to remotely monitor trends and
                   detect anomalies that may lead to more serious problems if
                   left uncorrected.

                   The system requires installation of a non-intrusive,
                   proactive GE proprietary computer called the On Site Monitor
                   (OSM) at the customer site to receive and store data from
                   sensors in the unit. The M&D Center, which operates 24 hours
                   per day, seven days a week, periodically accesses the OSM via
                   a phone modem. At the end of the warranty, the OSM may be
                   removed from the customer site.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.3    Gas Turbine Quality Services

                   The following quality assurance services are available for
                   the Gas Turbine:

        18.3.1     Quality Systems Manual (Review)

                   The GE Gas Turbine Quality Manual and related quality system
                   documentation may be reviewed in detail by the customer with
                   a quality organization representative at the gas turbine
                   manufacturing facilities.

        18.3.2     Quality Program Review (Pre-Inspection Meeting)

                   A one-day project-oriented review can be conducted by
                   manufacturing quality professionals at the manufacturing
                   facility. The customer's representatives are exposed to the
                   quality system, manufacturing facilities, quality control
                   methods and records system. A shop tour is conducted,
                   specific customer required quality services are reviewed and
                   any contract-level quality issues are identified.

        18.3.3     Progress and Quality Topics (Review)

                   An informal one day review guided by customer interests and
                   hosted by manufacturing Quality personnel can be held at the
                   manufacturing facility. Specific manufacturing progress is
                   observed, Quality documentation checked, and other customer
                   special interest quality topics discussed.

                   Typical events or activities include:

                   . Audit rotor or stator materials certifications

                   . Audit rotor balance procedures and records

                                    Quality                            Page 18.9
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   . General Factory Tour

                   . Audit typical forging NDT practices

                   . Review typical unit records file

        18.3.4     Comprehensive Product Quality Report

                   Gas Turbine personnel will supply on CD ROM the Comprehensive
                   Product Quality Report (CPQR) containing images of the unit
                   certification sheet, rotor assembly and balance data, unit
                   assembly data, and final gas turbine factory test data (when
                   required). The CD-ROM will contain all files, programs, and
                   instructions to allow its use on any IBM Compatible personal
                   computer with a CD-ROM drive in a Windows environment. The
                   software provides easy identification and retrieval of any
                   item or image.

                   Three (3) copies of the CD-ROM will normally be available
                   four weeks after unit shipment. Quality Records personnel
                   will prepare the CD-ROM with data from quality records files.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.4    Generator Quality Services

                   The following quality assurance services are available for
                   generator.

        18.4.1     Quality Systems Manual (Review)

                   The Generator Quality Systems Manual and related quality
                   systems documentation may be reviewed in detail by the
                   customer with a quality representative at the manufacturing
                   facilities.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.5    Purchased Equipment Quality Services

                   These services are provided for the major vendor purchased
                   material and equipment required for the turbine-generators.

        18.5.1     Supplier Quality System

                   GE Power Systems utilizes the following three step process
                   for selecting and controlling the quality of the products
                   received from our suppliers:

                                    Quality                           Page 18.10
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   .  Supplier Approval--An approved supplier is one that has
                      been authorized by functional representatives to receive a
                      GE Power Generation Purchase Order. Additional suppliers
                      are selected for potential approval on an on-going basis
                      to maintain high quality, cost-effective suppliers.

                   .  Supplier Qualification--Product specific reviews,
                      inspections and qualifications are performed once a
                      purchase order has been placed to assure the supplier
                      complies with the customer requirements. A qualified
                      supplier is one that has proven its ability to manufacture
                      a component to satisfactorily meet all GE requirements.

                   .  Supplier Surveillance--Inspections and quality audits are
                      performed where required to assure conformance to customer
                      requirements.

        18.5.2     Supplier Quality System Review

                   GE Sourcing (purchasing) personnel or a GE representative
                   will arrange for and accompany where necessary the customer's
                   representative on quality-oriented visits to subsuppliers.
                   Emphasis is placed on equipment to be shipped direct to the
                   customer site (MSD equipment). The customer's representative
                   may review the subsupplier's quality program, the GE quality
                   plan for the subject equipment and the status and condition
                   of the equipment designated for their unit. This visit should
                   be coordinated with specific supplier production cycle events
                   or tests as applicable.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.6    Standards and Procedures

        18.6.1     General

                   GE has traditionally designed and manufactured its products
                   in accordance with GE standards, specifications and
                   procedures that are based on U.S. National Codes and
                   Standards applicable to the product. Depending on product
                   needs, the GE standards may fully meet or exceed the
                   corresponding National Code (ASME, NEC, QWS), or deal with
                   state-of-the-art materials, or govern a new proprietary
                   process, or address a special foreign code requirement or
                   meet GE design requirements.

                   The customer or his representative may review and discuss the
                   standards at the manufacturing facilities but copies will not
                   be provided and contents will not be altered.

                                    Quality                           Page 18.11
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   GE specifications, standards, and procedures are also applied
                   to all purchased materials for the GE supplied equipment.

        18.6.2     Non-Destructive Testing (NDT)

                   The non-destructive testing practices are based on ASTM
                   standards and ASNT recommended practices as deemed
                   appropriate for the manufacture of the equipment. NDT
                   personnel training is guided by SNT-TC-1A and the necessary
                   process specifications are in place to direct NDT activities
                   including:

                   . Radiographic (X-Ray)

                   . Liquid Penetrant (Red Dye)

                   . Fluorescent Penetrant (i.e. Zyglo)

                   . Ultrasonic

                   . Eddy Current

                   . Magnetic Particle

                   . Bore Etch and Spin

                   . Hydrostatic Testing

                   . Kerosene and Whiting

                   . Red and Blue Surface Contact

        18.6.3     Rights of Approval and Acceptance

                   GE reserves all rights of acceptance/rejection for components
                   or characteristics except where specifically defined in the
                   GE/Customer contract documentation.

                   Customer reviews or observations of factory tests and
                   inspections do not constitute a waiver of requirements to
                   meet the specified operating conditions, nor does customer
                   inspection relieve GE of its responsibilities.

                                    Quality                           Page 18.12
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

        18.6.4     Drawings and Records

                   Drawings and records are available for review and discussion
                   on a specific case basis at the manufacturing facility.
                   Copies will not be provided except for normal purchaser
                   drawings and where specifically required in the contract.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.7    Customer Review of GE Documentation

                   A customer may review whatever quality control plans,
                   procedures, drawings or records are necessary for
                   operations/tests/inspections performed on his parts. (Under
                   certain conditions when his parts may not be available,
                   `typical' documentation may be reviewed to demonstrate
                   examples.) Due to the fact that such documentation usually
                   contains information considered proprietary, copies are not
                   provided.

                   All documentation reviews will be conducted with an
                   authorized representative, such as the area Quality and
                   Process Engineer. This is necessary as such documentation is
                   usually of a "working" nature and will need interpretation by
                   a knowledgeable individual.

                   Since the review of documentation and data will usually
                   involve in-process product and activities, certain types of
                   documentation may not be made available for customer review
                   until after full resolution and/or implementation of related
                   issues.

                   Advance submittals of specifications, procedures and
                   manufacturing quality plans are not provided.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.8    Customer Observation Points

                   The customer, by previous arrangements, can be notified in
                   advance of significant events in the manufacturing cycle for
                   his major hardware. The normal practice is to provide the
                   customer with a monthly "milestone" schedule of key
                   activities for each of the customer's units.

                   If specific observation points have been contracted, advance
                   notification (usually 5 days) of observation points will be
                   provided with confirmation of 24 - 48 hours. Production work,
                   testing and equipment delivery will not be delayed to
                   accommodate the inspector.

                   Supplied equipment and parts are manufactured under a
                   production and inventory control system. Many parts are
                   produced for "inventory" and are not

                                    Quality                           Page 18.13
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   assigned to a specific customer until time of shipment. Thus,
                   except for certain large components and major serialized
                   parts, it may not be possible to provide for observation of
                   the actual parts a customer will receive. In such cases, GE
                   recommends that a customer observe the test or inspection on
                   similar parts to assure that the procedures and processes are
                   being followed that will assure a quality part.

                   The following tests and inspections are performed in the
                   manufacturing facilities and are optional observation points.
                   This list should not be taken to mean that any one such test
                   will be performed on a particular part. These points have
                   been developed by GE based upon considerable past experience
                   of what some of our customers have wanted to observe.

        18.8.1     Gas Turbine Tests and Inspections

        18.8.1.1   Rotor Final Balance (Observe) - Optional

                   The customer representative is invited to observe the normal
                   production operation of final rotor balance on the rotor
                   designated for his unit. The completed rotor is set up in the
                   balance machine and stabilized. Unbalance readings are taken
                   in two planes at low speed (300 to 500 rpm) and balance
                   correction is applied to one or more planes by weight
                   addition or removal. Final balance readings and mathematical
                   checks are performed to assure an acceptable rotor.

                   Final rotor balance is a single operation on the entire unit
                   for MS6001B, MS6001F, MS7001F, MS9001F gas turbine models
                   (two bearing designs). The MS7001E and MS9001E models, (three
                   bearing designs), have separate balance operations for the
                   compressor section rotor and the turbine section rotor.
                   Manufacturing methods and priorities are such that the
                   customer should plan on separate visits where multiple
                   balancing operations are to be observed.

                   Since GT rotors are considered rigid and are made up of
                   individually balanced, geometrically-controlled components,
                   the low speed balancing operation adequately ensures low
                   vibration levels in the operation unit.

        18.8.1.2   Turbine Factory Final Test (Observe) - Optional

                   There is no factory test as part of this proposal.

                   However, factory testing of gas turbines will be performed on
                   an audit basis as determined by GE. If a customer's specific
                   machine is scheduled for testing,

                                    Quality                           Page 18.14
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   the customer or his representative(s) may be invited to
                   directly observe operation of his gas turbine during its
                   normal final fire testing.

        18.8.1.3   Unit Ready for Shipment (Observe) - Optional

                   Consisting of up to two (2) distinct inspection points
                   depending on the machine and the customer objectives, this
                   option starts with a walk around inspection of the unit in
                   the final stages of preparation for shipment. This inspection
                   is after final painting but before the bolting of batten
                   strips, which secure the side panels and prevent internal
                   access for machines with on-base lagging. During this
                   inspection the customer may review overall workmanship,
                   completeness of assembly, adequacy of prime painting,
                   application of flange blanking plates, preservation
                   techniques and general shipping practices.

                   Next the customer may desire to see his unit on the rail car
                   ready for shipment. The unit is fully enclosed if it is an
                   on-base lagging design and is secured to the car and
                   appropriately marked. It is then shipped by rail, either to
                   location or to port.

        18.8.2     Generator Test and Inspections

        18.8.2.1   Generator Stator

        18.8.2.1.1 Final Electrical Test (Observe) - Optional

                   The typically two (2) to four (4) hour inspection includes
                   the following:

                   .  General visual inspection of the fully assembled stator

                   .  Winding Resistance Measurement--The dc resistance of each
                      phase is measured with a low resistance ohm meter along
                      with the winding temperature.

                   .  Insulation Resistance Measurement--Prior to the final
                      winding high potential test, the insulation resistance
                      over a ten-minute period is measured with a 500-volt dc
                      insulation tester.

                   .  High-Potential Test--The windings of the armature are
                      tested by grounding two phases and applying a 60 Hz
                      voltage whose RMS value is twice the machine's rated
                      voltage plus 1000 volts. This test is repeated for

                                    Quality                           Page 18.15
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   each phase. This test is done per GE standard, which meets or
                   exceeds IEEE 115 and ANSI C50.10.

        18.8.2.2   Generator Field

        18.8.2.2.1 Overspeed and Balance (Observe) - Optional

                   Overspeed Test - The overspeed test is intended to expose the
                   components of the field assembly to forces higher than normal
                   and demonstrate the ability of the field assembly to
                   withstand such forces. The field is set up in the high-speed
                   balance facility, it is held for three minutes at a speed 20%
                   above the rated speed of the unit.

                   High Speed Balance - The generator field will undergo a
                   high-speed balance. The primary objective of precision
                   balancing is to reduce the residual unbalance of the field to
                   the lowest possible level. The approach used in balancing
                   fields is called modal balancing. Each mode of vibration, or
                   critical speed, is balanced in turn, starting with the lowest
                   speed, on first mode. The process proceeds to each critical
                   in turn from the first to the highest critical within the
                   operating speed range. After all criticals are balanced to a
                   small residual vibration level, balance at rated speed is
                   evaluated.

        18.8.2.2.2 Final Electrical Test (Observe) - Optional

                   .  Winding Resistance Measurement--The dc resistance of each
                      phase is measured with a low resistance bridge. The
                      winding temperature is also measured.

                   .  Insulation Resistance Measurement--Prior to the final
                      winding high potential test, the insulation resistance
                      over a ten-minute period is measured with a 500-volt dc
                      insulation tester.

                   .  High-Potential Test--The windings of the field are tested
                      by applying 10 times the rated field voltage but not less
                      than 1500 volts ac between the field winding and ground
                      for field voltages of 500 volts or less. For fields rated
                      greater than 500 volts, the test voltage is twice the
                      rated voltage plus 4000 volts ac. This test is done per GE
                      standard, which meets or exceeds IEEE 115 and ANSI C50.10.

        18.8.3     Control Panel Factory Test (Observe) - Optional

                   The gas turbine control panels are manufactured at GE's
                   Salem, Virginia plant. Components and modules such as
                   electronic cards and page assemblies

                                    Quality                           Page 18.16
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                   undergo extensive inspection and automated computer testing
                   before they arrive at final assembly. All modules with back
                   plane wiring are automatically machine wired and computer
                   checked.

                   After the components and modules are assembled in their
                   parent panel, the equipment is made ready for final test and
                   inspection. The major portions of this procedure include
                   testing and checking of the following:

                   .  All final assembly wiring

                   .  Power distribution and supply systems

                   .  Input/output systems

                   .  Automated (PC based) hardware loop back-checks

                   .  System operation using test software

                   .  Customized requisition software checked in a "Software
                      Test Bed" facility using permanent electronic modules for
                      test

                   .  For a control panel installed in a control compartment,
                      interfaces between generator control panel and other
                      compartment systems.

                                    Quality                           Page 18.17
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Firm Proposal      92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

<PAGE>

                                GE Power Systems

                             19. Reference Documents

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Document Title                         Number
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          <S>                                                              <C>
            Process Specification Fuel Gases for Combustion in             GEI-41040F
            Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Requirements for Performance Gas Fuel Heating Systems          GER-4189
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Cooling Water Recommendations for Closed Cooling System        GEI-41004G
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Gas Turbine Evaporative Coolers - Design Considerations for    GEK-107158
            Water Supplies
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Compressor Cleaning                                            GEK-103623B
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Field Performance Testing Procedure                            GEK-28166A
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Standard Field Testing Procedure for NOx Emission              GEK-28172F
            Compliance
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Gas Turbine and Accessory Equipment Preservation               GEK-28156C
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Lubricating Oil Recommendations for Gas Turbines               GEK-32568E
            with Bearing Ambients above 500(degrees)F (260(degrees)C)
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Heavy Duty Gas Turbine Operating and Maintenance               GER-3620G
            Considerations
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                      Reference Documents              Page 19.1
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Firm Proposal    92746G1 (07/00) Rev. 0 rb

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00029-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00029-of-00352.parquet"}]]